Home

OrgPublisher 11.8 User Guide

1. s L it Profilansicht s j BS Ofte Foto ez Name 145 97 S Stelentitet President History Previous Poston Prior Positions Creative Vice Presidert Industry Y ears 20 PaulMMelbr Oates 4 __ Firthdater nsannasa T le Listenansicht s Zusammenfassungsansicht Suchansicht Zusammerntassungen Diagramme Suchen Gruppen Postionstyp Zablen Avg Yrs Exp Avg Years to Retre Ave Name o er fantana veePreset 3 18 83 O a Manager 38 12 220 _ Beliebiger Teil des Feids Director TE 5 15 178 Neue s m F0 Suchen Mnrbeiter ae 2 a 1an Angezeigte Ebenen 2 Angezeigte Personenzahl 7 Figure 74 4 Open the Custom Field Properties dialog and retype your custom field names in the selected language When all custom fields have been translated click Apply then Close F Zehen und Ablegen fix alle Positionstypen Figure 75 Copyright 2015 PeopleFluent All rights reserved Proprietary and confidential PeopleFluent and the PeopleFluent and OrgPt 1b a OS ore trademarks or registered trademarks of r logo and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders pleFluent A A ll other brand 80 OrgPublisher 5 6 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide General Chart Activities If applicable retype the labels and values in each custom field in your chart so that th
2. JOOS 2 8 8 8 8 8 0 01 No Potential Rating Figure 100 141 OrgPublisher 3 A OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Find the style you want to modify then clear the check box for each named group you do not want to visually display in the chart When you have finished modifying the styles to not display a group icon click OK When you return to the chart and select a modified style icons do not appear in chart boxes for the groups you modified Choosing a Background Image and Style You can select a background image or watermark either from the OrgPublisher folder or from your own library and then choose a background style 1 Select Format from the Main menu then Chart from the pull down menu The Format dialog opens at the Chart tab Select the style you want to modify from the drop down list in the left pane of the dialog Click inside the Background Image field in the Value column in the right pane and select an image from the OrgPublisher Samples gt Images folder You can also navigate to your company folder to choose a background image Embed Image displays in the field Click inside the Background Style field in the Value column and select from the drop down list Choic
3. Figure 282 3 Type a Box Title and Job Title and click OK The new open position box appears below the selected action box Figure 283 Adding an Open Position 1 Select the box where you want to add the open position and hover the cursor over the lower right corner Click Action Click Add Open position in the options list An open position appears below any existing records and the selected box is outlined in green Applications Applications Manager Omar Abdul Salary 51 000 00 Total 589 000 Head New Job ia Open position Figure 284 Use the Action button again to fill the position 362 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements Duplicating a Box 1 Select the box you want to duplicate and hover the cursor over the lower right corner Click Action 2 Click Duplicate box from the options list Add direct report 2 Pe box Remove box Add Open position Remove person and leave Open position Remove person and position Figure 285 Another box appears either next to or below the original box I Local Sales Support Local Sales Support Assistant Account Executive Bradley H Vick Salary 65 000 00 Open position Assistant Account Executive Figure 286 The duplicated box contains the same base information such as box and job title All custom or personal information is
4. PA Oe a ay ea eee ee pe ee e oe a Es 33 i d fed yore ces r Zoom tom CIG Figure 198 4 Click the thumbnail you want to use and it layout is displayed in the preview pane Nec Pev One Page Close Resetto default pPrintina Tos Show 4 chart levels Page optimization options lt P Hide Advanced Options asmamen a a e o ae Et r oe s Hoyi ia mR ilai Ne t tmon 7 Aa e A Date Time 11 02 2010 10 52 40 a TEE Fy Eai Pye Ie Fa eE Pe PL TH Pi SARA RPE i pikaks ERNEA hi F C Program Files OrgPub 10 Samples Performance ocb Shown head count 74 Open positions 0 Planned 74 Figure 199 The Menu bar contains buttons that enable you to print move from page to page zoom in or out and change from a one page view to two page Additional buttons have been added for page optimization and advanced options The Menu bar buttons include Click this button to print the chart If you have Print Wizard selected in Print Options this button opens the Print Wizard If you do not have Print Wizard selected this button opens your system Print dialog Print Setup Click this button to open the system Print Setup dialog in order to select the printer device paper size orientation and source 295 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Button Action Performed Next If your chart will print on multiple pages
5. Rose JOB0O01 Supervisor An optional field the last name field represents the last or family name of the person a record represents If left blank OrgPublisher inserts an open position Example 1 2 ABC Department M 9 99999999 Smith Rose JOB00 1 Supervisor Note An Input File record represents an Open position when the Last Name First Name and Middle Name fields are empty Example 1 2 ABC Department M 9 99999999 _ JOBO01 Supervisor An optional field the first name field represents the first name of the person that a record represents Example 1 2 ABC Department M 9 99999999 Smith Rose JOB001 Supervisor Note An Input File record represents an Open position when the Last Name First Name and Middle Name fields are empty Example 1 2 ABC Department M 9 99999999 _ JOBO01 Supervisor An optional field the middle name field represents the middle name of the person that a record represents Example 1 2 ABC Department M 9 99999999 Smith Rose L JOB001 Supervisor Note 35 OrgPublisher Column Field name OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Description number 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Job ID Job Title Reserved Box Sequence Number Job Sequence number Position Sequence Number Photo Reserved
6. Select group filters Search the cross browser chart Note Data and hierarchical modifications can be performed in the planning chart only 357 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements Opening a Planning Chart Planning charts can be opened from both the planning enabled source chart or from the planning chart 1 Click the My Planning Charts button in the cross browser planning or planning enabled chart My Planning Charts vw My Planning Charts v Figure 274 A drop down list displays your existing plans My Planning Charts vw y Corporate Planning chart for complete hierarchy Corporate Planning chart for complete hierarchy Creative Creative Figure 275 2 Click the name of the plan you want to open An activity graphic dialog appears indicating the open chart progress Figure 276 The planning chart opens in the browser Deleting a Planning Chart 1 Click the Manage Plans button EZ in the toolbar The Modify Existing Plans dialog opens Modify Existing Plans Corporate Planning chart for complete hierarchy x All Levels Last Modified 0 Days Ago Creative All Levels Last Modified 4 Days Ago Close Figure 277 2 Click the red X to the right of the chart name to delete it 358 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements Sending the Cross Brows
7. Creating and Using Styles You can create multiple styles in OrgPublisher for each chart to vary the display of your chart data and to help format your chart Note Applying a chart design template overwrites any Advanced Box Layout settings you may already have in your chart Topics Pertaining to this Section Applying a Chart Design Template Pinning the Style View Deleting a Style Setting the Default Template Displaying Chart Styles Showing or Hiding the Style Bar Editing the Style Bar Label Using Additional Gradient Options Enabling or Disabling Styles Tabs Using styles Formatting Cross browser Silverliqht Charts Using the Tabbed Style Selector by Style and Position Type Inserting a Background Image Viewing Available Styles 139 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Adding Multiple Styles You can create more than one style within your org charts Multiple styles are useful if you need the org chart to serve several purposes You can also use the Styles dialog or you can apply a chart design template to add a style to your chart 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 Select Tools from the Main menu then Style Wizard from the pull down menu If you are working with prebuilt reports see the Adding Multiple Styles for Prebuilt Reports procedure If you are not working with prebuilt reports click Next Choose either New Style or Existing Style If you select to use an existing style
8. Express Mode enables you to quickly publish a chart in PluginX directory view or PDF You can type the chart name and choose a publish to location and immediately publish a chart Advanced Mode walks you through each of the wizard dialogs enabling extensive choices for publishing format enabling the publishing notification e mail selecting planning or succession chart options end users toolbar and button options end user context menu commands allowing end user personalization enabling visually impaired support chart security publish to iPad and more Choosing a Cross Browser Option The Publishing Wizard allows you to publish an interactive chart which enables end users to perform several tasks such as conducting detailed searches and creating their own groups An org chart document provides fewer end user features Published chart features including multiple viewing levels chart searches ad hoc groups Smart Links or print preview are not available when publishing to an org chart document Org chart documents are however cross platform publishing options Cross Browser When you choose this publishing format you can publish a chart that is viewable across all platforms There are two cross browser options e Thin client This option is compatible with browser that support HTML and JavaScript The chart provides searching drilling and view options but does not provide a rich user experience e Microsoft Sil
9. X Executive only OrgPublisher Executive for iPad Enhancements Enhanced security for Silverlight cross browser planning charts Sortable columns in the application Errors Found in Data dialog Advanced Box Layout 11 6 Now supports multiple selection of X X n a fields and labels Publishing Wizard 11 6 Dialogs modified for cross browser X a Silverlight redesign changes Cross Browser Silverlight Enhancements 11 6 fRedesionedtoobars X Planning Profleredesign ooo ooo addtional Planning actions available ooo PRedesined Searcheesuts PK General Publish to OrgPublisher Executive on X Apple iPad Publishing Wizard enhancement new X iPad performance dialog Custom fields Custom field bulk editor Formula indicator in Sample column f X x X Planning chart a ee eee a X X X X U Ti gt Q Employee data on iPad device n a n a n a OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide New with this Version Views Wizard enhancements New Chart Wizard for Prebuilt Reports e E E Publishing Wizard for publishing to OrgPublisher Executive on iPad Cross Browser Silverlight 11 5 Chart Legend available in cross browser Silverlight charts Planning charts published to cross browser OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports Prebuilt Reports OrgPublisher Premier provides prebuilt report templates for human resource areas of
10. An Input File record represents an Open position when the Last Name First Name and Middle Name fields are empty Example 1 2 ABC Department M 9 99999999 JOBO01 Supervisor The job ID can be any string of numbers and or characters that uniquely represent a job title or position title within the chart If records are combined into one box job titles are defaulted to list in ascending sequence by job ID and are sorted within each position type The job ID is not displayed in the chart This field is used in Auto Build The Job Title field is optional The job title can be any string of numbers and or characters and is shown above the individual name within a box A job title is associated with the first position type beneath the job title The priority of the position type determines the order of job titles of different position types appearing within a box You can override the priority by assigning the sequence number in field 13 of the comma delimited text file In the following example each record that contains job ID JOBOO01 also contains the job title Supervisor Example 1 2 ABC Department M Smith A JOB001 Supervisor 1 3 ABC Department M Turner B JOB001 Supervisor 1 4 ABC Department M Brown K JOB001 Supervisor Field 11 is reserved for use by OrgPublisher To avoid problems when you are creating an org chart automat
11. From the drop down select either Recommend or required Back hexi Cancel Help i Click Next Figure 25 Note During implementation of OrgPublisher Executive on iPad using Professional Services you can modify the webconfig file to enable Active Directory security when signing in 22 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 New in OrgPublisher Executive for iPad 11 7 New in OrgPublisher Executive for iPad With this version of OrgPublisher Executive for iPad New e IOS 8 compatibility e Configurable logo Enhancements e Enchanced security options e Employee photo load optimization e Chart data label in URL path link e Enhanced user interface buttons e Updated support documents and email New IOS Version 8 OrgPublisher Executive for iPad version 11 7 0 has been updated for Apple IOS 8 compatibility Figure 26 Enhanced User Interface Buttons The Menu and Clear Filters buttons have been enhanced based on IOS 8 designs iPad gt 11 22 AM fame OrgPublisher Figure 27 Information Technology 28 More Department Applications 3 Benefits 11 if Clear Filters Figure 28 23 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 New in OrgPublisher Executive for iPad Configurable Logo During the implementation process you can configure OrgPublisher Executive to display your company logo iPad gt peoflefuent A peoflefuen
12. OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Create Charts Overview The Create a blank org chart option provides a blank org chart to which you can add boxes enter the employee information into the boxes and apply formatting The Run the New Chart Wizard option provides interactive screens to walk you through the process of creating a new chart either manually or automatically The Open an existing org chart option is preselected by OrgPublisher and a list of existing charts is provided from which you can choose Choosing the Open chart for formatting only option opens an existing chart for formatting changes only No data changes can be made to a chart opened with this option 2 Select the option you want then click OK What You Need to Know When creating a chart There are two ways you can build organizational charts in OrgPublisher Automatically By connecting directly to a data source You will need to know the path to that data OrgPublisher provides the ability to access data from multiple locations Your IT department should be able to provide you with this information Manually By placing boxes on a chart and entering employee information into the boxes When building from data You should have an understanding of how your company s reporting relationships work the layout of your company s reporting relationships and other HR data so that you can properly map the data for OrgPublisher It is also useful if you have experience
13. Select the number of Drill up levels Select the Group displayed in the style from the drop down list if applicable Click Apply to update the chart and keep the dialog box open for further changes or click OK to update the chart and close the dialog box Once your chart levels have been set and you are looking at your chart you can later choose to display all chart levels Select View from the Main menu then Show All Levels from the pull down menu Showing or Hiding Fields in the Profile View L 2 Right click on a field in the Profile View Select Show Hide fields from the drop down list The Show hide fields dialog opens 84 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide General Chart Activities 3 Select the check box for the field or subheading you want to show or hide A check indicates the field is displayed A blank box indicates that the field is hidden 4 You can also rearrange the position of each field or arrange fields to display beneath a subheading by clicking the Move Up and Move Down buttons 5 Click OK to close the dialog The Profile View reflects the changes Showing or Hiding Actual Head Count Note Orphan records and broken hierarchies can adversely affect summary and security functions Unexpected results can occur that may cause head count or other totals to be incorrect 1 Select View from the Main menu then Status Bar from the pull down menu The Status bar options display in an options l
14. a es Se SYS Click the Publish button in the toolbar to open the Publishing Wizard Select the Advanced Mode radio button and click Next Click Next again Type the publishing Name for your chart and click Next Select the Interactive Org Chart radio button and click Next Select the Cross Browser radio button and click Next Accept the default selection of Microsoft Silverlight and click Next Select the viewer options you do not want to offer in the published chart Click Next Accept the default selection of Enable Search Feature if you want your end users to be able to search for information in the published chart Clear the selection if you do not want to make the search feature available Select up to three fields to display in the search results list Box Title is selected by default You can accept that and select two more fields or clear the Box Title check box and select three others 191 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts If applicable move the selected fields up or down in the list Click Next Field names that are preceded by an asterisk are not displayed in the application Search View and therefore not available to view in the published chart Accept the default Toolbar and Drop list command options or clear the check boxes for those you do not want to enable for your end users Click Next Select a position typ
15. e If enabled by your administrator you can use the Tree View to locate information in the Chart View or to view chart information in an outline format e Open the Tree View by clicking the Tree View button in the toolbar The Tree View opens on the right hand side of the chart window e Symbols used in the Tree View their function and locations are Symbol Function Location on the Tree A component is collapsed and can be expanded to Corner of the branch show more components by clicking on the plus connected to the chart sign component A component is expanded and can be collapsed Corner of the branch by clicking on the minus sign connected to the chart component o boxes are available for display by double Chart box o the box containing the greater than sign 318 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Viewing a Chain of Command The Chain of Command mode is available in the published chart using PluginX or EChart including the published planning enabled chart It is not available in the modeling or succession planning published charts as these charts are about reassigning responsibilities and positions 1 Select the chart box containing the person whose chain of command you want to see Executive Staff Bobbie T Johnson Figure 213 2 The Display Chain of Command button g is enabled in the Main toolbar Click it to view the person s chain of command the reporting hie
16. Figure 300 You can also view the search results in a Card view The Card view displays a maximum of 5 people with the rest accessible via additional pages Abbott Lisa Purchasing Agent 1 Lisa Abbott pacificeastern com 1 Abdul Omar Applications Manager Applications OmarAbdul pacificeastern com 1 Adelsperger Chery Benefits Specialist Benefits Cheryl Adelsperger pacificeastern com 1 Anderson Caroline Accts Rec Cash Mgr Finance Caroline Anderson pacificeastern com 1 Bailey Olivia Programmer Applications Olivia Bailey pacificeastern com B23 4 5 gt Done Figure 301 3 Click Done to close the search results 367 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements Dragging and Dropping into an Open Position from Search 1 Select the drag button in the left corner of the employee record and click Clavin Katherine Buyer Drag this person in to the chart Figure 302 2 As you begin dragging the open positions appear with a green outline in the chart boxes Hold the mouse button down and drag the record to the open position you want to fill Broadcast Media Administrative Assistant Open position Figure 303 3 Drop the record on the box Broadcast Media Administrative Assistant Katherine Clavin Alar S38 OO 1 Figure 304 The person now fills the open position That person
17. If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box radio button This begins the search at that point in the chart If you want to search the entire chart click the Search under selected box radio button to clear it Enter your search criteria and indicate if you want to Match part or all of the field or Match Case See the Searching All Fields topic for the list of match options If you are searching the All Fields tab select the Search field and enter or select the For field data as well Click Search Now The results display in the list in the lower section of the dialog If the results are what you want click the Add to list below radio button to begin the second search Repeat Steps 2 5 until you have the group you want Then click Save as Group Combining Searches You can combine two or more searches in order to create the unique group that you want In addition you can view the search results list in Microsoft Excel 1 Select a tab in the Search dialog or a field in the drop down list of the Search View to begin your search Or if you have an existing group that you want to search click the Groups button in the toolbar to open the Group Editor dialog If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box radio button This begins the search at that point in the chart If you want to search the entire
18. OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching open your chart OrgPublisher displays the top of chart box if no results are found for a search If you plan to create a large number of groups for instance 60 70 it is recommended that you use more than one chart Note Published real time charts provide single field searching capabilities complex or group searching and saving My groups are not available If EChart security is enabled the published chart reflects only the search and group information accessible to the user based on the level of security Conducting a Boolean Search You can take one of two approaches to a Boolean search You can search within a group list using Boolean criteria or add additional records to your original list Advanced users can go directly to the Group Editor dialog and add Boolean logic that is true false logic to the group search criteria The components of a Boolean search include All Fields tab Component Description Search This field displays all standard and custom fields within your chart in a drop down list Select the field you want to search Sample value Position type or Status type For This field varies based on the selection made in the Search field Type what you want to search for or select from the options list Sample value Type text or select either Contractor or Filled Position Match Information in the drop down list in this field varies based on th
19. OrgPublisher e When you have created the group parameters you want click Next TTE Unique values in the Job T le field Writer Producer Accourt Executive Associate Producer Research Assistant Assistant Account Executive Broadcast Writers Hardware Technician Web Page Designer Broadcast Media Assistart a Drag values from the list on the left and j drop them group st on the ng Dropping a value onto a group will add that value to the group Dropping a value onto whitespace wil resut in a new group that filters for that value OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching 2s Groups to be created 4 Speciakst Human Resource Specialists Benef s Speciaist HR Specialist 4 Specialist Product Specialist Product Specialist 4 Specialist Travel Specialist Travel Specialist Digtal Artist You may rename a group by invoicing Clerk Clicking on its name and Media Buyer typing Paste up Artist Print Planner Production Coordinator OA us Step 2of 3 lt Back Nex Cancel Help Figure 174 The Group Creation Assistant Step 3 dialog opens The following groups wil be created when you click Finish Specialist Benefits Specialist Media SS lt Back Frish Cancel Hep Figure 175 f Ifthe groups listed are correct click Finish to close the assistant If the groups are not correct click Back to make the adjustments Dele
20. OrgPublisher Standard Fields standard UFL fields the customer should create a new custom field Common Generic Fields gt insight Standard Fields 2 3 Succession Standard Fields Compensation Standard Fields Reserved for Intemal Future Use All date fields should be formatted as Custom Fields YYYYMMDD OP Reporti leporting Metrics Metrics e Box Unique raeed tines parent box or an empty string if there is no parent box g id y t o Is characters that uniquely identifies a box Unique mentee the Position niece within the chart or an empty string for an identifier or the Person Unique Identifier can uncharted person be used for the Box Unique identifier if more than one record in the data nas the same Box Unique identifier al of the box level data on those records must be identical This field is not displayed DO z D g 0 usual ly contains an org unit name a Cost center name or a deparmment name jon Sy default position types for managers are used to conditionally A assistant C contractor and format boxes based on plan status For PR partner In addition any group of non managers the position type is sett characters enclosed by angle brackets lt Non Manager gt Leave this field empty lt gt constitute a custom position type g unless certain segments of the lt Senior Vice President gt This field is population should be displayed in the not displayed chart but excluded from the planning for
21. Select Al v Potential v PayGrade Ready for Promotion V Positions group category v Location group category v State V Gender V Ethnicity v Level Number Figure 21 1 Click the down arrow in the Select the email field and choose the field in your chart that contains the email address 2 In the Select the fields and group categories list click the check box for each field and group you want available for filtering categorizing and analyzing OrgPublisher Executive Chart Style and Position Type Dialog When you publish to OrgPublisher Executive you select a chart style and a position type to use as a basis for formatting boxes in the people and chart views in iPad When you select a position type to use the Publishing Wizard shows the fields that display in boxes in iPad Publishing Wizard x Select a style and position type to be used for formatting boxes in the The field configuration of th tion of the people and org chart views OrgPubksher search view wil be used to display fieki data in Chart Style the ist view of OrgPubisher bia Executive in addition the profiie Groups NA view in OrgPublisher will be used to p ar Position Type Select the style to use as the M m source for these configurations Fields Displayed in the boxes E Select Chart Style Ey Select Position Types E Click Next lt Back Canoe Heb Figure 22 20 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User
22. To delete an existing group criterion highlight the record and click the Remove button x 7 Save the changes to an existing group by clicking Save Save to a new group by clicking Save As You can continue to build criteria for additional groups or click Cancel to close the Group Editor dialog and return to the Search dialog or Search View If you delete the custom position type the records will return to the original position type assigned Do not mix groups based on position type with position types based on groups Hiding Groups in Published Charts Note You can hide a group in the planning charts but there is not undo for this feature If you save the chart with the group hidden you cannot access the hidden group in the planning chart You must conduct a new search using the same criteria if you want to recover the group Click the Search button in the Navigation toolbar The Search dialog opens Click the Groups tab to display groups available in the current chart Double click on the group you want to hide The Group Editor dialog opens KR WN e Select the Hide this group in published chart check box 250 OrgPublisher oe 6 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Note Hidden groups are removed from the Fi ter View and Chart View in both the application and the published chart In addition hidden groups cannot be seen in Search View or Search dialog in the published chart They can howev
23. Vertical Lowest level of each branch in the chart is arranged in a vertical row This creates narrower taller charts Side by side Lowest level of each branch in the chart is arranged with the boxes side by side This creates more compact charts Stacked Lowest level of the chart displays only two levels is arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level The number of boxes across is determined automatically or set to a specific number Select or define a color for the chart background Select a predefined or custom color for the chart gradient Select a chart gradient style from the drop down list Select an image to use as a chart background or watermark by clicking Embed Image You can also delete an existing background image by clicking Remove Image Select the style for the background image from the drop down list Center Tile or Stretch Select this check box if you want to print your chart gradient or background Select an icon to use in the chart to indicate a person reports to more than one supervisor by clicking on the down arrow and choosing an image You can also select Other to open the Select an icon dialog and browse to a different icon source file Select the Click to modify button to open the Show hide Fields dialog This field is used to view indirect managers in the Matrix Hover Display Select an Auto Build option to change how reporti
24. When working with a published Thin Client chart OrgPublisher also provides a popup option to select the number of levels to print Book Style preview e Both the Wall style and Book style previews now contain a Print Setup button Print Setup for easier access to your print client e The Book Style preview now provides the ability to print all levels of the chart using the Levels button Alltevels 7 e The Book Style Print Settings dialog includes the Header Footer button _Header Footer to open the Print Header Footer Options dialog in order to configure the header and footer display Wall Style preview The Wall Style Preview provides the preview and print controls at the top of the window The controls also provide a section with thumbnails that give you an idea of what your chart will look like when you select a specific layout dbi ee ee et l Layout 2 Narrow Font 31 Zoom Figure 192 284 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing The thumbnails display a tooltip showing the percent zoom necessary for the chart to fit the page The first thumbnail shows the current default setting for the preview The thumbnails are sorted by the largest percent least shrinkage first However if a thumbnail is within 5 of the thumbnail preceding it then OrgPublisher checks to see which thumbnail is squarer that one will be the first in the list Click the t
25. X down into the hierarchy You can rotate your iPad and use the app in portrait ae l mode To access mee Drag or swipe up and filters in portrait oe down to scroll through _ the information mode tap Hil at the top of the screen Locations view shows the company population on a map Tapa number to see the specific results List view allows you to tap the arrows to scroll and see additional information OrgPublisher Executive App vi1 7 0 Copyright 2015 PeopteFluent Inc All rights reserved Figure 34 as well as how to navigate on the iPad as shown in the figure here Once downloaded and installed the choices made by the OrgPublisher administrator when creating and publishing chart data to iPad drive the initials actions and determine the data and views available on iPad Updated Support Contact Information The new email address for the Product Support team is orgpub support peoplefluent com 27 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Bulk Editor Custom Fields Dialog Bulk Editor Custom Fields Dialog When working with a large number of custom fields you can use the Bulk Editor dialog accessed from the Custom Field Properties dialog 1 Click Bulk Editor in the Custom Field Properties dialog se con Figure 35 The Custom Field Bulk Editor dialog opens displaying all custom fields in your database Custom Field Bulk Editor E sea
26. 08 12 2015 303 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views The printed chart follows displays as many levels as you selected Figure 205 Printing Your Chart as a Book The Book Style printing option is available from the Print Wizard or the Book Style Print Preview If you want to modify your Book Style chart in more detail see the Previewing a Book Style Chart procedure Book Style is a method of previewing or printing your chart as a single print job and is sent to a PDF file You can include an index print all or just selected pages change the layout or modify box settings 1 Verify that your Print Options choice is set to Print Wizard 2 Select File from the menu bar then Print from the pull down menu You can also click the Print button in the main menu The Print Wizard opens 3 If additional views are displayed in your chart you can select the views you want to print Click Next 4 Select the Book Style radio button and click Next 5 The Settings dialog of the Print Wizard provides several options to choose from when printing your chart as a book Select the Use classic book style printing radio button if you want to print all pages using chart layout 4 Copyright 2015 PeopleFluent All rights reserved Proprietary and confidential PeopleFluent and the PeopleFluent and OrgPublisher logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of PeopleFluent All other brand and product names
27. 1 Multiple partner boxes can be placed to the right of a box 2 Press and hold the Ctrl key Click and release the Insert Partner button on the toolbar 3 Still pressing the Ctrl key move the pointer over each box title or job by which the Partner boxes will be inserted Click the mouse for each partner box you want to insert 4 To insert the last partner box release the Ctrl key and click the mouse over the last box title or job Inserting People People are the employees managers and other personnel in your chart One person is automatically inserted whenever you place a job in a chart Additional people can be dropped on box titles jobs and other people When you drop a person on a box title a manager is created If you already have an employee position type in that box OrgPublisher displays both positions When you drop a person on a job title the person inherits the characteristics of the job When you drop a person on another person the new person inherits the existing person s job title and the new person s name is placed directly below the name of the existing person Inserting and naming a person Click and release the Insert Person button a on the Insert toolbar 2 Move the mouse pointer over the box title job or person under which the new person will be inserted Click the mouse 3 Type the name of the person Inserting multiple people 1 Press and hold the Ctrl key Click and release the Insert P
28. 2 Right click on the group label in the Style Bar to view the options list 3 Click Group filter in chart then Spotlight boxes in group The first example uses a succession group created to show people who are designated to Succeed more than one position Creative Creative Vice President Paul Melbram Successor Name Multiple Jessie Fister Kyle Yellow Laney Pearson Figure 240 The second example uses a succession group created to find managers with no successors Director of Media Amy Stepp Successor Name Multiple Cal Kramer Media Planning amp Buying Karen Smith i gt earcn Lroups Name v Lasi First Ary Part of Field v 4A Go C Search under Karen Smith Y if Reset Name Job Title Bo Karen Smith amp Karen Smith Media Buyi Mer Figure 241 Note When printing a chart with the spotlighting feature enabled if your printer does not support AlphaBlend your printed chart will show all boxes as in the past See your IT administrator if you have any questions 341 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Updating an Open Position in Planning Charts You can update a position type in a planning chart 1 Double click on the open position in the Chart View The Update Person dialog opens Update Person x First name Second Last name q F ID Position type Manager Employee Assistant Contractor indirect Report
29. Build Mode features a Compact version so that you can view more of your chart while you work on it Click the Compact Build Mode button and OrgPublisher hides everything in the chart boxes except the names This way you can drag and drop boxes in the Build Mode without all the custom fields job or box titles taking up screen space Planning charts are always in Build Mode and do not reflect special formatting such as multi level peer display reports in the same box as their manager or the Advanced Box Layout settings The Compact Build Mode is not available to save as a style but you can create a similar chart style by hiding all your chart elements except the employee names Views The user interface within OrgPublisher displays smaller windows called views Chart View The Chart View is the main window and contains the chart components arranged in boxes as well as any enabled toolbars and views 9 Box Matrix View The 9 Box Matrix View E providing comparative sets of data for select criteria allows you to compile the top performers and high potential employees in preparation for succession planning You can print this view or show where people from the Profile View fit in this view Hover Profile View The Hover Profile View allows users to quickly view key custom fields just by letting the cursor hover over a box component The Hover Profile if enabled opens when you hover the mouse button over a component in the cha
30. Click Search Now in the Search dialog or Go S in the Search View If you chose a group filter OrgPublisher searches only the selected group and displays the matching records If no group filter was selected the entire chart is searched and matching records shown If you are looking for a certain record click on it OrgPublisher moves to that section of the chart and highlights the record you have selected If you are creating a new group click Save as group Type the name you want to use in the Enter a group name dialog Click OK to save the group You can also include search results in the side by side profile by clicking the Include the search results in Profile View button nE Side by side profiles are limited to 6 at a time if you auto pin the profiles in the Search View Searching by Name You can conduct a simple search in this tab by using the Match field options in the Search dialog or by using the Search View L Open the Search dialog by selecting Edit from the menu bar then Search from the pull down options or open the Search View pane in the List View You can also click on the FO Search Advanced button in the toolbar Select the Name tab in the Search dialog If you are using the Search View click the drop down arrow and select the Name option If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box check box This begins the search at that point in the
31. Gradient Background check box Click Apply to accept the change and continue working in the Format dialog or click OK to accept the change and close the dialog You can also add an image to your chart background Deleting a Style 1 3 Select File from the Main menu then Styles from the pull down menu The Styles dialog opens In the upper left pane select the style you want to delete by clicking to the left of the name Click Delete The style no longer exists Click Close to return to the chart Displaying Chart Styles If you have created more than one style for your chart you can quickly view the style list and open a specific style with the Styles View 1 Note This option is not available if the Show styles in tabs option is enabled Click the Style View button a in the toolbar or if you have not pinned the Style View click the drop down arrow next to the style name in the Style bar A list of styles available for your chart appears 143 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Click on the name of the style you want to display For example if a style were created to show indirect reports in your organization you click that style name to display information for indirect reports Note Deleting a group associated with a secured style makes that style available to every EChart user Editing the Style Bar Label You can edit the style bar label or the filter label displayed in
32. Hester pacificeastem com Marketing Vice President Figure 246 You can also view the search results in a Panel View EDS Seren 3 matches found 3 Panel View Hester Susan i Melbram Paul Marketing Vice President Creative Vice President Sales Creative 6999 6888 Susan Hester pacificeastern Paul Melbram pacificeastern Thomas Frank KR Vice President Human Resources 8000 Frank Thomas pacificeastern Figure 247 Or you can view the search results in a Grid View lim Chart A A More Directo 3 matches found x SJE Grid view Bldg oa Box Title Name Phone Email Corporate Sales Hester Susan 6999 Susan Hester pacificeastern c Corporate Creative Melbram Paul 6888 Paul Melbram pacificeastern c Sales Office 2 Human Resources Thomas Frank 8000 Frank Thomas pacificeastern 4 gt Figure 248 344 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Configuring Cross Browser Search View If enabled by your administrator you can search fields in a published cross browser Silverlight chart 1 Once the search results view opens right click on the blue bar at the top of the view Figure 249 The options list appears Reset to Default Size Configure Search View Figure 250 2 Click Configure Search View The Search Results Configuration dialog opens v Hide Search Results window after each selection _ Begin search in currently vis
33. OCx 5 If applicable you can select the check box to Hide this group in published chart For additional information see the Hiding Groups procedure in this document Click Save The dialog closes Click Close to return to the Chart View The selected group icon displays in the lower left corner of the group member s box You can change where you want to display the icon by selecting Format from the menu and Boxes from the options list In the Show group icons field select Left Center or Right 9 You can click on the group icon to open the Group Editor dialog to modify or delete select None from the pull down list the displayed icon Note This feature is also seen in the published cross browser Silverlight chart Group and Multi reporting Relationships Icons You can select a unique icon to associate with a specific group The icon displays in the chart box next to the name of each person who is a member of that group If a person is a member of multiple groups multiple icons display in the box When you click on a group icon the Search View opens with a list of all the people in that group Note Using group and multi reporting relationship icons in conjunction with Conditional formatting is not recommended These two features distinguish different aspects of group information and are not meant to work together See the Group Icon Chart Legends section for details on viewing and displaying a list of group icons used in the
34. OrgPublisher succession templates After populating these fields in the Input File with your custom data open the Custom Field Properties dialog and select where these fields should be displayed in your chart Can be used to help define a successor group Special formatting for a successor position comes automatically with OrgPublisher If you are not using an OrgPublisher succession template for your chart these fields can be used for any custom fields Note Initial formatting of the successor position type is handled in the default templates shipped with OrgPublisher 50 Key Person 51 Location 52 Age 53 Salary 54 Performance Rating 55 Education Level 56 Skills 57 Certifications 58 Competency Rating 59 Successor Rank 60 Designated Successor 61 High Potential Rating 62 Readiness 63 Retention Risk 64 Impact of Loss Positions 26 49 and 65 can be used for custom fields as well as summaries In OrgPublisher Premier you can perform basic calculations on numeric custom fields in your chart and display this data in a summary field in your org chart Note The Summary Wizard inserts placeholders if necessary which display in the Custom Field Properties dialog These fields within OrgPublisher occupy sequences 20 25 and are designated as field types other than summaries such as Text Hotspot or Email As you create summary fields OrgPublisher Starts placing them in sequence 26 Whe
35. Search options Search undet vr selected box New Search 5 Add to fst below Search within list below Name Job Tite YeiP Kingston Writer So Wu Buyer amp Sandra L Wright intern Coord Box Tiie Emai Hired Degree Print Media Yei Kingsto 09 09 1997 BA intern Progr Sandra Wri 03 04 2005 AA Print Media So Wu pa 07 04 2000 BBA Emai h Copy JF Microsoft Excel fi Save as Figure 153 238 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Repeat steps 2 4 to add additional categories If you want to use an existing category click the drop down arrow in the Category field and select the name you want to use l Languages Succession Figure 154 The group Filter View displays the groups indented below the associated category name The group Filter View list first displays the category names in alphabetical order then the associated group within the category name in alphabetical order then the groups without categories in alphabetical order Languages Speaks Chinese Speaks French Speaks German S Speaks Italian Ka Speaks Japanese 4 Speaks Portuguese amp Speaks Russian A Speaks Spanish 4 Succession hh 1st Candid RR 2nd Candidat Rk 3rd Candidat kk High Performer kk High Potential kt Mid High Potential Everyone kk Management Team Figure 155 Adding a New Group You can add a person to a group directly from the Chart View In addition you
36. Wizard en YS Note The Summary View is not available in a published real time chart Select File from the Main menu then Print Options from the pull down menu Select Summary View and click Next Select either the Wall Chart or Book Style radio button Click Next If applicable set the Header Footer options If applicable select the Include Legend check box Click Finish to print the view 310 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Printing the 9 Box Matrix You can print the 9 Box Matrix if the Print Wizard has been activated If the 9 Box Matrix is maximized in OrgPublisher the matrix prints automatically Note Records displayed in the 9 Box Matrix are associated with the level displayed in the Chart View 1 Open the 9 Box Matrix by selecting View in the Main menu then 9 Box Matrix from the options list You can also click the 9 Box Matrix button in the Views toolbar Click the Print Ss button in the Main toolbar The Print Wizard opens Select 9 Box Matrix and click Next Select either the Wall Chart or Book Style radio button Click Next If applicable set the Header Footer options If applicable select the Include Legend check box 2 te SS Click Finish to print the view The printed 9 Box Matrix includes the designations for each box such as High Performance High Potential or Average Performance Low Potential 311 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work w
37. Work with Published Charts Creating a Successor in a Succession Planning Chart The easiest method for creating a successor in a succession planning chart is to use drag and drop 1 Place the mouse pointer on the person s name you want to become a successor Hold down the left mouse button to select the name which is outlined with a solid red line Creative Creative Vice President Paul Melbram Creative Print High Tech Creative Creative Director Brandi Nelson Creative Director Figure 226 2 Continue to hold down the left mouse button and drag the name to the position needing a successor The pointer includes a person icon while moving to the new box 3 When the cursor is on top of the current position holder s name a dotted red line outlines the name release the mouse button Creative Creative Vice Creative Print High Tech Creative Creative Director Brandi Nelson Creative Director Kyle Yellow Figure 227 The successor s name appears below the current position holder and a change icon appears in the top right of the chart box Creative Creative Vice President Paul Melbram Kyte Yellow Creative Print Creative Director Brandi Nelson y Figure 228 Paul Melbram Kyle Yeliow Creative Print High Tech i Creative Creative Director Brandi Nelson Creative Director Kyle Yellow You can also copy and paste a successor into the ne
38. You can select a chart to delete open to edit or create a new planning chart Moving a Planning Chart A published planning enabled chart succession or org modeling can be published to a new location other than the default location 1 Publish or open an already published planning enabled chart 2 Inthe toolbar click the Planning button 2 Planning The Planning Charts dialog opens SeyOxganizational Planning Charts Z New jOpen amp Delete Chart Last Modified SE OroPlan Pacific Eastern 10 5 2010 3 OrgPlan for Russell Heis Pacific Eastern 6 11 2010 Folder C Users janettes AppData Locallow PlanningCharts Move Chart Location Close Figure 221 3 Click Move Chart Location at the bottom of the dialog The Browse for Folder dialog opens Browse For Folder 7 mmr Sem Select a location to publish this chart E Desktop z Libraries B Janette Stell 4 AppData d Local a Locallow Adobe d Google Microsoft d PlanningCharts d SuccessionCharts Folder PianningCharts MakeNewFoider OK cawe Figure 222 4 Navigate to the folder where you want publish the chart or select Make New Folder to create a new location for the published chart 328 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 5 Click OK to move the chart to the new location Opening a Planning Chart Planning administrators can open a planni
39. the search feature and all calculations follow the conditional position type Formatting follows the group If you display the Summary View in a chart with conditional formatting you should hide either the group or position type of the conditional format If you don t head counts display in both areas If there is more than one group based position type for which a person qualifies the first match is used in Search and Summary tasks Formula fields allow users to define and populate a new or existing custom field based on values provided in other custom fields or using other criteria Topics Pertaining to this Section Adding a Summary Field Population for a Summary Field Adding Summary Fields for Levels and Span Printing the Summary View of Control Adding Summary Fields Manually to an Resizing Rows and Columns in Summary View ODBC Chart Creating a Group Summary Summary Wizard Displaying Summary Fields Creating Workforce Analysis Graphs Including Excluding Position Types in Formulas Summary View Inserting a Summary Field Inserting Formulas Summaries Note Orphan records and broken hierarchies adversely affect summary and security functions Unexpected results can occur that may cause head count or other totals to be incorrect Adding Summary Fields for Levels and Span of Control In OrgPublisher Premier an additional option is available when creating a summary field using the Sum Count and Average levels and s
40. 2010 Andrew H Bell Web Programm Web BS Ryan 8 Benn WebPage Desi Design 60 4 AA 01 18 2011 Bryan Boynton Purchasing Ag Finance 50 BA 11 23 2024 Susan 8right Hardware Tec Network Team 30 4 BS 07 25 7201 Matthew Bulo Benefits Speci Benefits BA Linda Bullock AP Clerk2 Finance 50 3 AA 05 23 203 Amanda Burto AP Clerk 1 Finance 60 4 AA 11 23 2024 10 1 BA Ma Julie Caonev SBenefts Soeci Benefits 4 Search View Figure 149 4 Clear the checkbox to hide the List View bar 233 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Showing or Hiding the Style Bar You can elect to hide the Style Bar in OrgPublisher by using the View menu option The default is to display the Style Bar e You can also select View from the Main menu then Toolbars Styles Toolbar and Show Styles toolbar from the options menu A check mark indicates that the Style Bar is shown in OrgPublisher Clear the option to hide the bar Sorting Boxes In OrgPublisher you can sort by boxes in the Chart View across rows manually by box ID or by a selected field After remodeling a chart using drag and drop editing you can select the Sort by this field option to sort the chart on box ID left to right Note Charts saved in previous versions of OrgPublisher open with the original sequencing unaffected If you choose to sequence by field this sequencing overrides any previous sequencing and priority choices Charts built from data are always sorted lef
41. 3 e E Positions Sales Office gt s Seach options Employee Search under selected box New Search Add to kst below Search within amp Job Title Box Title Phone State 0 people found Figure 164 10 On the Style bar click the Filter View button A Filter View E a amp Everyone X Annex Employee amp Corporate Office Employee CPR Certified RR Filled Positions Sales Office Employee T Telecommuters Figure 165 245 OrgPublisher D agging and Dro OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Click on a group to display it in the Chart View The following example shows the Human Resource Specialist in the Spotlight mode Benefits Figure 166 ing Values in the Group Creation Assistant When creating new groups using the Group Creation Assistant you use drag and drop to identify a new group or value 1 2 Open the Search dialog and click the Groups tab Click the Group Creation Assistant button to open the Group Creation Assistant Select the field containing the value you want to search against Type a prefix for the names of the groups you want to create Click Next The left pane of the Step 2 dialog contains the values available for grouping the data in the field you selected These values are sorted first by hit count the highest number of records to match the criteria then alphabetically Clic
42. Account Exec Account Exec Assistant Acc Account Exec Assistant Acc Yi H Reset Box Tile Previous Position Local Sales Support National J National Research Manac g National Product Special Local Sales Asst Account E Local Sales Support Public Relations National National Sales 12 hits Figure 49 49 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Create Charts Overview Create Charts Overview After your data has been prepared you re ready to create your chart You can create a chart automatically or manually This section also provides information about OrgPublisher Chart elements menus and toolbars Ee ET erInTes Topics Pertaining to this Section Automatic Charts Hotspot Links Manual Charts Styles Custom Fields Using the Format Dialog Getting Started with OrgPublisher By the time you reach this point the following activities should have occurred e OrgPublisher has been installed on your computer e Your company s human resource data is in a location that you can access or e You have access to data from which you will manually create a chart To create a new chart or open an existing chart 1 Open OrgPublisher APURE displays a blank chart and the OPUSA dialog OrgPubli ee OrgPublisher E OUE ERTA DE a EF C Create a blank ceg chait N C Runthe New Chat Wema R Paih Type Wizard amp Custom Fa Wiad Hoto Wiad dia i Figure 50 50 OrgPublisher
43. An up down arrow appears Drag the handle up or down to adjust the section height 7 Use advanced box layout for this postion type IV Use advanced box layout for this position type Job Title Box Title Figure 108 To adjust the box width access the Boxes tab in the Format dialog Moving Deleting or Resizing a Data Element Each field contains two data elements the field label and the field data These elements can be moved or deleted from the chart box section The label is outlined with at dashed line and the data is outlined with a solid line Degree 2 Degree Label Sev Data i Figure 109 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts e To delete an element right click on it and select Delete from the context menu Figure 110 e To move an element place the mouse cursor over the element and click to select Move the pointer on top of the element and it changes to a 4 headed arrow Degree Degree en roa Name field section Figure 111 Hold the left mouse button down and drag the element to a new location Note Field elements cannot move from one section of the chart box to another e To change the size of an element place the mouse pointer on the edge of the element The pointer changes to a double headed arrow Degree Degree 7 r Name span None dS Figure 112 Hold the left mouse button down and dr
44. ArchivedCharts folder In addition if end users must access archived charts they must be stored in the SourceCharts folder You can create a read only archived chart just once a day using the One time only scheduling option If you want to archive an updated version of your read only chart you can schedule it to run the next day A read only archived chart can be overwritten with an updated version of the same chart A message displays verifying that the end user wants to overwrite the read only archive 1 Click the Manage OrgHistory Archives button in the Main toolbar The Archive Definitions dialog opens You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Manage OrgHistory Archives from the options list Click Update The OrgHistory Archive Wizard opens Complete the wizard dialog prompts to update the archive definition following the steps for Creating a New Archive Chart 276 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts Updating an Archive Schedule You can modify an existing schedule to archive your charts You can start the task scheduler at the end of the OrgHistory Archive Wizard or in the Archive Schedule tab of the OrgHistory Archives dialog 1 Select Tools from the Main menu then Manage OrgHistory Archives from the options list You can also click the Manage OrgHistory Archives 5 button in the toolbar The OrgHistory Archives dialog opens at the Definitions tab Click on the Archive Sc
45. Automatic Publishing If you are experiencing problems with automatic publishing using the Publish charts dialog check to ensure that You have local Administrator group privileges on Windows XP Windows 2003 web server or Windows 2008 web server These privileges are required in order to set up or run a job automatically Microsoft Task Scheduler is installed This is a Microsoft program usually installed as a component of Microsoft Internet Explorer you are not using letter mapped drives for automatic publishing e g G NetworkPath FileName In some cases they are not recognized when running jobs off line Instead use UNC to specify network paths e g ServerName Path Filename Error messages can be generated in two different log files Look for the log in the c program files OrgPub x OPAutoPub log The X is the version number of your OrgPublisher installation for example OrgPub9 Find the date and time the job was supposed to run and check for any error messages Check the message log for the Microsoft Task Scheduler by clicking Advanced then View Log Look for errors such as file not found or password not valid based on date and time the job should have run Diagnosing Common Problems Did the job ever run before Yes the job has run before To isolate the problem 1 Determine whether or not the job ever kicked off look at Task Scheduler and the job itself by checking the Last Run Time col
46. Charts When working with a planning chart you can change position types 1 2 Double click on the person s name in the Chart View The Update Person dialog opens Double click the new Position type you want to use The Update Person dialog closes and the new position type is accepted You can also select the new position type from the list then click OK Creating a New Succession Planning Chart 1 Open the planning enabled chart in the web browser and click the Planning button P Planning This button may vary depending on the type of planning charts selected The Succession Planning Charts dialog opens Click O New The New Succession Planning Chart dialog opens If a current succession planning chart does not exist the dialog opens as soon as you select the planning button Type a name for the chart if you do not want to accept the default OrgSuccession for title If not already enabled by the chart administrator you can select the Password protect this chart check box to require typing a password whenever the chart is opened Type the Password then Retype password If you want a shortcut to the planning chart to display on your desktop select the Create a shortcut to the chart on my Windows desktop check box Click The browser opens the succession planning chart with the select toolbars the Generate a change report al and email ic buttons enabled 333 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide
47. Correct Mc Donald e Ensure that there are no blank records at the end of the file Word processors and spreadsheets may inadvertently leave blank lines at the end of the file The last record in the file should be followed by the end of file marker e Ensure that no single field is over 2000 characters in length e Ensure that there are no less than 10 comma separated fields in each input record Build and View Modes Build Mode vs View Mode If you are an administrator you ll need to be aware of this OrgPublisher operates in either Build Mode P Buld Mode gr View Mode E Mew Mode You use Build Mode to create edit and reorganize data You use View Mode to format and view charts as they will be seen by your users when published When building charts from data remember that any editing of data or hierarchical structure made using Build Mode will be lost when your chart is refreshed 53 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Create Charts Overview Build and View Modes Active Features OrgPublisher operates in either Build Mode or View Mode You use Build Mode to create edit reorganize and format charts You use View Mode to format and view charts as they will be seen by your users when published You cannot hide chart components while in Build Mode but you can switch to View Mode at any time If you try to hide components while in Build Mode OrgPublisher automatically switches to View Mode Note
48. EChart to verify the row level security works as you want it A log is created each time you publish the chart using the ACL file for row level security with the same name as the chart and acl file publishedchartname log if the user has write privileges on his computer This file is also in the same location as the published chart 33 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Prepare Chart Data This section explains what you need to do to prepare your data for uploading to OrgPublisher After the data is prepared and uploaded you are ready to create your chart Topics Pertaining to this Section Input File Layout Rules Identify a Broken Hierarchy ras a Data Source Record Types Extracting Your Data Boxes and Position Types Creating a Custom XSLT File Creating and Using a Semantic Dictionary for Intelligent Searches emanon O o Input File Layout The Input File Layout defines the order of columns in the comma separated text file that OrgPublisher opens to generate your org chart It also specifies the order of fields to send to OrgPublisher when you choose to generate org charts automatically using the Component Object Model COM interface This layout does not apply to charts created using the Prebuilt Reports Column Field name Description number 1 Parent Box ID 2 Box ID 3 Box title A required field the parent box ID can be any string of numbers and or characters that represent
49. Employee This is the default record type An employee record type represents a person who is an employee within an org box You can format employee names and boxes separately from manager names and boxes When there is more than one employee name under a job title within a box the names are defaulted to sort alphabetically by last name A Assistant An assistant record type represents a person who is displayed within an assistant box type Assistant boxes alternate right and left of the reporting line You can define custom assistant position types with data using the Define dialog accessed from the Edit menu option by creating a new position type and selecting the assistant box type I Indirect An OrgPublisher org chart can include indirect reporting relationships as well as report direct reporting relationships Indirect reporting relationships are also Known as dotted line relationships An input record can indicate a person is an indirect report by using an I in the Record Type field in front of the assigned position record type Indirect is a modifier of the assigned position type For example an IE is an employee who reports indirectly to another position If you use only I as your record type OrgPublisher defaults the record to IM 45 OrgPublisher Record OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Definition Type PR BA SF SC Contractor Partner Box Assistant box Staff function S
50. Field Label E Searchable L J 20 Org Unit 21 Org Unit ID 22 Business Unit 23 Business Unit ID 24 Division 25 Department 26 Cost Center 27 Cost Center ID 28 Job Family 29 Job Function 30 Job Code 31 Job Title 32 Job Grade 33 Employee ID 34 UserID 35 User Role 36 Hire Date 37 Rehire Date 38 Birth Date Assigned to All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types HWOBVVBUB UBB VEU Uv vv All Position Types 2 Undo all changes Done Figure 36 2 Select individual custom field records or select the check box at the top of the first column to select ALL custom fields Custom Field Bulk Editor Field Label Org Unit Org Unit ID Business Unit Business Unit ID Division Department Cost Center Figure 37 3 Select individual check boxes for custom fields that you want to allow end users to search in the published chart Or select the check box at the top of the Searchable column to allow end
51. HR Vice President Sam Patel L d 456 8000 Sam Patel paciiceastenn cont ete Fytaiticeastern com Figure 267 4 Drop the selected box It appears in the chart below the destination box Dragging and Dropping a Person tn the Cross Browser Planning Chart Persons in the cross browser planning chart can be dragged only to boxes with an Open position 1 Select the person you want to move A purple glow appears around that person name and any associated fields Network as Network Nelwork Manager Leslie F Growwer Hardware Technician Hardware pria Firewall Administrator Susan Brioht usan I Bright Brighton K Heniry Kinder L Smh ee R a M Network Team a eee Team Ketwork Team Network Ad ministration Hardware Technician SS ee Osi Tit nate Facer o F Fischer lagadavi L Mahir Figure 268 2 Begin dragging the person toward the open position The person and field data are now translucent and a small green dot is visible inside the moving area 354 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Cross Browser Planning Charts Open positions in the chart are outlined in green indicating a valid drop location Figure 269 3 Drop the name and associated fields onto an open position The person name replaces the open position text in the drop location The previous box now contains an open position where the person name used to appear Leslie F Growwer Head Directs Oren Manne
52. Head Count Roll up with the Custom O OT Properties Dialo Designating Custom Fields as Not Searchable Reviewing Custom Field Security Summary Custom Field Security Summary Displaying a Custom Field Selecting a Custom Field Date Format Dragging and Dropping Custom Fields Setting Search Properties for Custom Fields Formatting a Custom Field Specifying a Custom Field Order fFomattingNumericcutomFies Adding a Custom Field Custom fields added below box titles contain information pertinent to the whole department or team that the box represents Custom fields added below a job title contain information about that job Custom fields added below a person contain specific information about that person or the position they hold You can also add custom fields with the Custom Field Wizard 1 Select Data from the menu bar then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens 2 Position the cursor where you want to add the new custom field either somewhere within existing fields or at the end Click Insert If you are inserting a field within the list of existing fields a message dialog verifies that this is what you want to do 3 Enter the field name in the Field label column Press the TAB key to move to the Type column and select the type of custom field you are adding for instance Text 87 OrgPublisher Custom Fie
53. In conditional formatting the search feature and all calculations follow the conditional position type Formatting follows the group If you display the Summary View in a chart with conditional formatting you should hide either the group or position type of the conditional format If you don t head counts display in both areas 109 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Hotspot Links Hotspot Links Hotspots provide a way to create links in an org chart that is published and viewed with a web browser such as Internet Explorer Any string that can be typed in an address line of a browser can be used as a hotspot such as mailto http file etc Hotspots are a type of custom field assigned to a specific position type or all position types and they appear in listings with other custom fields You can create hotspots with the Hotspot Wizard attach a hotspot to a specific custom field using the Custom Field Properties dialog or use the Define dialog to define the URL path to the link Topics Pertaining to this Section Accessing Smart Links Inserting Hotspots Assigning Hotspots to Position Types Setting a Base URL Path Attaching A Hotspot to a Field Using the Define Dialog Inserting Hotspots You can set up a hotspot on a box title job title person s name or custom field to view another web page pertaining to the selected text Hotspots can be clicked in the Chart View Profile View and the Hover Profile to
54. It will have an odbx extension 102 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Position Types Position Types OrgPublisher provides standard position types in order to create your organizational hierarchy You can also create your own position types either to better match a position within your company In addition you can assign a group based on a single attribute to create a conditional position type You can then use conditional formatting to increase visibility of that group in your chart Note Only Staff Function position types can reside in a Staff Function box Topics Pertaining to this Section Position Type Wizard Creating a Staff Function Position Type Adding a Custom Position Type Including Excluding Position Types in Summary View Assigning a Position ID Type Listing All or Current Positions Selecting a Position Type for Insert Making Several Insertions for the Same Position Type Changing a Person s Position Type Renaming a Position Type Changing Direct Reports to Indirect Reports Showing or hiding All Options Associated with a Position type Adding a Custom Position Type 1 Select Tools from the menu bar then Position type Wizard from the drop down list The Position Type Wizard opens Click Next 2 Select the New Position Type radio button Click Next What do you wart to cal this Position Type Cick on a position in an ong Postion Type name chart to display the Postion Postion type 26 T
55. Moveup Move dowr 3 High Performer Critical Roles FH Low Performer HH Average Performer Hno Performance R Add selected group to legend gt gt Add Custom Item to Legend Figure 99 2 Select the Contents tab When opening the Chart Legend Properties for the first time all icons in the chart are displayed in the legend These icons are listed in the Legend contents section of the dialog As you create new groups with icons or custom items they display in the Available groups section of the dialog The Preview section shows you what the legend currently looks like 3 Select a group or custom item from the Available groups section and click Add selected group to legend The selected icon moves to the Legend contents section and you can see it in the Preview section 133 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 4 Click Move up or Move down to change the sequence of the list in the Legend contents section Click Remove an icon x button to remove a group icon from the contents area and move it to the Available groups section Click Add Custom Item to Legend to add an additional custom color to the legend When you add the new icon to the contents section double click on the item to enable tr the Set icon properties button Click the button to Modify Icon Properties You can also delete a custom color icon with the Remove an icon x button Note When you delete a custom
56. Now option The OrgHistory Archives dialog contains two tabs Definitions and Archive Schedule You can also access the OrgHistory Archive Browser from this dialog You can use this dialog to open the OrgHistory Archive Wizard to create a new archived chart or update existing archived chart definitions review a list of archived charts and schedules You can also delete archived charts and set new schedule times to automatically archive charts Note Always open the OrgHistory Archives dialog to verify that your scheduled chart archived at the correct time Work with Signed and Read Only Archive Charts You can use OrgHistory to take a snapshot of your organizational chart and archive it for reference at a later time The OrgHistory Archive Wizard walks you through selecting a directory location assigning a name and password as well as add a signature to the archive e OrgHistory defaults to Sign archived charts which means that if the archived chart is created and opened in OrgPublisher 7 and later it cannot be modified However the archived chart can be modified if it is opened from a previous version of OrgPublisher or in a hex editor e When you open an altered signed archived chart in OrgPublisher 7 and later you receive a message telling you that it has been modified You can choose not to archive a chart with a signature by clearing the check box in the OrgHistory Archive Wizard e OrgHistory also defaults to Mark archived
57. OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide View Manager Names in Matrix Report Hover Display 4 Find Manager or the label name that you assigned and select the check box The new field typically is placed at the bottom of the list If you are showing just a few fields in the matrix Hover Display you must move the indirect manager field up in the list as shown in the figure above Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog 5 In the Chart tab of the Format dialog use the slider bar on the right to scroll down to Show Hover Profile and select that check box Tee Seems vee ta Ageerced bos yad han out hee for Fook ve priro ard fire the reon Grect pony to e peje Tortad reraion fo Be Figure 19 6 In Hover profile display ms accept the default of 1000 Click OK to save your changes 17 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Update Person Dialog Update Person Dialog When building a chart from data the information in this dialog is automatically populated You can access this dialog when in Build Mode by selecting a name field and clicking in a blank spot in the field Update Person Firstname second Lastname Enter the person s First Second and Last name Heis ID 4170 Position type Ep Enter person s ID number Ti Manager Employee Assistant Contractor T indirect Report EN Select Position type Open position Partner Staff Function successor 4 OrgPubli
58. OrgPublisherX gt Publish Change the EChartPrintLimit record to the number you want to print This becomes the new default print limit for ECharts We recommend printing from within the OrgPublisher application on a PC with the capacity to handle very large charts Printing enormous ECharts from the browser downloads all of the person data to the client machine The network will experience a great deal of traffic and use much if not all of the RAM on the client machine If the above tips do not resolve your issue please contact Support 393 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Resources Resources OrgPublisher provides a variety of resources to support your OrgPublisher experience Topics Pertaining to this Section Customer Care Center View Video Tutorials for Cross Browser Charts View Quick Start Videos Tip of the Day Customer Care Center Click Support in the main menu and select Customer Care Center From this page you can access support documents how to guides and automation tools and sample code if you need to customize OrgPublisher SUPPORT Customer Care Center Top Support Docs How To Guides System Requirements Downloads PluginX Controls Automation Tools LDAP Connector Contact Support Figure 325 You can also find system requirements and published versions of the OrgPublisher sample charts that include a directory and planning chart These charts are web enabled so you can navigate
59. PluginX Help URL field which users can access by clicking the question mark in the OrgPublisher toolbar Click Next In this dialog you can set the Maximum number of e mail recipients in Search View The default is 20 but you can change that depending on your system If you want to publish your chart for accessibility by JAWS assistive software select the Enable support for the visually impaired check box Click Next If you want to set up an archive schedule now select the Keep an archive of this chart check box Click Next Select e Publish now to publish your EChart immediately The Publishing Summary message displays the link or links if you also chose to publish a directory view chart to your published charts Click on the link to preview the chart e Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog where all publishing definitions are kept e Schedule now to set up a publishing schedule Click Finish Publishing a Cross Browser Chart Using Microsoft Silverlight In OrgPublisher Premier you can publish a cross browser chart that provides your end users with a richer experience using Microsoft Silverlight New with this version you can publish a legend with Cross Browser Silverlight charts Whichever corner is chosen for the placement of the legend the legend remains in that corner as you scroll up or down within the chart window Additional details can be found in the Silverlight Implementation Guides on the web site
60. Positions or Manager Select where you want to assign the field box job or name Click Next 6 Click Finish The custom field displays in your chart When comparing charts new or renamed custom fields will not match when comparing charts and will not be included in the change report In addition if the charts you are comparing do not contain a custom Position ID type OrgPublisher uses the ID in field 5 from the Input File Layout If neither exist an error message displays and the comparison does not occur 118 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview Head Count Wizard OrgPublisher can automatically calculate and display head counts in your org chart Only those position types set as counted will be included in chart box head counts Counts can be displayed in both the chart and the Summary view Head counts and head count roll ups OrgPublisher provides two types of head counts in addition to a head count roll up These features count position types that have the Count set to Yes Head counts are different from head count roll ups which are based on a counted position type or total population for each manager department district region etc e Total head count The counted filled positions in an org chart indirect reports are normally not counted e Total planned head count The counted filled and open positions in an org chart indirect reports are normally not counted e Head count
61. Preview and you have included groups in your chart or use custom colors you can select the Include Legend check box to help identify the groups and colors by the icons displayed in the chart legend If you want OrgPublisher to adjust the size of the boxes to fit on each page select the Zoom each page to fit radio button Click Next Click Header Footer to change either the header or footer text The Print Header Footer Options dialog opens Follow the prompts to select header and footer options Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog Click Finish to complete the Print Wizard Moving Boxes in Print Preview In OrgPublisher the Print Preview for Wall Style and Print Preview for Book Style dialogs enable you to modify your chart for printing by moving boxes and the box reporting lines to better fit on the page 281 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing 1 Open Print Preview by selecting File then Print preview from the options list The Print Preview Type dialog opens 2 Select the Wall chart preview or Book style preview radio button The Print Preview dialog opens 3 Select a box by clicking on it The box is highlighted Holding down the mouse cursor move the box to where you want it on the page Note Note that the connecting line moves with the box Because OrgPublisher is not a drawing tool you do not want to move the box across from or above it
62. Properties for dialog 4 Accept the default of Allow this field to be searchable if you want end users to be able to find this field while searching Clear the check box if you do not want the field found during a search Search Properties for Field wT Foreplan isons be se and the sear sa arg Making a field non searchable aces nat Hide te idih the a it and othe specily suggested values for s aeadh Sa _ nst this r field This is used hirinn which have pert et of possble such as gender and state Create selection from tieid vakas List searches to these items Allow entry of custom search values Show potenbal matches as users type Figure 81 5 You can accept the default to Allow entry of custom search values if you want end users to type whatever characters they want to search on 98 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview 6 When choosing to allow customer search values you can also select the Show potential matches as users type check box This option displays a preview pane with potential matching records as the user types the search criteria 7 Ifa field has a limited number of possible values you do not have to accept the default You can specify values to search on by clicking Create selection from field values Search Properties for Birthdate eras _ jae 5 Allove this field to be searchable in the search view and the search dialog Making a field non searchabl
63. Roll up A count of positions reporting to a specific manager or area within an org chart Head counts are displayed in the Status bar at the bottom of the window The starting point of a head count is always based on the top most point in the chart that is displayed in the Chart View Position types displayed in the Summary View can be excluded from the total head count but included as an individual position type head count To insert a Head count 1 Select Tools then Head count Wizard from the pull down list The Head Count Wizard opens Click Next 2 Select a Population for the head count from the drop down list Total Head Count is the default selection 3 Select the Accumulation method Direct Count Hierarchy or Level Click Next 4 Type a Label for the head count field 5 If applicable select the Hide label check box Click Next 6 Select the Position type to display the head count field or choose All Position Types Click Next 7 Click Back to edit your choices Click Finish to complete the wizard and display the head count in your chart Hotspot Wizard OrgPublisher provides a Hotspot Wizard to help you create or modify hotspot links in the Chart View Profile View and the Hover Profile These links can point to locations on the Internet your intranet or your server You can also specify a base path for each hotspot rather than a global base path Note Do not use this wizard if you want to set up a hotspo
64. Salary Currency All Position Typ 32000 27 PayGrade Text l All Position Types C2 28 _ FTE Numeric j All Position Types _ 23 ExemptStatus Text All Position Type E 30 Birthdate Date All Position Typ 19610829 3 __ Est Retrement Date Date All Position Typ 20260829 an f anma neq Text 41 Dneitinn Tuns e Rieccian ia m p Inser Delte Format Hotspot Attachment Fomula Security View secunty summary Search Properties J Diag and Drop for Al Position Types _ ose P Apy Figure 124 2 Place your cursor at the end of the Field label column and click Insert 3 Type in the Field label Type of data and then click the Formula button The Formula dialog opens y ee _ La i Enter a formda for this field To remove a formda delete existing text VBScript Help Results Formda code executed Result _ Test formda on ak records Run Summary First OK Cancel Figure 125 171 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas The control fields in the Formula dialog are Control Description Formula Allows entry of a formula If blank the window field will not have a formula After every keystroke the Formula code executed section will be updated Results Formula code executed Shows code type section in the above area Result Shows the return value of the formula for the first record Test Runs the formula against all reco
65. Siege insecure sercioatoge Show demo mode on login screen Refresh photos during sync Figure 31 Chart Data Label You can display an identifying label in chart data URL by OrgPublisher Executive Settings Hosted option Server settings Server URL VOM Server Mtp 192 168 1 1 1S ope standardsecurty service opeservice svc Previous server URLs s General Secure http 192 168 1 115 0pe standardsecurity servi General ntip 192 168 1 1 15 ope unsecure service opes Performance nttp 192 168 1 1 15 ope unsecure2 service ope Show demo mode on login screen Refresh photos during sync Figure 32 Updated In Application Support A Quick Start Guide is available to the iPad user OrgPublisher Executive is the mobile solution designed exclusively for business leaders to deliver actionable workforce intelligence in easy to understand graphical reports 25 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 New in OrgPublisher Executive for iPad OrgPublisher Executive Quick Start Guide Home Screen Tap here FA to return to the home screen Search Bar Search by name for a specific person Categorize By Tap here to organize your view with a Location variety of categories in 1 sei raeino Pree Action Menu Boston 11 Tap EM to send an email to all employees in Ho en Tp rO Dominic O Reilly your current view Tap Mill to access team Flight Risk Low view Tap to export a list
66. View 1 Right click on a field name in the Profile View and select the Configure Profile View option The Configure Profile View dialog opens Select the profile tab you want to modify Person Job or Box and select the Subheading you want to modify Click Edit heading The Heading Caption dialog opens Modify the subheading name as necessary and click OK The change is saved and the dialog closes The Profile View reflects the name change 223 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Deleting Subheadings in the Profile View Note There is no warning prior to deleting the subheading Right click on a field name in the Profile View and select the Configure Profile View option The Configure Profile View dialog opens Select the profile tab you want to modify Person Job or Box and select the Subheading you want to delete Click Delete heading The subheading is immediately deleted from the Configure Profile View dialog and the Profile View The associated field check boxes are cleared and no longer display in the Profile View Changing a Chart Title You can change the title of your organizational chart at any time You can also use the Chart tab of the Format dialog or select Format from the Main menu and Title from the options list 1 Click the chart title text to select it in the Chart View A red box outlines the title 2 Click the title again to highlight the text 3 Type the new char
67. a stor amp iint amp V Reset Style Plug amp V Chart Layout right Figure 130 After selection the lock appears closed and the button displays a green filled check box indicating that it is available for the restricted viewing audience Only users who are in the selected groups have access to the locked buttons when they access the published EChart Configuring EChart Multiple User Selections When publishing a secured EChart there may be multiple occurrences of end user ID records for instance an employee reports directly to a manager but also participates in a project team and therefore also has an indirect reporting relationship to the project leader When this occurs the end user can select which occurrence to use when opening the chart You can choose which fields the end user can see when making the user ID record selection 1 Click Options in the Main menu then EChart security options from the options list The EChart Multiple Instance User Configuration dialog opens Select the check box for each field you want the end user to see such as Name of user s manager First name Last name Job Title and more When you have finished your selections click OK The dialog closes When opening an EChart end users are shown the Select User Instance dialog to choose which instance to use when accessing the chart The dialog states that the user ID is assigned to multiple records in the chart and one of the display
68. a Group When a custom field type E mail is used within a chart the e mail to group feature is enabled in the Search View This feature must be enabled in a published chart by the chart Administrator 1 Note When working with a published chart in PDF format end users must use Adobe Reader 9 and later to effectively open email links OrgPublisher will install this free reader if it cannot find it on the end user s operating system Open the Search View pane of the List View 251 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Click the Groups tab and select the group you want to send an e mail to You can also select your search criteria to create and save a group Note OrgPublisher looks for the first custom field of E mail type when sending e mail to a group If you decide to use more than one e mail address in your chart the primary e mail must be first in the custom field sequence order Click the Send e mail to everybody in this group button OrgPublisher opens your e mail client and displays the e mail addresses in the To field Note OrgPublisher defaults the maximum number of e mail addresses to 20 The chart Administrator can override this number when publishing the chart 4 Type your message and send the e mail in the normal method Viewing Search Results in Microsoft Excel You can open and view your search results list directly in Microsoft Excel All information you can
69. a field option e Inthe Match field indicate with the drop down arrow what you want to match Field Description Any Part of Field Select this option if you want OrgPublisher to find the records that contain fields with matching criteria in any part of the searched field Whole Field Select this option if you want OrgPublisher to find the records that contain exactly matching criteria to the searched field Start of Field Select this option if you want OrgPublisher to find the records that contain matching criteria at the beginning of the searched field 255 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Field Description 10 11 12 13 Not equal to any part Select this option if you want OrgPublisher to find the records that do of field not contain matching criteria in any part of the searched field Not equal to whole Select this option if you want OrgPublisher to find all records that do field not match the exact criteria of the searched field Not equal to start of Select this option if you want OrgPublisher to find the records that field match everything except the start of the field Sounds Like Select this option if you want OrgPublisher to find the records that closely match the typed name or word If you are using the Search dialog select the Match Case check box if you want the search to match upper or lower case formats in your text If applicable you can select a gro
70. a job or box title Press the space bar or Enter to begin the find or press TAB to the Cancel button C shone du Eoin a find next matching record function if previous search occurred Zoomin Crtlt Raises the zoom factor by one level Zoomout _ Ctrl S Lowers the zoom factor by one level __ _ Note JAWS hot keys such as F for the next form field and L for the next list are disabled OrgPublisher PluginX accessible charts do not contain form fields lists links or tables If you use a high zoom in level you may notice JAWS takes a little longer to read the screen You can navigate through the chart using the Up Down Left and Right arrow keys on your keyboard The Drill up Drill down to another level function occurs automatically e When a chart is opened the top box is automatically selected e A box must always be selected Drilling on white space will not clear the current box e Only one box is selectable at a time Hierarchical trees are not available e To access a sibling of a selected top box with a drill up button click the up arrow first then the left or right arrow If the requested sibling does not exist the original box will remain selected e If JAWS is running and you tab away to another application the focus on the chart may be lost To regain focus press Alt TAB to go to another application and then press Alt TAB again to refocus on the chart Using the Symbol Indicators in the Tree View
71. and modify chart layout before printing Print Charts and Views Add headers or footers print in wall style or book style Publish Charts Publish to the web intranet OrgPublisher Executive on iPad enable interactive planning and security features Edit charts working with custom fields groups position types pinned profiles and more Modify Charts Archive Charts Save snapshot of organization and archive for future reference Work with Published Charts End users can search charts create groups send to PowerPoint or Excel and more Work with Cross Browser Published Charts Cross browser charts can be viewed using several different Web browsers Cross Browser Planning Charts Cross browser planning charts can be viewed and modified using several different Web browsers Runs as an ActiveX control that access files and data on a web server and works much like standard OrgPublisher Web Administration Troubleshooting Review samples of warning error messages and problem solving Resources Links to additional support such as tutorial video Customer Support Portal and more i OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide New with this Version New with this Version With this version of OrgPublisher new features include New Features OrgPublisher OrgPublisher Published Chart Premier Standard New in 11 8 Enhanced matrix reporting view Viewed only Enhanced graphs view XxX Xx Planning chart
72. are processed when the chart is opened and when closing the Custom Field Properties dialog e Formulas are only processed by the OrgPublisher Premier application or OrgPublisher Premier via Web Administration e Formulas do not refresh in response to a data edit or structure change e Formulas are not processed in any Planning charts e Formulas are not processed when a user opens a published chart The chart shows the data as calculated prior to publishing This limitation only applies to formulas that reference the current date e Formulas cannot be applied to the following fields when these fields are used in the Levels and Span of Control feature 170 OrgPublisher Direct report Level number Levels below Count Sum Ave Inserting Formulas OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas To insert a formula using OrgPublisher Premier 233 1 On the toolbar click the Custom Fields Properties dialog button The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Custom Field Properties _ sks 0 am Ie ee a a a b Hired Date All Position Typ 20020824 2 Degree Text All Position Typ BA 21 ia Universty Text All Position Typ Universty of Kentucky 22 Gender Text All Position Type F 23 f Ethnicity Text All Position Type African American 24 State Text All Position Type MA 25 Country Text All Position Typ USA 26
73. are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders 08 12 2015 304 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Use the page optimizer If you select Use the optimizer for printing your chart as a book you can accept automatic optimizer settings or customize the settings Setting Description Use easy settings Select this radio button to use the slider to print your chart on More pages or Fewer pages OrgPublisher automatically arranges the chart to best fit the boxes on the pages Preferred layout Choose the radio button to print your chart pages in one of the layout options shown Use custom optimizer Select this radio button to override the default settings and print your settings chart as a book using selected settings Custom settings Click this button to open the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog In some cases the default criteria used by the page optimizer may not produce the fewest pages possible for printing your Book Style chart You can adjust those settings using the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog selecting the maximum number of reporting boxes and the layout to display per page When a page fits none of the criteria selected in the Advanced Settings dialog OrgPublisher prints the chart using layout 4 with two levels displayed Page customization Select this option to view a list of boxes that you have either list customized within the Print Preview window or ha
74. bar then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Position the cursor where you want to add the new custom field either somewhere within existing fields or at the end Click Insert If you are inserting a field within the list of existing fields a message dialog verifies that this is what you want to do Enter the field name in the Field label column Press the TAB key to move to the Type column Click the down arrow and select Direct Count Press the TAB key to move to the Population column and select the position types total head count or planned head count to be included in your calculation Press the TAB key to move to the Assigned To column The Update Assigned Custom Fields dialog opens Select the position types you want to assign the custom field to such as Manager Director Vice president or President In the same dialog choose where you want the field to display Box title Job title or Name Click OK to accept your changes and close the text box If you click on the position type name rather than the plus sign the Name component is automatically selected Click OK to close the dialog The Sample field displays the contents of the first custom field for this Type The Seq field displays the OrgPublisher Input File record sequence for that custom field 227 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guid
75. be counted in the head count roll up You can accept the default or press the TAB key to move to the Priority column and select the position priority number You can accept the default or press the TAB key to move to the Record type column and select the record type for the position 113 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Hotspot Links 7 Press the TAB key to move to the Group column Click in the field and select a group from the drop down list 8 You can accept the default or press the TAB key to move to the Box type column and select the chart box type 9 Click Move Up or Move Down to reposition the position type in the dialog This does not affect the order of position types in the chart boxes 10 Click OK The Define dialog closes and the file is saved If this is a new file you will be prompted to save the file before you can continue To modify an existing position type Select the Position type name and follow Steps 3 10 Note When using conditional formatting it is best to assign a single attribute group to an appropriately named position type such as High Performing Managers To set a Hotspot URL 1 Select Edit from the Main menu then Define from the pull down menu The Define dialog opens Click the Hotspots tab Type the Base Hotspot URL or path name The base URL is the lowest level of the path to the directory where the linked document is saved Setting the base URL helps you avo
76. box position or person in the planning chart you can have the option to reverse that change Click this button to reverse the last change to the plan Click this button to reinstate the change you just reversed 366 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements 11 6 Searching the Cross Browser Chart If enabled by your administrator you can search fields in a published cross browser Silverlight chart 1 In the Search field aie in the toolbar type the name or partial name of the field you want to find The search results open in a List View dialog The List view displays a maximum of 10 people with the rest accessible via additional pages Card Name gt Job Title Box Title Abbott Lisa Purchasing Agent 1 Finance Abdul Omar Applications Manager Applications Adelsperger Cheryl Benefits Specialist Benefits Anderson Caroline Accts Rec Cash Mgr Finance Bailey Olivia Programmer Business Applications Banner Henry Writer Collateral Bartlett Elizabeth Capital Purchases Finance Baxter Justin Purchasing Agent 2 Finance Best Carl Research Manager Market Research Boynton Bryan Purchasing Agent 3 Finance 4 2 3 4 5 gt 121 matches found Figure 299 Use the scroll bar or page browser to find the name you want and click on it OrgPublisher moves to the box location in the chart and highlights your selection Validity Clerk
77. box cannot be selected as the top of a page 2 Select the Top of page Book style printing option When you open the print preview the selected box will display at the top of the page for the selected hierarchy 3 Select File from the menu and Print preview from the pull down list The Print Preview Type dialog opens 4 Select the Book style preview radio button and click OK The Book Style Print Preview opens Click Settings The Book Style Print Settings dialog opens Select the Page customization list button A list box displays a list of pages with custom settings including selected names for top of page 7 You can remove a name from the top of page list by clicking on the corresponding check box and clicking Remove checked items The name is removed from the list and if it is not a hierarchically logical top of page box that page no longer displays in the preview pane 279 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Note Because Book Style printing handles hierarchy in a consistent manner you may right click on a box and see that this option is not enabled Similarly you cannot remove a hierarchically logical top of page box Modifying Book Style Print Settings You can modify your initial settings made while in the Print Wizard for Book Style printing in the Book Style Print Preview window Note The Book Style printing and preview option is only available if you ha
78. box to disable this feature 8 Click OK to accept your change 128 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 9 If you want to use the original tab and field names click Restore Default and click OK This option immediately restores all default headings Hover Profiles The Hover Profile is a quick way to view the most important employee information without opening the Profile View The pop up profile is anchored to the upper right or depending on the location in the Chart View the upper left of the data element box title job title or name that the mouse is over The Hover Profile is not the same as the Profile View Modifications made in one place are not reflected in the other The Hover Profile is style specific and is available in View Mode or published chart only The Hover Profile defaults to off End users can access it if you publish a chart with the Hover Profile enabled Profile View Employee A Name Robert Piscillo Job Title President amp CEO Box Title Pacific Eastern Contact Information Email Address RPiscillo pacificeastern com Phone Number 123 456 5431 Details Employee ID 1503 RPiscillo User Role xecuti Hire Date 09 01 2009 v Figure 95 Resizing the Hover Profile You can resize the Hover Profile using the Show Hide dialog The Hover Profile is style specific and end users can access it if you publish a chart with the Hover Profile enabled Note
79. buttons in the Input file encoding method section of the dialog Additional options include e Open all input files as ANSI text e Open all input files as Unicode UCS 2 little endian e Open all input files as Unicode UCS 2 big endian e Open all input files as UTF 8 4 Click OK to close the dialog Note The first option Automatically detect encoding by reading Byte order Mark does not work unless the UNICODE input files contain a Byte Order Mark BOM In that case select an alternate option based on your input file type Creating an Org Chart from Multiple Data Sources The New Chart Wizard also enables you to create a chart from a single source such as text XML or ODBC Note Real time publishing is not available when creating a chart from multiple data sources 1 Select File from the Main menu then New from the pull down menu You can also click the New button in the toolbar The New Chart Wizard opens 2 Select the Organizational chart radio button and click Next The Se ect a data source dialog opens 3 Select the Multiple Data Sources button and click Next The Multiple data sources dialog opens Click the appropriate button to Select a Primary Data Source Click Next 5 Follow the prompts for the data source you select ODBC database XML file or Text file 62 OrgPublisher 6 7 10 11 12 13 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts Note Web Administration supports open
80. can add a new group using the Select a Group text box Adding a Group by Searching L 3 Conduct your search using one of the Search dialog tabs or by using the Search View pane in the List View When your search result is the way you want it click Save as Group The Enter a group name text box opens Type the name of the group Click OK The Search dialog or Search View displays the Group tab with the new group displayed Note Do not name groups with the same name as custom item icons Custom legend icons and groups do not synch If an end user has conducted a search in the published chart the saved group displays in the My groups tab of the Search View The new group displays in the PluginX Filter View only 239 OrgPublisher 4 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching If you are using the Search dialog close it Click on the down arrow in the Styles bar The Filter View displays your group names Click on the name of the group you want to chart The Chart View displays the group members within the original hierarchy For instance if you searched your chart to find all open positions and saved the group the charted group shows the boxes containing open positions and the parent boxes those open positions report to Adding a Group using right click menu 1 2 4 5 In the Chart View select the name of the person you want to add to a new group Right click on the person s name and click A
81. cannot be adjusted after they are imported Formatting cannot change the value of the data you import Formatting a numeric field 1 Select Data from the menu bar then Custom Field Properties from the pull down zr menu The Custom Field Properties dialog opens You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar 92 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview Select a numeric custom field then click Format The Fie d Format dialog opens Type values for the properties that pertain to this field For example if the field is a percentage you can select in the Trailing Symbol field Click OK to apply the properties Formatting a date field 1 4 Select Data from the menu bar then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu The Custom Field Properties dialog opens You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar Select a date custom field then click Format The Se ect a date format dialog opens Click the down arrow in the Date Format field and select the format you want The options are e MM DD YYYY e DD MM YYYY e DD MM YYYY Note If you want to use the data formatting or the search criteria of lt gt in Custom Field Properties dialog when building a chart with data OrgPublisher must receive the data with a 4 digit year then the month and the day for example YYYYMMDD if you want to change the format to display as DDMMYY Click OK to apply the f
82. chart If you want to search the entire chart click the Search under selected box check box to clear it 258 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching If you are using the Search View and want to start your search from a specific box in the chart you must first select the box in the Chart View and then select the Search under check box This begins the search at that point in the chart Type all or a portion of the employee s last name in the Last name field Type all or a portion of the employee s first name in the First name field if you have that information If you are using the Search dialog type all or a portion of the employee s middle name in the Middle name field if you have that information In the Match field indicate with the drop down arrow what you want to match See the Searching All Fields topic for the list of match options Note If you type a last name and a first name OrgPublisher searches for both names and will not show a match if only one of the names is found If you are using the Search dialog select the Match Case check box if you want the search to match upper or lower case formats in your text If applicable you can select a group to filter your search Click the Set or remove a base filter button E The Search Base Group Filter dialog opens Select the Use a base group filter check box Click the down arrow to select the
83. chart See the Printing a Chart Legend for details on printing a group icon legend Note You can use 16 bit or 32 bit icons for both the group and multi relationship icons Adding Multi relationship Icons You can use this feature for matrix reporting to indicate employees who report to more than one supervisor In order to do this each employee must have a unique ID in the ID field of the Update Person dialog This file is searchable and therefore can be viewed by end users Do not use sensitive data in this field Using group and multi reporting relationship icons in conjunction with Conditional Formatting is not recommended These two features distinguish different aspects of group information and are not meant to work together OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Note In the printed version of a book matrix reporting is indicated by persons appearing multiple times in the index with a page number for each appearance We recommend that you format indirect relationships differently such as with a dotted line Verify that unique IDs exist for each employee To open the Update Person dialog double click on a person s name in the chart If the ID field is empty add the employee ID If you build charts from data you can choose to enter this information manually as stated above but when your chart is refreshed this information will be lost If you want the unique ID to be permanent you must make th
84. chart click the Search under selected box radio button to clear it Enter your search criteria and indicate if you want to Match part or all of the field or Match Case If you are searching the All Fields tab select the Search field and enter or select the For field data as well See the Searching All Fields topic for the list of match options Click Search Now The results display in the list in the lower section of the dialog If the results are what you want click the Add to list below radio button Repeat Steps 2 4 until you have the group you want Then click Save as Group Spotlighting Search Results or Group in the Chart View You can use the Chart Spotlighting feature to highlight search results in the Chart View or dim boxes that are not part of the search results 1 Open the Search View Select the search criteria and click to begin the search When the search results display in the Search View click the Spotlight search results in ole chart button The boxes in the Chart View that are not part of the search results are dimmed 260 OrgPublisher 4 5 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching If you want to spotlight a specific group in your chart click on the Groups or My groups tab in the Search View You can spotlight any group except the Everyone group Select the group and click the Spotlight search results in chart button ES The group is spotlighted in the chart Click the but
85. chart administrator within OrgPublisher The following graphic is of the same box and job title from the chart administrator s perspective Information Technology Infarmation Technology iT Coordinator Ss IT Renentionist Open position Job Description Email Contact a Application Hide Job Title For Open position lication abc Format ee Show label S Color Copy Ctrl C Web ions Web Programmer VA Figure 210 Using Dynamic Chart Layouts OrgPublisher allows you to dynamically select a chart layout 1 Open a chart and click the Select the layout style for this chart button S k OrgPubiisher e ie Look for Find names titles etc v Search 100 ES Show 2 chart levels OIT imn P Help Figure 211 2 The drop down list displays layout options The current layout is selected Click the layout structure you want to use in the chart Figure 212 The chart immediately changes the displayed layout 317 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Using OrgPublisher in Accessibility Mode The OrgPublisher PluginX chart can be accessed by JAWS for Windows screen reading software for the blind and visually impaired The following functions are supported in the PluginX chart via the keyboard Functions il Keyboard command i Description F key Opens the Enter Search text dialog This is equivalent to an All fields search for example type a first or last name or
86. choices to customize the PDF print settings Use standard settings is the default option You can move the slider to optimize more or less If you choose to optimize more OrgPublisher will fit as many boxes on a page as possible If you choose to optimize less OrgPublisher will print fewer boxes on a page Use easy settings Select this radio button to use the slider to print your chart on More pages or Fewer pages OrgPublisher automatically arranges the chart to best fit the boxes on the pages 287 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Settings Option Description Preferred layout Use custom optimizer settings Custom settings Page customization list Depth Automatically set row size Specify maximum row size Print index Include Legend Print Header Hyperlinks Show page number circles Print Footer Choose the radio button to print your chart pages in one of the layout options Select this radio button to print your chart as a book using custom optimizing settings Click this button to open the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog In some cases the default criteria used by the page optimizer may not produce the fewest pages possible for printing your Book Style chart You can adjust those settings using the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog selecting the maximum number of reporting boxes and the layout to display per page When a page fits none of the cr
87. choose a style from the drop down list click Next and proceed to Step 7 If you chose to create a new style click Next Type the new Style name Choose either Use this wizard to create a new style or Make a copy of an existing style If you select to use an existing style choose a style from the drop down list and click Finish If you selected to create a brand new style click Next and proceed to Step 6 Note Some charts built from data may not be changed with these options because of how the data was brought into the chart Choose a method to format your chart Selecting a chart design template or Using the wizard Click Next If you select the chart design template option proceed to Step 14 Select a radio button for the chart layout you want to use A simple graphic sample is provided for each layout choice Click Next Select the radio button that describes how you want to arrange people in the chart boxes Click Next This dialog appears only if you already have data in your chart Accept the default to show All Position Types in the style or select the specific position types you want to show in this style Click Next This dialog opens only if you already have data in your chart Select the radio button for the type of chart title you want Select Automatic if you want the chart title to be the same as the first box title If you want to add a unique title select Custom Title and type the chart title in that field Cl
88. click this button to view the next page If your chart will print on multiple pages click this button to view the previous page This button is enabled only after you ve clicked Next Page One Page This button indicates your chart can print on multiple pages Click Next Eom Page to see a page preview After you have clicked this button it reads Two Page Click to return to the single page preview Two Pages If your chart will print on multiple pages this button enables you to see two pages at a time in the preview window This button is enabled only after you have clicked Next Page After you have clicked this button it reads One Page to return to the single page preview JE Close This button closes the Wall Chart Style Print Preview dialog Reset to default Click this button to reset the chart boxes with employees and Supervisors in normal build Same as Auto Build option Click this button to select the number of levels from the drop down list that you want to display Page optimization options w Click this button to display the check box options for optimizing chart boxes on a page Options vary depending on the selected layout Compact boxes reduces the box size field size and drill arrow lines shrinks box shadow Use narrow font changes font to Arial Narrow 8pt Put employees in box with manager turns on Auto Build available only when at least 1 leaf node box is visible displays all e
89. contain either or both of these data elements Please consider adding person and position IDs to fields 5 and 17 respectively Figure 185 Note When archiving from the Publishing Wizard the OrgHistory definition is not automatically created If you create a publishing schedule for the chart the archive is also scheduled 270 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts Creating a New Archive Chart With OrgPublisher you can save a Snapshot of an organizational chart and use OrgHistory to archive it for future reference 10 11 Click the Manage OrgHistory Archives button in the Main toolbar The OrgHistory Archives dialog opens You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Manage OrgHistory Archives from the options list Click New The OrgHistory Archive Wizard opens Type or Browse to the folder where you want to store your archived charts Accept the default name for the archived chart which is the chart name or type a new name When the archived chart is saved OrgPublisher adds the date to the beginning of the file name for instance 20050815 Martin Click Next Select the Password protect this chart check box if you want to assign a password to the archived chart Type the password and select the encryption method radio button 40 bit encryption or 128 bit encryption All fields display in archived charts If your chart contains secure custom fields you can choose to remove the data
90. cursor over the upper right corner of a selected chart box containing multiple Ka positions people A Flip button amp d appears Broadcast Writers Job Title 2 Open position FIE Broadcast Writers P Open position EIE Broadcast Writers Rally P Tinly FIE 1 Figure 310 2 Click the button to open the Profile a 3 ya p Open position lt First Position sfc Br Box J Box Title Broadcast Writers Org Unit Media amp Creative Business Unit Media amp Creative Division Creative Department Broadcast Writers Cost Center Creative Broadcast Writers Job Job Specifics Job Title Job Title 2 aed Cz Job Family lt 4 Next button a Figure 311 371 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements 3 ggr e edit the fields associated with this position person Click the Next button Rally P Tinly lt Third and Last Position Box Box Title Broadcast Writers Org Unit Media amp Creative Business Unit Media amp Creative Division Creative Department Broadcast Writers Cost Center Creative Broadcast Writers Job Job Specifics Job Title Broadcast Writers Job Family Art Design Entertainment Sports and M gt lt Previous button Figure 312 Once the Next button is activated a Previous button displays in the Profile as well Open position lt _ Second Position Box Box Title Broadc
91. delete the selected schedule Click Yes and proceed to step 9 Select or type the schedule name in the Name field or accept the default name displayed The schedule name can be the same name as the publishing definition if you want Click Next Select the publishing definition you want to update or you can choose All definitions You should have one publishing schedule per chart but you can create multiple schedules Click Next Select a radio button for your publishing schedule Click Next If you selected One time only the Schedule Once dialog asks you to select a time of day and a date to automatically publish your chart If you selected Daily the Daily Schedule dialog asks you to select a day to automatically publish your chart For example if you want your chart to publish Every weekday you select that radio button If you want your chart to publish every other day you select 2 in the Every field Then you set the time and actual date to begin automatically publishing your chart If you selected Weekly the Weekly Schedule dialog asks you to select a weekly frequency in the Every field such as 1 for every week or 2 for every two weeks Then you must enter the time and the day of the week to automatically publish your chart such as Sunday Your chart can be published on more than one day of the week If you selected Monthly the Monthly Schedule dialog asks you to select a day such as Day 1 or the First Monday of the month
92. determine the columns shown in the Search View Understanding Profile View Subheadings Depending on your chart administrator you may see subheadings in the Profile View Subheadings help organize data fields for better viewing and understanding e Open the Profile View if available in your chart Profile View 0 pinned Name Raymond Jessu Job Tite CFO History Previous Position Controler A Prior Positions ndustryY ears Dates Birthdate 08 28 1961 Hired 12 01 1995 Est Retirement Da 08 29 2026 Est Yrs to Retire 17 Education Degree MBA University Stanford University Figure 206 The Profile View displays subheadings indented one space with corresponding fields indented two spaces and listed beneath the subheadings Subheadings group information of the same type for a quicker grasp of available data 315 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Understanding the Chart Legend The Chart Legend tells you what the icons and colors used in the chart mean and it takes the place of OrgPublisher s previous group legend H International Employees Contractors Desktop PC Figure 207 Each icon is accompanied by the name of the associated group Custom colors contain a label describing how they are used in the chart Using Chart Action Buttons Chart action buttons are an easy way to view and access what were previously the right click menus for each data field in the
93. e There is no option to Set a Default Template option when using Web Administration thin client publishing format because setting the template on the server sets the same default template for all chart administrators charts e With the Web Administration server all archived charts are automatically created in the server ArchivedCharts folder In addition if end users must access archived charts they must be stored in the SourceCharts folder e Web Administration supports opening multiple data base charts OCB CSV as long as those files exist in the SourceCharts folder Web Administration however does not support creating multiple data source charts from these file types Nor does it Support editing the text file charts using the Data sources dialog Unless otherwise indicated procedures throughout this document pertain to Web Administration Topics Pertaining to this Section Building a DSN Connection String Scheduling a Publishing Task Creating Alternate Destination Directories Using a Virtual Directory Entering a New License Key Using the Select a Chart to Open Dialog Publishing a Chart Using Web Administration Web Administration Troubleshooting Tips Building a DSN Connection String for Web Administration The connection string is set up only once and cannot be built from the client because that option is not available via Web Administration 1 Verify that you are logged onto the Web IIS Server with appropriate permi
94. for each manager appearing in the chart See the OrgPublisher Using Prebuilt Reports document for more details on this and other report options Category Management Drill up and down within the org chart to see an organization s current headcount and direct Description reports Summary data in this view reflect the counts relevant to each manager s span of control Use the Search View to quickly access information about an individual or group or Profile View to provide comprehensive information regarding each chart record p a 1TA Pacific Eastern Protea View sj oS opn Pasic Eesi Hama Russel O Heis j Jat Tiig Prha eerie ee IA Bow Tite Pectc Essien feel idimi Auge Harpidae com a Pree Mumbar 123 456 Tie Head Cound 13 re Reports 7 feedtowl owects wesdGewt i SCOrecs eS ES ee ee Figure 3 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports Prebuilt Reports Planning Samples The Salary and Head Count Report provides individual and total salary in conjunction with total head count information for each manager appearing in the chart See the OrgPublisher Using Prebuilt Reports document for more details on this and other report options Category Planning Drill up and down within the org chart to see an organization s current headcount and corresponding Description workforce cost salary Summary data in this view reflect the counts relevant to each manager s span
95. for each custom field This base path can be assigned in the Hotspot Wizard or using the Attach Hotspot dialog accessed in the Custom Field Properties dialog 1 Open the Hotspot Wizard by clicking on the component where you want to place the hotspot and select Tools in the Main menu then Hotspot Wizard from the options list You can also click on the Hotspot button in the toolbar The Hotspot Wizard opens Click Next Select the Specify a base path that is unique to this field radio button and type or Browse to the base path you want to use for this custom field OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Hotspot Links You can also accept the default selection Use the chart s global hotspot base path and type or Browse to the common path to the hotspots in your chart See the samples above for the correct format Click Next and continue following the wizard dialogs Or In the Photo Wizard type or Browse to the file name of the photo in the Photo file name field Type or Browse to the common path to the photos in your chart in the Base photo file path or URL field See the URL samples in Setting a Base URL for the correct format Click Next If the photo preview is correct click Finish If the photo preview does not Show the correct photo click Back and retype or Browse to the correct path or URL Using the Define Dialog The Define dialog contains two tabs one for Positions and the other for Hotspots When building
96. for single sign on Select the Password field from the pull down list where OrgPublisher can find your password information This must be stored in an Input File custom field record Reverse proxy Select this radio button when you can supply the user ID in HTTP header This option can be used with portals for single sign on Accept the Variable default of USER_ID or type a new variable Select the Passed as a cookie radio button if applicable Select the User ID field using the down arrow Choose the Format of User ID field such as User ID only Domain UserID or domain company com UserID 4 In the Starting box in chart section select the radio button of the box from which the security check will begin Top of chart Select this radio button to open the chart at the original top of chart box displaying all levels in the chart Supervisor s box Select this radio button to open the chart at the user s supervisor s box displaying all levels from that point downward User s box Select this radio button to open the chart at the user s box displaying all levels from that point down 179 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts e Box ID in this field Select this radio button to open the chart at a top of chart box other than the previous options Use the down arrow to make your selection in the adjacent field The Allow users to drill up from starting box check box is the default select
97. for the Profile View Style View and Hover Profile Moving and Docking Views Views can be docked in one place or you can float them in the chart You can also remove or size views When creating styles in OrgPublisher you can select which views should become part of that style The location and size of the view at publishing time determines what the end user sees in the published chart Docking a View 1 Place the mouse pointer on the docking bar portion of the view 2 Holding the mouse button down drag the view to the new location 3 Release the mouse button when you have the view where you want it 4 You can float the view or dock it on the top bottom left or right of the screen An outline of the view displays as you are dragging it Sizing a View 1 Place the mouse pointer on the edge of the view 2 Drag to change the size of the view Removing a View To remove a view from the OrgPublisher window or from a style you can either e Click on the close button X e Click on the view button in the Views toolbar 56 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts Automatic Charts OrgPublisher provides a wizard to help you begin creating a new chart The New Chart Wizard can also launch the Style Wizard to help you create your first style Topics Pertaining to this Section Running the New Chart Wizard Creating an Org Chart from Multiple Data Sources Creating an Org Chart from an ODBC Choosin
98. from data this information is fed into field 4 in the OrgPublisher Input File You must define certain values when you create a position type Priority Determines where your custom position types will be placed within a box in relationship to other position types The lower the priority number the higher it is placed in the box OrgPublisher automatically assigns this number but you can change it from the Define dialog Count Determines if the position type is counted in head counts The default is Yes Box type Determines the type of box that is inserted for this position type Each box type has a different position within the chart For example the first assistant box is placed below and to the right of the box to which it reports If there is more than one assistant the boxes alternate from right to left below the box to which it reports Values include Normal Box Assistant Box Partner Box and Staff Function Box To define a new position type 1 Select Edit from the menu bar then Define from the pull down menu The Define dialog opens To create a new position type click New The last row in the table displays a new position with default information Highlight the text in the field Position type and type the new name This name is not displayed in the chart but should be something meaningful to you You can accept the default or press the TAB key to move to the Count column and choose whether or not this position will
99. group 1 2 5 A Create a group containing the employee records you want to view Open the Custom Fields Properties dialog and select the field to secure Click Security to open the Custom Field Security dialog Setup up the desired security attributes a Will the field be searchable If yes select the Allow check box at the top of the dialog b Can the end user see the data for the Entire Chart the User s box and subordinates or the User s subordinates only Select the appropriate radio button C Can everyone see the field or only certain groups of individuals If certain groups only click the down arrows to choose d The group that can see the field e The group where the field will appear in the chart 96 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview 5 Select the group where the field will display Custom Field Security L 2 J vy Allow this field to be searchable in the search view and the search dialog Making a 7 feld non searchable does not hide the field in the chart and other views Options for secure ECharts Fields can be secured based on the user s place in the hierarchy This field should be viewable in Entire chart User s box and subordinates User s subordinates only Fields can be secured based on a group that the user belongs to This field should be viewable only by users who are in this group Management Team A E E ES O AE ER records of members o
100. gt Head Count Direct Count Count Total Head Count Total Head Count Search Properties Bulk Editor Format Hotspot Attachment Security View security summary v Drag and Drop for All Position Types Count ore Hierarchy v Figure 76 You can access the Custom Field Properties dialog from the Data menu option or by clicking the Custom fields button in the toolbar Designating Custom Fields as Not Searchable You can designate custom fields as not searchable in the published chart End users will still be able to see these fields in the chart but will not be able to conduct a search using that data Note This feature is also seen in the published cross browser Silverlight chart 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom field properties from the options list You can also click the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens 2 Select the custom field you do not want end users to find when conducting a search in the published chart by clicking on the gray cell next to the custom field name 3 Click Security The Custom Field Security dialog opens 90 OrgPublisher 4 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview The check box at the top of the dialog determines if the field is searchable in the Search View and Search dialog Select the check box if you want to allow end users to search on this field name Clear the c
101. icon it is immediately discarded The icon and color information is not saved 7 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog Adding a Custom Item to the Chart Legend When you enable the chart legend in your chart you can select the placement of the legend format the legend and select the contents of the legend You can also add custom item color and gradient icons to include in the legend 1 Se Click on the legend in the Chart View You can also click the Legend Properties button in the toolbar If the legend is already displayed in the chart you can also click on the legend to open it The Chart Legend Properties dialog opens Click the Contents tab When opening the Chart Legend Properties for the first time all icons in the chart are displayed in the legend These icons are listed in the Legend contents section of the dialog As you create new groups with icons or custom items they display in the Available groups section of the dialog The Preview section shows you what the legend currently looks like In addition it s best not to give custom items the same names as groups Custom legend items and groups that have the same name do not synch Click Add Custom Item to Legend The Add New Custom Item dialog opens Type the Label for the new icon limited to 64 characters Select a Color using the down arrow to open the color grid If applicable select the Gradient style using the down arrow to select a gradient
102. images toolbar and button When enabling this option the ChartImages subfolder in the images OrgPubX folder must be copied to the destination web folder Cascading Style You can type a path to your corporate or custom cascading style sheet Sheet you want to use with this thin client chart Two cascading style sheets are available with the OrgPublisher installation and can be found in the css subfolder of the OrgPubX folder Selecting Role based Toolbars If you publish an EChart rich client you can secure role based toolbar buttons based on groups Note If your chart contains only one group the lock icons are disabled 1 Create any groups needed to secure toolbar buttons 2 Create a publishing definition for an EChart rich client after selecting the Advanced Mode option in the Publishing Wizard 3 When you reach the toolbar button selection dialog open locks appear to the left of each securable button Click on the lock to display security options Publishing Wizard iS V Main toolbar Figure 129 184 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Right click on the lock to display the available groups Click to select individual groups or click on Select all groups to include all group results p lenat amp Groups that can use Print id amp ith amp Everyone ot Select all groups thin search amp Unselect all groups A N he point amp Management Team S
103. in e Querying a database e Writing VBA scripts for automating charting processes e Adding and extracting data from a database e Operating a Microsoft Windows spreadsheet application You should also familiarize yourself with the system requirements and parameters Topics Pertaining to this Section Linking to your Data Source Identifying and Using Pointers Chart Window Identifying Invalid Comma separated File Format Chart Parameters Build and View Modes 51 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Create Charts Overview Linking to Your Data Source You must know how to link to your data source to create your chart manage your data and resolve reporting relationship problems Your system administrator may need to provide some of the information required to connect to your database To share a database connection file with another user you must use a file DSN on a shared network path when you save the ODB file You can connect to an ODBC compliant database and extract data for your organizational chart You can also connect to or create a text file to use as input for creating your chart Use the New Chart Wizard to select the data source tables etc These selections form an SQL statement that is used to extract data from your database You can also write your own SQL statement For query samples refer to the Downloads section of the web site Once you have saved the file with your connection you can r
104. in the toolbar 2 Select the report data you want to see in the Generate Report tab Click the Export Change Data tab Change Report Options Generate Report Export Change Data The export option will generate a Microsoft Excel file that has a sheet for each type of change added positions removed positions edited records and boxes that were moved Specify which fields you want to display with each _ Parent Box ID i Box ID _ Person Id V Box Title Job Title First name Middle name v Last name _ Hired _ Degree Figure 219 3 Click Generate If you selected to View report in web browser the browser displays a basic HTML report that summarizes the changes made in the chart using Before and After columns as well as the Change percent The HTML file is saved to your local drive in the in the Local Settings Temporary folder You can also save the report by using the browser File gt Save As option 326 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts If you selected View report in Microsoft Excel both the report sheet and export data Sheets open with the 3 tabbed sheets Type a question for help p ax 2ZBpi rnn A 8 Premous Parent Box ID Box O Previous BPerson id Box Title Job Tale First nameLast name a Joshua LaPone Hannah Coleman Caren Sharon Stuas Denise Grac i Kare Jameson L Sally Johnsen Sr Writer Kirk Spudder i Donita Veccio
105. inserting additional boxes You can also design the box and chart format or you can apply a preformatted chart design provided by OrgPublisher Note Although this section provides information on manually editing a chart remember that if you want the changes to remain permanent you must apply the changes to your HR database When your HR data is refreshed and you open your chart your manual changes are overwritten Topics Pertaining to this Section Inserting a Custom Field for a Single Position Inserting People Inserting a Custom Field for All Position Making Several Insertions for the Same Position Type Creating a Blank Org Chart Creating a blank org chart is the first step to building a chart manually You insert each box then populate each box with the employee information The first box must contain a person and a job To insert these two components at the same time select the Person Job box button from the Insert Toolbar See Menu Bars Overview for the purpose and behavior of each button 1 Open OrgPublisher OrgPublisher displays a blank chart and the OrgPublisher dialog 2 Select the Create a blank org chart radio button Click OK 68 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts OrgPublisher opens in Build Mode with the Wizard View displayed on the left OngPublisher CingPublisher O e Ege bw nen opat Took Date Options Help i suid Made j Views O m oh keto A Search Show Fe
106. is assigned to start at a box ID that no longer exists in the chart or if you want the archived chart to start at the currently selected top box shown in the Chart View You can use this feature to archive only a specific part of your hierarchy within the chart 1 Follow the OrgHistory Archive Wizard selecting where you want to store the archived chart whether or not you want to password protect the archive or remove secure fields mark archives as read only until you reach the dialog with the Reset Starting Box button 2 If you select Exclude positions above the archived chart will only provide information from the selected box and below in the hierarchy If you do not select Exclude positions above users can navigate upward in the chart to the additional hierarchical information 3 Click Reset Starting Box A message verifies that you want to reset the top of box Click Yes Click No if you decide not to reset the top of box 4 Continue with the OrgHistory Archive Wizard Updating an Archive Definition With OrgPublisher you can use OrgHistory save a Snapshot of an organizational chart and archive it for future reference You can also update that snapshot if an archive definition already exists Note Always open the OrgHistory Archives dialog to verify that your scheduled chart archived at the correct time If you are working with the OrgPublisher Web Administration server all archived charts will be created in the server
107. is automatically created for the open position Inserting an Open position Click and release the Insert Open Position button on the Insert toolbar 2 Move the pointer over the box title job or person under which the open position will be inserted 3 Click the mouse The text Open position displays in the box Inserting multiple Open positions 1 Press and hold the Ctrl key Click and release the Open Position button on the toolbar 2 Still holding the Ctrl key move the pointer over each box title job or person under which the new person will be inserted Click the mouse 3 To insert the last person release the Ctrl key and click the mouse over the last box title job title or person Inserting Partner Boxes OrgPublisher depicts the equal yet independent relationship of a business partner by inserting and connecting a partner box on the same level and to the right of the box on which it is dropped Multiple jobs and people can be placed in a partner box When you insert a partner the box number is shown as the box title 76 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts Inserting and labeling a Partner Click and release the Insert Partner button on the Insert toolbar 2 Move the mouse pointer over the box title or job by which the partner box will be inserted 3 Click the mouse The partner box is inserted to the right 4 Type a title for the partner box Inserting multiple Partner boxes
108. it You can also move the cursor to the search results pane and right click on a name From the options list select Copy whole list or Copy selection to copy a single record Note If you are working with a very large chart because of its size the Copy whole list option is not available You can however use the Search feature and select the Everyone group then copy the list to the clipboard Creating New Groups Using the Group Creation Assistant The Group Creation Assistant provides a series of dialogs which ask the questions needed to create multiple groups at the same time although you can use the assistant to create a single group O Search Click Search in the Navigation bar The Search dialog opens 2 Select the Groups tab 3 In the Groups tab click the Group Creation Assistant button GB Assistant The Group Creation Assistant Step 1 dialog opens 4 Click the drop down arrow in the Select the field that contains the values field and select the field you want to search on Group Creation Assistant m Som This assistant wil guide you through the process of creating multiple groups based on the values in a field Select the field that contains the values you want to search against Job Title X a Enter a prefix for the names of the groups to be created Job Title Specials Step 1 of 3 Figure 158 242 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching 5 T
109. key Reset IIS to activate the key in the registry by restating the remote administrator server If an error message displays stating you have entered invalid information click the Back button and verify that the license key and company name are correct and retry Note Only the OrgPublisher administrator logged into the server can successfully enter a license key on the computer where OrgPublisher resides The new license information is read when the remote administration server starts after IIS is refreshed Providing Access to End User Help Pages When you publish a chart using PluginX or EChart you can provide the URL to help pages you create or allow end users access to the end user help pages on our web site The Publishing Wizard includes a dialog in which you can type or browse to the location of help pages meant for end users of your published charts 1 Click the Publish Pubish button in the toolbar You can also select Tools in the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list If this is the first time you are publishing a chart the wizard opens to the first dialog which gives you a brief overview of the Publishing Wizard Follow the dialog prompts until you reach the dialog enabling you to select several different options such as creating a directory view opening hotspots in the same ora new browser or entering a URL for the PluginX help file If you want end users to access pages on your intranet
110. list into another application and print it 309 OrgPublisher Ne OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Open your chart then open the List View by selecting View in the Main menu then List View in the options list You can also click the List View button in the Views toolbar Click the Print button S in the toolbar The Print Wizard opens Select List View and click Next Select either the Wall Chart or Book Style radio button Click Next If applicable set the Header Footer options If applicable select the Include Legend check box Click Finish to print the view Printing the Profile View You may choose to print the Profile View of an individual for instance to place a hard copy of the employee profile information in the employee file You can print the Profile View using the Print button as described here or the Print Wizard You can print side by side profiles in this view i te o Open the Profile View by selecting View in the Main menu then Profile View in the options list You can also click on the Profile View button in the Views toolbar Select Profile View and click Next Select either the Wall Chart or Book Style radio button Click Next If applicable set the Header Footer options If applicable select the Include Legend check box Click Finish to print the view Printing the Summary View You can print the Summary View using the Print button as described here or the Print
111. lowest level Align box levels Available if chart layout 1 2 or 3 is selected horizontally aligns the top of the chart boxes in each level Hide lowest Available if chart layout 1 2 or 3 is selected hides box outlines in the lowest boxes level of the displayed chart Show Hover Select this check box to enable the display of the Hover Profile The default is Profile set to off Hover Profile Type the number of milliseconds to hover over the field before displaying the Delay ms Hover Profile Limits are between 1000 20 000 4 When you have completed your changes click Apply to add your changes and continue working in the Format dialog Click OK to add your changes and close the dialog Advanced Box Layout Editor With OrgPublisher you can use the Advanced Box Layout Editor to display more information more concisely The advanced box layout provides more flexibility in displaying information in the chart box such as the use of columns and helps you conform to your existing documentation standards To view tips to remember when using this feature see the Using the Advanced Box Layout Editor topic in the OrgPublisher application Help File Formatting with the Advanced Box Layout Editor 1 Select Format from the Main menu then Advanced box layout from the options list The Advanced box layout tab opens displaying a single check box 2 Select the Use advanced box layout for this position type check box The layout options dis
112. mail save as and viewing the list in Microsoft Excel options 176 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Publishing tn EChart Rich Client Format Rich client is an option of EChart publishing and uses the OrgPublisher PluginX for a more flexible end user experience EChart publishing may affect other processes running on the server You can also schedule your published chart to automatically publish at a specified date and time 10 11 12 13 Note The EChart HTM file must be closed in order to publish successfully If it is open when you attempt to publish the EChart an error message displays stating that access is denied Simply close the file and publish again This notification is sent only if the OrgPublisher is not being run interactively Click the Publish button in the toolbar You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list If this is the first time you are publishing a chart the wizard opens to the first dialog which gives you a brief overview Select the Advanced Mode radio button Click Next Click Next again at the brief description dialog Type the Name of the published chart It can be the same as the chart name and does not need to include publishing information The name must however be unique and cannot contain any special characters such as slashes or colons asterisks question marks quotation marks and great
113. may encounter an error when sending a planning chart created on a local machine using Microsoft Vista It is recommended that administrators use a secured server location Succession Planning for Administrators Many tasks listed here are applicable to both Organizational and Succession planning charts Topics Pertaining to this Section Adding a Succession Candidate to a Box Generating a Revision History Change Report Changing a Job Title Printing the 9 Box Matrix Changing a Position Type Modifying Successor Fields Creating a New Succession Planning Chart Searching for Person Succession Counts Creating a Successor Searching for Successors in a Box Creating Side by Side Profiles Spotlighting Succession Groups Deleting a Successor Updating an Open Position Drag and Drop from 9 Box Matrix Using Succession Candidates in Groups Exporting Change Data Adding a Succession Candidate to a Box When you create a succession planning chart the chart opens with no hierarchical information included because this type of chart is meant to help you plan for successors to specific positions within your company 1 In the Chart View drag and drop individuals from their current box into the box of the position for which they are candidates 2 Save the chart with your changes Adding a Second Successor Position A person may be a successor to more than one position Add a Successor with Drag and Drop 1 Place the mouse pointer on the per
114. message displays the link or links if you also chose to publish a directory view chart to your published charts Click on the link to preview the chart Publishing a Chart for Org Model or Succession Planning You can publish a web based chart for organizational model what if or succession planning using OrgPublisher Premier Once OrgPlan charts are created they are always in Build Mode to allow modifications to chart components 1 Click the Publish button in the toolbar or select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list The Publishing Wizard opens Select Advanced Mode and click Next Click Next again Type the Name of the published chart It can be the same as the chart name and does not need to include publishing information The name must however be unique and cannot contain any special characters such as slashes or colons asterisks question marks quotation marks and greater than or less than symbols lt or gt The publishing definition name can be up to 255 characters Click Next Select the Interactive Org Chart radio button Click Next 198 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2l ZZ 23 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Select either the PluginX or EChart radio button Type or Browse to the Publish to location If you want to write over your existing information select the Ov
115. more compact charts 2 a Layout 4 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of the chart Kans displays only two levels arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level The number of boxes across is determined automatically or set to a specific number Setting the Default Template Note Initial formatting of the successor position type is handled in Prebuilt Reports 1 Open the chart that contains the styles you want to use regularly or create a style that includes colors views and data layouts that you want 2 Select File from the Main menu then Set Template as Default from the pull down menu These styles will be active the next time you open a new chart 3 To remove a default template you can either rename or delete the file Default OTM in the OrgPublisher directory Note There is no option to set a default template when using Web Administration because setting a default template on the server would set the same default for all administrators charts Showing or Hiding the Style Bar You can elect to hide the Style Bar in OrgPublisher The default is to display the Style Bar Note When you choose to show or hide fields all information viewable in the chart or search results list also displays when you copy the chart to Microsoft PowerPoint or the search results to Microsoft Excel e Right click on the Style Bar and select S
116. move the entire Chart View to the left Click this button to move the entire Chart View to the right Click this button to move the entire Chart View up Click this button to move the entire Chart View down DFe You can reverse changes by clicking the Undo button 4 Select Print if you want to open the Print Wizard to print the chart or Close Print Preview without printing Opening Print Header Footer Options in Print Preview In OrgPublisher the Print Preview for Wall Style dialog enables you to modify your chart for printing by opening the Print Header Footer Options dialog to modify your header and footer information 1 Open Print Preview by selecting File from the Main menu then Print Preview from the pull down menu The Print Preview dialog opens and the chart displays as it will print You can also click on the Print Preview button in the toolbar to open the Print Preview h 2 To open the Print Header Footer Options dialog click the Header Footer button in the toolbar 3 Select the header or footer options you want in your printed chart and click Apply to accept the changes and continue working in the dialog or click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog 4 Select Print if you want to open the Print Wizard to print the chart or Close Print Preview without printing 298 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Print Charts and Views After you have modified your chart so yo
117. new fields Complete the wizard and click Finish The summary fields are added correctly to your chart Copying the Summary View You can copy information from the Summary View to other Microsoft Windows applications Note The Summary View is not available in a published real time chart Right click in the Summary View Select Copy Summary from the options list Click the Copy 8 button in the toolbar Open a Windows application and click the Paste el button The summary information displays in the new application 161 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas Creating a Group Summary with the Summary Wizard In OrgPublisher you can use the summary feature to generate a group head count Note If you create a group based on a standard position type such as Manager and then associate a custom position type to the group for conditional formatting such as Top Performing Manager the original position type is no longer a part of the group criteria For instance if you then searched for all managers the top performing managers will not be part of your search results because they are now a different position type Your Boolean search should use both the original position type Manager and the new position type Top Performing Manager as a criteria using And Or Open the Summary Wizard by selecting Tools from the Main menu then Summary Wizard from the options list Click Next Select
118. not installed This may also be the problem if you do not see the Schedule dialog in the Publishing Wizard Check the scheduled jobs Check jobs under Task Scheduler by using Windows Explorer Go to My Computer Under this list you should see Scheduled Tasks In Windows 2000 this appears under My Computer Control Panel Click Scheduled Tasks and verify that your job is there Click on the job name and determine if there are any problems with any of the settings Right click on the job name and click Properties Verify the UserID and Password or change them Right click on the job and click Run to run the job while it runs under the Task Scheduler It may help to put the AS OF date and time in the title of the chart for testing purposes Verify that this worked by navigating to the output file and checking the date and time stamp of the OCP file PluginX or the OCS EChart Rich or Thin client If an error message in one of the log files indicates that a file or Pub_Def was not found this may indicate that the job cannot find the source file ODB or OCB that contains the publishing definition Open the Task Scheduler Version 7 and later and right click on Properties for the job name You should see Run As The pointer to open the OrgPublisher application is located within the first set of quotes and it should point to your installation The second set of quotes contains the path to your source file that gets opened to pub
119. of data as more than one field type For instance you have a column of data that contains the Employee Number You want to use it as input field 5 Person ID as well as display the field in the chart as a custom field Scroll down to the last field type option and click Multiple The Multiple Field Mapper dialog opens Multiple Field Mapper dP Add Name Type Position OK Cancel Figure 87 6 Click Add The Multiple Field Mapper inserts Custom Field as the first mapping type 101 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview 7 Inthe Name column click Custom Field to display all the available options Multiple Field Mapper thAdd 9 lt Delete Name Type Position Custom Field Custom Field Figure 88 8 Select the field type you want to apply 9 Click Add to insert the second instance of the field 10 Repeat Steps 4 8 if applicable Multiple Field Mapper X aPAdd amp Delete Name Type Position Person Id Standard Field 5 Custom Field Custom Field Figure 89 11 Click OK when you have finished mapping the field The mapped column is now labeled as Multiple in the New Chart Wizard 12 Complete mapping your fields then click Next 13 If you do not want to Launch the style wizard clear that check box Click Finish 14 OrgPublisher displays the chart Any custom fields or custom position types brought into the chart must be defined in OrgPublisher 15 Save the chart file
120. of employees to Position Type Regular Full time email or send feedback Tap E o help Raleigh 20 Loss Impact High San Francisco 12 Gender Female Systems Analyst Potential Medium Nicole Brasile Performance 3 Effective CIO Office 1 ____ Organization Disaster Recovery Disaster Recovery 11 Location Austin Boxes Photos Work Email shorey russell nomail com Swipe up and down to view the people in External Systems 11 tical dae ald your organization The view changes Global Systems 11 aa dynamically based on your filtering and Categorize By criteria New York 11 Filter Options You can use multiple filters at once and filters persist through all the views Tap to clear the filters Organization HRIT 15 Talent Card Tap a box to see work information and other professional details Tap gt lt to send an email to the selected person View Options Tap for People List Analytics and Map views OrgPublisher Executive App vi1 7 0 Copyright 2015 PeopleFluent Inc All rights reserved Figure 33 The guide identifies the action and task areas as shown in the figure above 26 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 New in OrgPublisher Executive for iPad Learn the Basic Actions When viewing your 4 hierarchy tap here to Tap an Analytics Z move up in the graph to open a hierarchy Tap the view of people in 3 icon below a person each category ao e with reports to drill
121. open an e mail message with the format mailto or to link to a page on your intranet or a Web page The Smart Links feature enables you to attach more than one hotspot to a field When the end user clicks on a custom field a list displays the names of all the hotspots attached to that particular field Note You can use hotspots to link to any file type that your web browser can recognize and display To insert a Hotspot using the toolbar button 1 While in Build Mode select the box needing the hotspot link Move the cursor to the toolbar and click on the Insert Hotspot button Release the mouse button and move the cursor to the selected box The pointer changes sle to R 4 Click inside the destination box The Hotspot Wizard opens You can also open the Hotspot Wizard directly from the Tools gt Hotspot Wizard menu option Manually Edit a Hotspot Label 1 Double click the hotspot label to select it for editing 2 Type anew hotspot label Every occurrence of this label is changed 110 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Hotspot Links Manually Edit a Hotspot File Information 1 Verify that you are in Build Mode 2 Double click the file information area to select it for editing 3 Type a new file name Attaching a Hotspot to a Field You can attach a hotspot to a custom field by using the Custom Field Properties dialog In addition you can attach multiple hotspots Known as Smart Links to a f
122. print a workforce analysis graph using the Print Wizard Arranging Multiple Graphs in the View When the Graphs tab is selected in the Summary View there are several buttons available to create and format a workforce analysis graph All buttons are enabled when you select an existing graph ERE Summary View Summaries Graphs Nw X T Align 4 Figure 121 You can arrange multiple graphs up and down or left and right 1 Select a graph in the Summary View Graphs tab that you want to move Summary View ae Groh The direction of the Move arrows Summaries relates to the alignment Vertical New O amp 4hAi alignment provides Up and Down arrows Horizontal alignment provides Left and Right arrows Clicking this button will change the graphs from a B Open position vertical alignment to a horizontal alignment The gray border indicates the a a ee adoa oe a a a a a N aa y D 10 20 30 40 5D D 70 20 D 100 120 140 160 Head count by Position Russell Heis E on rey Planned Head Count Total Head Count employee Manager E Everyone 25 55 Employee 14 12 Figure 122 The top graph outlined in gray is the first in a vertical alignment in the figure above 169 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas The direction in which the arrow buttons point indicate how you will rearrange the graphs when you click the buttons 2 Select the graph you want to reposi
123. search change views print and more View OrgPublisher Quick Start Videos In addition to the application help file accessed through the Help menu option you can also access the OrgPublisher Quick Start Video web page User manual Help pointer Getting Started Guide Quickstart videos S Support Portal Tip of the day About OrgPublisher License Information Send Feedback to Aquire Figure 326 394 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Resources View Video Tutorials for Published Cross Browser Charts You can view video tutorials on how to use a published cross browser Silverlight chart 1 Click the Tutorials button The button may be visible on the toolbar if not click and select the View Tutorials option from the drop list View Tutorials cal C E7 Send feedback amp About Figure 327 The OrgPublisher cross browser tutorials web page opens 2 Select the tutorial you want to see Tip of the Day OrgPublisher includes a tip of the day to help you with tasks you often perform and to provide you with additional information about the OrgPublisher program e Tip of the Day can display whenever you start OrgPublisher by selecting Help from the menu bar then Tip of the Day from the pull down menu The Tip of the Day dialog opens Select the Show Tips at Startup check box Clear the check box if you do not want to automatically display tips e Or you can se
124. select Configure Profile View The Configure Profile View dialog opens Configure Profile View Person Job Popup View Size zaa Width 215 5 Location Last Appraisal Height 200 Assets Skills Degree Certifications O Show headings in grid Talent Assessment Ready For Promotion Aog aoi High Potential Edit heading Competency Rating SSP gt Delete heading 2 p3 2 m a Show headings as tabs Iv lt Figure 96 130 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 3 Select the Show headings as tabs radio button 4 Click OK The dialog closes and the Hover Profile displays the subheadings as tab options Profile View oS Name Details Title Details Contact Location Name First name Middle name O Last name Figure 97 5 Select a tab to view the subheading and associated data 6 Click the Enable disable tabbed category view E button to remove tabs and view the grid Group Icon Chart Legends The chart legend allows the chart administrator and planners to not only display a list of group icons but to also create and describe custom colors used in the chart The legend helps end users understand what the icons and colors mean When you first enable the legend all group icons are automatically placed within the legend You can quickly turn the legend on or off by using the toolbar Legend Properties button or you can open the Chart Legend Pr
125. select the Schedule now option also available from the Publish charts and OrgHistory Archives dialogs Custom Field Wizard opens from the Tools menu or the Wizard View Head count Wizard opens from the Tools menu or the Wizard View Hotspot Wizard opens from the Tools menu the Wizard View or by clicking on the Insert Hotspot button and clicking in a chart box Logo Wizard opens from the Tools or Insert menu New Chart Wizard opens when you select the New m button in the menu or toolbar or when you select that radio button when you open OrgPublisher OrgHistory Archive Wizard opens from the OrgHistory Archives dialog which opens by clicking the Manage OrgHistory Archives S button in the Main toolbar or opens from the Tools menu Position Type Wizard opens from the Tools menu or the Wizard View Photo Wizard opens from the Insert menu or by clicking the Insert Photo button and clicking in a chart box Position Type Wizard opens from the Tools menu or the Wizard View Print Wizard opens the first time you print a chart using either the File Print menu or the Print button or every time you print a chart if you choose it in Print Options from the File menu Publishing Wizard opens from the Tools or File menu or from the Wizard View Style Wizard opens from the Tools menu or the Wizard View Also opens from the New Chart Wizard Summary Wizard opens from the Tools menu or the Wizard View
126. standard port If applicable click Send Test Email to verify that the e mail addresses you entered are correct Click Next and continue with the publishing procedure Note When you select this option publishing will stop when a data error is detected If you do not want to stop publishing in the event of an error a registry setting must be changed Contact the Support Team for assistance Enabling Save As in the Published Chart The Save As function can be enabled while using the Publishing Wizard 1 Open the Publishing Wizard select Advanced Mode and progress to the dialog labelled Select the toolbars and buttons you want enabled J Main toolbar anc toolbars to en published chart The oted with an asterisk are not V Pret applicable in EChart thin client Copy J Print preview harts Got c The Views toolbar provides the Enable PluginX Copy J Enable opening the search results in Microsoft Excel Not applicable for thin client Figure 138 Select the Save As check box to enable this option Note The Views toolbar must be turned OFF for the Save As option to work 209 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts 3 Click Next and complete the rest of the Publishing Wizard definitions Enabling Send to PDF in a Published EChart You can now enable end users to send an EChart rich client chart to PDF by allowing that toolbar button during the publishing process Fo
127. style Select to format the date for example MM DD YYYY Type the character to use as the chart title and date separator in the current style 3 When you have completed your changes click OK 151 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Formatting the Chart View You can update a chart s box arrangement background and default text information at any time You can do this across all styles or for just one style In addition you can modify the Shape and color of the drill button to better match your corporate style making your chart more cosmetically appealing 1 Select Format from the Main menu then Chart from the pull down menu The Format dialog opens at the Chart tab Select the style you want to modify from the drop down list Change the chart layout in the left hand pane of the dialog or the property values such as background color gradient background watermark or font size from the right hand pane Style Layout 1 Layout 2 Layout 3 Layout 4 Background color Gradient Color Gradient Style Background Image Background Style Print Gradient Background Multiple report icon Multiple Indirect report display properties Auto Build Horizontal spacing Vertical spacing Values Description Select the style of your chart you want to format Horizontal Lowest level of each branch in the chart is arranged in a horizontal line This creates shorter wider charts
128. style thumbnail If applicable select the Gradient color using the down arrow to open the color grid Click Add The new icon is automatically added to the Legend contents section of the dialog Modifying Icon Properties l ore Select the custom item icon in the Legend contents tab to enable the Properties button You can modify custom legend icon properties only Properties for a group icon can be modified only in the Group Editor dialog 134 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts ir Click the Properties button to open the Modify Icon Properties dialog Modify the custom icon settings as needed Label Color Gradient style and Gradient color 4 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog The modified icon displays in the Legend contents and Preview sections of the dialog Printing a Chart Legend If you use several group or custom icons in your chart you can choose to print a chart legend when you print your chart using the Print Wizard or the Print Preview Note The chart legend does not display in the Book Style Print Preview It does however print when you print the chart in book style 1 Open the Print Wizard by clicking on the Print button Ss or if you have turned off the Print Wizard option select File from the main menu then Print Options from the pull down list and Use Print Wizard from the options list Follow the wizard dialogs to print either in Wall chart or
129. the Numeric Field to Summarize and the Type of Summary Click Next Click the drop down arrow in the Population field and select the group name for which you want to create the summary Click Next Type the summary Label Click Next Select the Position type to display the summary field Click Next Click Finish The new group summary field displays in the Summary View Displaying Summary Fields In OrgPublisher summary fields inserted in the top box of the displayed portion of the chart are also displayed in the Summary View These fields can be hidden in the Chart View while still shown in the Summary View Summary fields you may want to display include group totals position type totals or sales figures Note When you make a change to a summary field OrgPublisher recalculates the field from the top of the chart through the bottom level Chart View 1 To show or hide summary fields in the Chart View right click on a blank spot in the chart and select Show Hide chart components You can also click the Show hide chart components button in the toolbar The Show Hide Chart Components dialog opens Click on the position type or group you want to modify or click All Position Types to select a component for all position types Navigate to the summary field you want to show or hide and click on the green arrow or red X The arrow indicates the field is Shown in the Chart View The X indicates that it is hidden Select the compon
130. the Selecting Print Header Footer Options to make your selections in both the Header and Footer tabs such as Date Format Group label or Head count that you want to print 3 In the field beneath the Custom Header Custom Footer check box type what you want to appear in the header or footer such as a title date or other text 4 Us the Font Customization section for additional customization in both tabs You can change the font for either the header or footer or both Click Select Font The Font dialog opens 5 Select the Font Font style and Size for your text Your selection displays in the Sample pane of the dialog You can also choose Effects such as Underline or Color When you have made your selections click OK to accept your changes and close the Font dialog 308 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Print Views You can print views that display specific information about your chart For example the Summary View displays the summary fields you have set up by each position type A print preview is available only for the Chart View Each view must be open in order to print it 1 N d E E Select File from the Main menu then Print from the pull down list The Print Wizard opens The listed views reflect those displayed in your chart Select the view you want to print By default Org Chart is already selected to print the Chart View You can make only one selection Click Nex
131. the Shift key and select the next value Finance Hi Tech National Network Team Broadcast Media Collateral Design LLLA Print Media Payroll Public Broadcast Business Applications Broadcast Witers National Sales Aanlications Figure 170 247 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching C Drag them both into the right pane As the cursor hovers over the group name the text reads Add 2 new search values a Specialist ts Benefits Add 2 new search values Figure 171 d Drop them beneath the selected group 4 SpecialistBenefits Benefits Human Resources Market Research Figure 172 If you want to create multiple groups drag a value or multiple values from the left pane and drop in the white space of the right pane Unique values in the Job Tile field Groups to be created W Drag values from the list on the SpeciatstBenefts Speciatst ured left and drop them on the Producer 1 grouplist on the night Benefits Specialist Product Specialist E Add 1 new group Dropping a value onto a group will add that value to the Broadcast Writers Hardware Technician group that filters for that value Web Page Designer Broadcast Media Assistant You may rename a group by Digtal Artist Cicking on ts name and HR Specialist typing Invoicing Clerk Media Buyer Paste up Artist Pret Planner Step 2 of 3 Figure 173 248
132. the mouse button down as you drag that custom field into the chart and place it within an existing box Release the mouse button to add the custom field Double click on the label for this custom field and type the new name if applicable Press Enter The new field displays in the dialog and the chart If you are adding the field data manually double click on the right hand side of this field and type your data for example a phone number Press Enter If you want to format the new custom field right click on the field and select Format from the drop down menu Inserting a Custom Field for all Position Types You can insert a custom field for all position types by dragging it from the Custom Field Properties dialog 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens In addition you can use the Insert Custom Field ea button in the toolbar and move the mouse pointer to the place within an existing box where you want to insert the custom field Click the mouse to add it Make sure the field Drag and Drop for All Position Types is selected Click Close Note You can also use this check box in conjunction with the Insert Hotspot button in the Insert toolbar If the check box is not selected select it and click on Apply Position the cursor in the column to the left of the Field label
133. the right hand of the Style Bar The new text pre pends the selected group name The default label is Filter If the Show styles in tabs option ts enabled 1 Right click on the Style Bar and select Group Selector button then Edit label from the options list The Group button label dialog opens Type the label name and click OK Or click Cancel to close the text box without modifying the label You can also select View from the main menu then Toolbars Styles Toolbar Style selector button and Edit Label from the options list Toolbars Main Toolbar Job Title 1 Status Bar Insert Toolbar Employee name Format Toolbar Text Toolbar Styles Toolbar Show Styles toolbar Navigate Toolbar Show styles in tabs Views Toolbar Style Selector button gt Group Selector button Show Group name always Show Group name only when multiple Groups exist Enable button Edit Label Figure 101 If the Show Styles in tabs option is not enabled right click on the Style bar and select Style Selector button then Edit Label to open the Style button label dialog Style Selector button Show Style Name Group Selector button gt Enable Button Group filter in chart gt Edit Label Show Styles toolbar 1 Show styles in tabs Figure 102 Enabling or Disabling Styles Tabs The tabbed styles option is the default selection in OrgPublisher You can turn this option off or back on 1 Right click on the Styles bar in OrgPublisher
134. to clear all of your selections Click Done to close the dialog 29 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Bulk Editor in Profile View Bulk Editor in Profile View 1 Right click on a field in the Profile View 2 Select Configure Profile View from the drop down list The Configure Profile View dialog opens 3 You can show or hide fields and headings by selecting the adjoining check box A check indicates the field is displayed A blank box indicates that the field is hidden Configure Profile View Person Job Box Name Move Up Job Title Box Title Move Down Contractors z Tatal iE Check All Total Salaries Count High Performers Uncheck All High Performers Photo E mail ddress Phone Number Send Email Levels Below Level Number Field 143 Field 144 Average Reports per Manager aT Total Planned Head Count Open Positions Delete heading Direct Reports Head Count Show headings as tabs Add heading Reserved 108 Show headings in grid Reserved 109 Budget Employee Segment Reserved 107 Lok cancel Figure 43 The bulk editing option now allows you to select all the fields using the bulk editor feature 4 Click Check All to select all fields To reverse that action click Uncheck All 30 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Before You Begin Before You Begin Before you create your first chart you would benefit from
135. to ECharts you must manually schedule the BAT file created in the first manual publishing To do this open the Task Scheduler on the server to add the BAT job ere Topics Pertaining to this Section Publishing Real Time Charts Real Time Charts Overwriting Existing HTML and JS Files Overwriting Existing HTML and JS Files JS Files Publishing a Chart for Org Modeling or Scheduling an EChart to Publish Succession Planning 173 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Topics Pertaining to this Section Enabling Action Buttons Showing or Hiding Toolbar Buttons in Silverlight Enabling a Visual Change Indicator Using a Virtual Directory Choosing a Publishing Format You can choose one of several formats to publish your chart in OrgPublisher These formats publish charts that fall into one of two categories an interactive chart or an org chart document Interactive choices include PluginX and EChart PluginX OrgPublisher PluginX to view with Microsoft Internet Windows Explorer 6 0 and later EChart To publish to a Microsoft IIS or ISAPI compliant Windows Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003 web server or Apache HTTP Server 2 0 running Windows Offers both thin and rich client formats Cross Browser For interactive animated cross browser and cross Cross Silverlight platform publishing HTML For cross platform publishing Cross Graphic To publish in a static graphics format Cross PD
136. to PDF A progress bar displays while the PDF is created and the document opens when complete 347 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Showing Hiding the Cross Browser Published Chart Toolbar Your cross browser Silverlight chart can be viewed with or without the toolbar 1 To hide the toolbar click the button Aquire OrgPublisher gt amp me v Pagey Safety Toolky is JrgPubisher eh 3 i More a ae Groups gt Figure 255 2 To show the hidden toolbar click the button again Viewing Profiles in a Published Cross Browser Chart If enabled you can view an animated version of the Profile View in your cross browser Silverlight chart You can display several or all of the profiles in the chart at the same time You can also print the chart with the profiles instead of the boxes 1 Click the arrow in the chart box of the profile you want to see Pacific Eastern Russell Heis pacificeastem com President Figure 256 The box flips to reveal the Profile View President Russel Heis Figure 257 2 Click the arrow at the bottom of the Profile View to return to the box Viewing Tutorials for Published Cross Browser Charts You can view video tutorials on how to use a published cross browser Silverlight chart 1 Click the Tutorials button The button may be visible on the toolbar if not click and select the View Tutorials option f
137. to insert for each person you add to your chart select the Insert using this Position Type check box OrgPublisher assigns each Subsequent person that position type 4 If you want OrgPublisher to use the default position type the last one inserted select the Automatically assign Position Type check box This is the default when you first open OrgPublisher and the Employee position type is selected 5 Click OK to accept the changes and close the text box Changing a Person s Position Type 1 Double click on the person s name in the Chart View The Update Person dialog opens 2 Double click the new Position type you want to use The Update Person dialog closes and the new position type is accepted You can also select the new position type from the list then click OK The person in the box inherits the formatting of the new position type In addition the ID field contains the unique ID information necessary to enable the use of multi relationship icons and EChart security Changing Direct Reports to Indirect Reports Indicating that one person reports to more than one manager is accomplished with multiple records and use of position types One box must be designated position type E for Employee Other boxes must be designated position type I for indirect report Indirect reports are not counted for head count purposes By default OrgPublisher displays this type of indirect relationship or matrix reporting as a dotted line
138. type the location of the end user help files you want to use in the If applicable type a URL for a PluginX help file field 4 Complete the Publishing Wizard and publish your chart 32 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Before You Begin 5 Open the published chart and click the Help button in the toolbar The custom help files open in the web browser If you do not type a custom URL the Help button opens the default end user help page Using Row Level Security Note If you want to implement row level security you must first contact Professional Service Once you have implemented this feature with Professional Services you can create an Access Control List ACL file and use it to control row level security in the chart Row level security allows select employees access to sensitive information needed to make informed decisions while at the same time preventing other employees from seeing this data An ACL file is a comma delimited list of UserID Type and TargetValues Before you begin creating the ACL file there are certain things you must know such as box IDs and who should or should not have access to specific box infirmation Based on this you can determine which model Grant or GrantDeny you need to use Once you have created the ACL file verify that it is saved in the same location as your chart and that it is named exactly the same as your chart Note Enabling Org Modeling or Succession planning feature
139. type you want to assign Click the type such as Sum See the Formatting Numeric Custom Fields procedure for additional information Click Apply Repeat Steps 2 5 to assign summary types to additional custom fields or click Close to exit the dialog Selecting Summary Types in the Summary Wizard 1 Select Tools from the Main menu then Summary Wizard from the pull down list The Summary Wizard opens Click Next Click inside the Numeric Field to Summarize field and select the summary field from the options list Click inside the Type of Summary field and select the summary type you want to assign Click Next Click inside the Population field and select the population for the summary field for instance position type or group Click Next Type the name you want to use for the summary in the Label field Click Next Select the Hide label check box if you do not want to display the label in the chart Select the position types or All Position Types you want to display the summary Click Next Click Finish Creating Workforce Analysis Graphs Workforce Analysis Graphs use Summary View data to create graphs visually depicting your organization There are 3 graph options pie chart graph horizontal bar chart graph and vertical bar chart graph Just as Summary View data changes as you drill through the chart levels graph results also change 165 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas When cr
140. users to search for All custom fields in the published chart Figure 38 28 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Bulk Editor Custom Fields Dialog All check boxes in the column are selected Figure 39 4 Assign individual custom fields to position types by clicking Assigned to at the top of that column All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types All Position Types Figure 40 5 The Update Assigned Custom Fields dialog opens Select the Position type and the field you want to display the custom field Click OK Custom Field Bulk Editor rea ey Eo to x Org Unit D OO 22 Business Unt Cick on each Postion Type that you wish to display the Business Una y selected field s T Di m T Position type Department aa Cost Center ih ree i a Vio Cost Center D 7 Manager t Job F E Box Title 29 Job Function ae J Name Employee Assistant Contractor indirect Report Open position Partner Undo all changes Done Figure 41 All custom fields now display the position type selected through the Bulk Editor Assigned to Manager Manager Manager a Manager Manager Figure 42 6 Click Done to accept the changes and close the dialog Or click Undo all changes
141. views reflect your choices Sending to FTP Server If you selected Send to web server FTP in the Publishing Wizard the FTP Server dialog opens 1 Type the required information to publish the chart to your intranet e Enter the user name Type your system user name or ID e Enter the password Type your password if any to transfer files to your web server e Confirm password Retype the password e Address FTP URL or server name You must type the correct IP address or server name before you can click Browse Site Once you enter the server name the dialog displays a directory tree Navigate to the directory you want and click on it The Parent Dir button enables you to move up to the parent directory if necessary Double click on the correct file The complete URL address displays in the Path field If applicable select the Establish the network connection using SSL FTPS check box Click Next and continue with the wizard Setting Change Report Default Options You can choose to Enable Organizational Planning or Enable Succession Planning in the Publishing Wizard as well as select the default options for the planning chart change report 1 Follow the Publishing Wizard until you reach the dialog concerning the planning chart revision history 2 Click Set default options for change report You can access the change report from the planning chart Report Generate change report menu option The Change Report O
142. want as the hotspot link Box Title Job Title or Name A green arrow displays next to the selected field and the position type label Click Next 5 Follow the prompts to complete the wizard and open the Custom Field Properties dialog to attach the hotspot to a field and if applicable assign security Setting a Base URL Path The base URL is the common path or command string for all hotspots or photos in the chart To set up a base URL path you must store the hotspots or photos for your chart in the same location OrgPublisher appends the base URL to the beginning of each link in your chart which means you do not have to type the complete path or string for each hotspot or photo At the same time you are supporting browsers that require fully qualified URLs For example e If all the links in your chart are to e mail addresses of people within your organization set up the base URL as mailto However it is recommended that you use the Custom Field Properties dialog to set an E mail custom field type to create your e mail link e If you have links to company documents or photos saved on a network drive for example the T drive set up the base URL as file servername folder name e If these documents or photos are saved on your intranet you might set up the base URL as http www companysite com CompanyDocuments Note You must include the trailing forward slash in the base URL You can set a base path that is unique
143. window enables you to modify your chart by changing the chart layout on each page to better fit on a printed page Note Changing the chart layout can nullify previous modifications made in Print Preview so you should select your layout before performing other tasks such as setting levels or zooming in or out You must have Print Wizard selected in File gt Print Options in order to access the Book Style Print Preview 1 Open Print Preview by selecting File from the menu bar then Print Preview from the pull down menu You can also click on the Print Preview al button in the toolbar The Print Preview Type dialog opens 2 Click the Book style preview radio button then Show Preview The Book Style Print Preview window opens and the top pane displays thumbnails of each page as it will print The lower pane displays the selected page 3 To change the chart layout for a specific printed page select the page you want to modify in the thumbnail pane and click one of the layout buttons in the toolbar Chart Layout Chart Layout Description 7 Layout 1 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged in a horizontal line This creates shorter wider charts Layout 2 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged in a vertical row This creates narrower taller charts Layout 3 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest l
144. you do want to display the change icon select Show Change Icons The change icons appear in chart boxes that have changed View Insert Help Compact build mode Zoom gt Goto top of displayed chart Show Change Icons _ per List View E Style View Profile View Summary View Tree View EJ 9 Box Matnx Reset Docking Window Layout Toolbars gt Status Bar Figure 224 Storing Planning Charts When you publish a secured EChart using OrgPublisher Premier s organization modeling or Succession planning you can store your planning charts either on the end user s PC or the EChart web server 1 In the planning chart select File from the Main menu then Preferences from the options list The Preferences dialog opens Preferences Org Planning Path CA Succession Planning am c_ m Figure 225 The dialog displays the default locations set by the IT administrator If you have the appropriate permissions you can select to store the planning chart on a local drive or a network location 2 Type or Browse to the folder on the server to store planning charts and verify that the folder is secure accessible to the EChart sever but not to HTTP requests If you are in doubt about the security contact your IT administrator 3 Click OK to save the specified folder and return to the planning chart 331 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Note Planners
145. your chart in EChart thin client you can accept default settings or select settings of your own when the Publishing Wizard reaches the next to the last dialog EChart thin client settings help you publish a chart that will look good and work within your browser but can also enable end users to print the chart Choices include enabling JavaScript choosing JPEG or GIF graphics using a cascading style sheet enabling PDF printing and optimizing images 183 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Settings Description Enable JavaScript Accept this default selection to allow end users to close and reopen views as well as perform searches on numeric fields Clearing this option prohibits end users from closing views and forces them to search using the All fields options Enable end users to Accept this default selection to provide end users with a book style print charts via PDF print option for the chart Clearing this option forces end users to use files the browser Print button in order to get a hard copy of the chart which only prints what displays in the browser window JPEG Accept the default selection of JPEG if your chart contains photos background or box color gradients or background images GIF Selecting the GIF radio button will provide a published chart with clearer text quality but will display lower quality photos and graphics Use optimized You may be able to improve performance by caching static
146. 9 Box Matrix Wizard Available in OrgPublisher Premier the 9 Box Matrix Wizard converts your performance data into a scorecard for succession planning The wizard walks you through selecting fields for the X axis horizontal line of 3 boxes assessing performance and the Y axis of 3 boxes vertical line assessing potential 116 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview A combination of the Y and X axis determines the box within the grid where the employee is placed The top right most box displays High Performance High Potential employees while the bottom left most box contains Low Performance Low Potential Use the 9 box matrix wizard to convert your performance data into a 9 box matrix performance The wizard will ask for fields representing your employee performance and potential data It will then ask you to define ranges for your data fields You will be given the option of including several types of data filters Once complete the wizard will populate your 9 box matrix for you Figure 92 In addition to the fields you want to use for analysis you can also select group and position type filters range limits and sort order Note Records displayed in the 9 Box Matrix are associated with the level displayed in the Chart View Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard OrgPublisher provides an Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard which enables you to schedule a chart to automatically publish or archiv
147. An options list appears 2 Select the Show styles in tabs option to disable the tabbed styles To enable the tabbed option again repeat Steps 1 2 144 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Inserting a Background Image In OrgPublisher you can further enhance your org chart by adding a background image or watermark This can be done while you are formatting the chart 1 Select Format from the Main menu then Chart from the pull down list The Format dialog opens at the Chart tab In the Background Image field click Embed Image The Open dialog appears enabling you to navigate to your JPG image file Click Open OrgPublisher returns to the Chart tab Click OK to accept the image and exit the dialog or click Apply and proceed to step 4 if you want to continue working in the dialog If applicable select a style for the background image in the Background Style field Click the down arrow and select Center Tile or Stretch Click OK to accept the image and exit the dialog or click Apply if you want to continue working in the dialog Modifying an Existing Style 1 rA To modify an existing style open the style in your chart make your changes Select File from the Main menu then Save You can also click the Save button in the Main toolbar To rename an existing style click File then Styles The Styles dialog opens Select the style you want to rename by clicking to the left of the name
148. Book style The last dialog enables you to choose header or footer options If you select the Include Legend check box your printed chart includes the legend on each page of your chart 4 Click Finish to close the wizard and print your chart If you are using the Print Preview option and M have defined and enabled a legend you can use the Add or remove legend button in the preview and select the Include Legend check box in the Settings dialog of the Book style preview The legend prints on one page in Wall style and on every page in Book style You may need to make adjustments in your chart for the size of the legend so that it does not print over boxes Photos Icons and Logos You can configure your org chart and reports using employee photos meaningful icons for groups and a company logo Topics pertaining to this section include Topics Pertaining to this Section Adding a Group Icon Inserting Photos Adding Multi reporting Relationships Icons Photo Wizard Attaching or Removing Groups Icons in Resizing Photos in the Chart Styles Groups and Multi reporting Relationships Resizing Wizard Icons Icons Inserting Logos OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Inserting Photos You can insert photos in your chart boxes in the Chart View or Profile View You can also insert graphics into your chart the same way as photos The accepted file formats are GIF JPG TGA PCX and DIB Before you
149. Carton General Ledger Manager Finance Ryan Dozier Cortrober A Finance amp Raymond Jessup cFO Finance lt 15 people found RCo S Excel E Save ar Figure 244 Cross Browser Silverlight Charts When your chart is published for cross browsers using Microsoft Silverlight your chart will look different from the previous published charts Note The Cross Browser Silverlight charts have been redesigned in OrgPublisher 11 6 If that is the version you have installed please proceed to the 11 6 Cross Browser Enhancements section Aklasis Topics aA to this Section Resizing tne SearchResutsView Conducting a Search in a Published Silverlight Chart If enabled by your administrator you can search fields in a published cross browser Silverlight chart 1 In the field adjacent to the Search button in the toolbar type the name or partial name of the field you want to find Click 343 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts The search results open in a List View dialog 3 matches found G List View Hester Susan 3 Marketing Vice President gt Melbram Pau Creative Vice President Thomas Frank HR Vice President Figure 245 2 Click the ellipsis next to the name to expand the view Select the name you want to see in the chart OrgPublisher moves to the box location in the chart and highlights your selection Susan N Hester Susan
150. Chart View The chart administrator chooses the Action button options for published charts This feature is available in the OrgPublisher application and in charts published as PluginX or EChart rich client as well as planning charts 1 Open the chart and select a data field in a chart box for instance the job title The Action button appears to the right of the chart box Pacific Eastern President Russell Heis hs 03051996 150 000 Skills Word Excel Hired Salary Figure 208 2 Click the button The available menu options appear Information Technology Information Technology WT Coordinator z TOERNE m x inmind Open position 0 escrip ion Email Contact Application Copy hyperlink to person E App urre stom Figure 209 In this example the data includes Smart Links associated with the data field Smart Links display at the top of the Action menu list 316 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Note Microsoft Internet Explorer will append the OrgPublisher menu list with Internet Explorer specific options such as Right to left Reading order or Insert Unicode control character These additional menu options cannot be disabled in the browser 3 Select the option you want to use and proceed with your task If you choose not to select a menu option click in a blank area of the chart to close the menu Chart action buttons include more options when used by the
151. Copy check box located toward the bottom of the dialog 4 Complete the wizard to publish your chart Note Taking screen captures becomes unavailable system wide only after accessing the published chart If you leave Enable PluginX Copy option unchecked in the Publishing Wizard you can still take the screen capture system wide until you actually open the published chart Enabling Publish Notification E mail You can enable the publish notification e mail when using the Publishing Wizard This notification is sent and the chart is not published in the event of a e Broken hierarchy orphans 208 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts e License violation publishing continues normally e Recursive reporting relationship Note This email notification does not cover all possible situations that can affect publication of a chart Always check that your chart has published successfully This notification is sent only if OrgPublisher is not being run interactively Select the Enable Publish Notification Email check box The fields in the dialog are enabled for entry Type or scroll to select the e mail address to which the notification should be sent in the Addresses field Type the e mail address from which the notification should be sent in the From Address field Type the name of your company s Mail Server The Port field defaults but can be overridden only on the rare occurrence that it is not the
152. Double click in the Field label to highlight the current field name 89 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview 3 Type the new name and click Close or Apply Custom Field Properties Dialog The Custom Field Properties dialog can be used to add change and display custom fields and to manually add a numeric custom field after you have defined one or more summary fields in your chart You can select fields and options in this dialog to create the same type of summary fields as you do with the Head Count Wizard and Summary Wizard or define formulas used in a summary You can also attach a hotspot to a specific field and set security options for custom fields in published ECharts Note New with OrgPublisher 11 custom fields containing formulas are designated in the Custom Field Properties dialog by f in the Sample column field Frets abe Cale Field Assigned To sampe Sea High Performers ia Count High Performers Percentage Count High Performer High Performer All Position Types All Position Types E Emai Send Email ioe Levels Below Hotspot Text Levels Below 0 00 0 138 Level Number Field 143 Field 144 Level Number Text Text E Average Reports per Ma Total Planned Head Count Ez Open Positions Average Count Count Direct Reports Supervisors Total Planned Hea Open position _ Direct Reports
153. F To publish a chart in a portable document format file Cross iPad To publish employee data to OrgPublisher Executive Apple iPad mobile digital device Org chart documents include HTML graphic and PDF Format Browser Platform PDF OrgPublisher PluginX to view with Microsoft Internet Cross Explorer 6 0 and later HTML To publish to a Microsoft IIS or ISAPI compliant Cross Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003 web server or Apache HTTP Server 2 0 running Windows Offers both thin and rich client formats Graphic Cross Org Chart Document options PDF When you select this option you can choose chart styles and the top of chart box and print in Book style In addition this is the EChart thin client printing option End users must have the Adobe Acrobat Reader 9 software installed on their PCs HTML When you select this option the published chart can contain basic interactive elements such as drilling hotspots displayable views and the e mail to a group feature Graphic When you select this option the published chart is a static document such as a JPG that can be viewed on a browser 174 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Choosing Between Express and Advanced Mode Publishing When publishing a chart in OrgPublisher the Publishing Wizard lets you select Express Mode or Advanced Mode Your choice depends on your needs for a particular published chart and its audience
154. Guide OrgPublisher Executive on Apple iPad OrgPublisher Executive Geographic Mapping Dialog OrgPublisher Executive offers a mapping feature so that you can indicate using latitude and longitude where and how many employees are located in which cities or states Publishing Wizard amp Select the Enable Location View box To enable the geographic mapping feature in OrgPublishker Execubrve select the custom fields that contain the values for lettude and longitude and the name for the location aampeng hates io Spiny Se geographic location of employees in your onganizaiion OrgPublisher Executive prowides Select the Latitude field amp I Enable Location View Select the Longitude field Select the field for lattude Select the field for the Location Name 4 Select the field for longitude Click Next Selec the field for the location name Figure 23 OrgPublisher Executive iPad Performance Dialog iPad Performance Gl Photo download options Photos may ba sant to the Pad Photo doanioad aphans dunng tha sync process to alma all Photos may be sent to the iPad during the sync E Onk dow d wh photos bo be available once the syne p ni SE i f i mes i r n priineksienlniegs a complete regardless of iPad process to allow all photos to be available once recommended iu large ches cOnnectaly However downloading r ian ar l Download all photos during sync clk rah ic the aye i complete regardl
155. Guide Wizards Overview Select the Launch the Style Wizard check box if you want to format a style Click Finish The Style Wizard opens OrgHistory Archive Wizard With OrgPublisher you can use the OrgHistory Archive Wizard to take a Snapshot of your organizational chart and archive it for reference at a later time The wizard walks you through selecting a directory and name for your archive as well as helps you assign a password or add a signature to the archive Note You can create a read only archived chart just once a day using the one time only option If you want to archive an updated version of your read only chart you can schedule it to run the next day A read only archived chart can be overwritten with an updated version of the same chart A message verifies that the end user wants to overwrite the read only archive To add an archive schedule 1 Click the Manage OrgHistory Archives button in the toolbar The OrgHistory Archives dialog opens Click on the Archive Schedule tab Click New The OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard opens Click Next Type the archive schedule name in the Name field or accept the default name displayed The schedule name can be the same name as the archive definition if you want Click Next Select the archive definition you want to schedule Click Next If you choose to have more than one schedule make sure that you set up enough time for each schedule to comp
156. I button in the toolbar The Print Preview Type dialog opens 2 Click OK to accept the default type or select the Wall chart preview radio button The Print Preview window opens 3 Modify the chart as needed such as moving the chart or boxes or selecting a new layout 4 Click the Copy button in the toolbar Paste the chart into the desired application The chart displays in the new application Close the Print Preview dialog Moving Boxes in Print Preview In OrgPublisher the Print Preview for Wall Style and Print Preview for Book Style dialogs enable you to modify your chart for printing by moving boxes and the box reporting lines to better fit on the page 1 Open the Print Preview by selecting File from the menu then Print preview from the options list The Print Preview Type dialog opens You can also click the Print Preview button in the toolbar 2 Select the Wall chart preview or Book style preview radio button The Print Preview dialog opens 3 Select a box by clicking on it The box is highlighted 4 Holding down the mouse cursor move the box to where you want it on the page Release the box by moving the cursor to a blank space on the page and click You can reverse that change by clicking the Undo button 5 Select Print if you want to open the Print Wizard to print the chart or Close Print Preview without printing 293 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Pri
157. If you are creating an ODBC connection for Unifi Thin Client refer to the Unifi Installation and Configuration Guide provided by the PeopleFluent Professional Services Group Real time publishing is not available when building a chart from multiple data sources 1 Open OrgPublisher and select Run the New Chart Wizard radio button from the OrgPublisher dialog You can also click the New button m in the toolbar The New Chart Wizard opens 2 Select either the Organizational chart or Organizational chart using Prebuilt Reports radio button then click Next The New Chart Wizard displays a dialog for you to select the source of your data 3 If you select the Prebuilt Reports option see the Prebuilt Reports Create a New Report topic for detailed information 4 Select the button that indicates where you want to get data and click Next Click on a data source option below to access the procedure you need to create an org chart ODBC file XML File Text file Multiple data sources Blank Chart UNICODE File Choosing Standard or Custom Field Order 5 Follow the wizard prompts for the data source you selected Detailed information about the input fields can be found in the Input File Layout and Input File Layout Rules sections of this document Note If you are connecting to a Microsoft Excel file you must create a named range identifying where the data is located within the spreadsheet OrgPublisher 6 OrgPublisher 11 8 User
158. J Partner Staff Function Succession Candidate President Vice President Director v Q Figure 242 Type the First name and Last name of the person filling the open position Select the appropriate Position type from the list 4 Click OK The new position type and name display in the chart box Using Succession Candidates in Groups After you have created a group or groups with the results you require you can use one of several options to indicate persons meeting the succession group criteria Some examples are Search Results for Succession Candidates e The first example uses a group created to show people who are designated to succeed more than one position Search Name Job Title Box Tile AlFieids Groups A Now X OF de lt ih 8 EE a ere b A x Everyone ss Persons wth Seach opbont with No S more than a Search ursder H selected box New Search C Add to Est below C Sesech within ist below gt Copy Hi Excel fy Save a Figure 243 342 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts e The second example uses a group created to find managers with no successors Search Name Job Title Box Title AlFields Groups AA New X EF Ho tk Sezic ios Search Ctectdte E New Search Add to Sst below Search within ket below dob Tite Box The amp Caroline Anderson Aocts Rec Cash Mor Finance Elrabeth Bartlett Capdal Purchases Finance Tyler
159. List View You can set display options for both the Tree View and List View from the Options menu These options are only available for charts that are published with a PluginX format 1 2 Note The Tree View is not available in a published thin client EChart Select Options from the Main menu Click Tree View options then from the options list select or clear display options from a drop down list Field Description J Outline Select this option to show box titles only Full Select this option to show box titles custom fields and people Expand Select this option to list all chart information for all levels shown Collapse Select this option to show only box titles of the top two levels shown Show icons Select this option to display chart icons Click List View options then select or clear display options 215 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Field Description Show Displayed Select this check box to display a list of positions currently shown in the Positions chart Leave unchecked to display all positions Show List View Select this option to show the List View option when the Search View is bar in Search opened Clear this option if you want to work with the Search View only View When you select this option and then open a style that was saved with the List View open the bar will not be seen but the list view information can be seen until you click on the Search View bar The
160. ODBC you must select the table view or query to extract data from the database 1 Follow the New Chart Wizard dialogs selecting the ODBC option and navigating to your ODBC database 2 The dialog that opens next depends on the type of database you select For example if you select an SQL database the next dialog may be a login screen for SQL Click the drop down arrow and select from a list of tables views or queries QO ODBC Database G Select a database table view or query that contains the data for your chart Figure 60 If your database does not already contain tables views or queries you may have to write your own SQL statement 3 If you want to write your own SQL statement select the Custom SQL radio button and type your query string ODBC Database Select a database table view or query that contains the data for your chart Custom SOL Figure 61 4 You can later modify this statement in the chart by selecting Data from the menu then Manage data sources from the options list to open the Data Source dialog Click Connection Info to open the Database Connection dialog 65 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts 5 Click Next to continue the wizard and create your chart Note If you are connecting to a Microsoft Excel file you must create a named range identifying where the data is located within the spreadsheet Mapping to Multiple Field Types 1 You may need to
161. OP40V1 xsl lt urn_schem as_biztalk_org_Lawson_com_Oq3yhct_xml gt lt x_schema_myschema_xml gt mytoOP40V1 xsl lt x_schema_myschema_xml gt lt OP40FileList gt Note The underscore _ character must be substituted for period and comma characters Creating an OCB File You can create an OCB file for an existing chart in order to automatically build an org chart 1 Open the database connection chart file ODB for the chart 2 Click the Build Mode Bul Mode button A dialog opens stating that a text file will be created to save your changes 3 Click Yes OrgPublisher automatically saves the file in the same directory with the same name as the ODB file and a file extension of OCB 4 Make changes to the org chart Any changes you make to the format are saved in the chart template file OTM which means these formatting changes will also affect the original org chart ODB 5 Save your changes in the OCB file Note If this is a chart file created as a succession planning chart the file extension is ODBX Data in an OCB file cannot be refreshed in the same way as a chart created from a database connection ODB file You can reconnect to your database by opening the ODB file and then saving it with the same name as the OCB file You will lose any prior data changes in the OCB file Alternatively you can open the OCB file and manually change the chart 43 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prep
162. OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide OrgPublisher OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Overview Overview The following information provides a road map for the OrgPublisher activities and tasks to create organization charts For more detailed information about features in this guide please refer to the OrgPublisher application Help file by clicking Help in the OrgPublisher Main menu then User manual from the options list V e A E fe gt ee lt pe oO j fet a A 4 New with this Version Prebuilt reports publish to iPad bulk field editor Before You Begin Information about licensing system requirements primary user roles Data must conform to the Input File Layout or the Universal File Layout Prepare Chart Data Create Charts Administrator creates charts that can include prebuilt reports custom styles hotspots and more Custom Fields Custom fields containing HR ERP data email addresses telephone numbers office numbers sales figures etc Position types help create your organizational hierarchy use standard or create your own Position Types Provide preformatted business focus on select aspects of organization using the Universal File Layout UFL Prebuilt Reports Format Charts Enhance appearance and display specific data using custom fields icons photos logos legends etc Summaries and Formulas Add summaries head counts use formulas to mine data Preview and Modify Review
163. OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 Sortable Columns in Errors Found in Data dialog 11 7 Sortable Columns tn Errors Found in Data dialog When building a chart from data OrgPublisher notifies you when hierarchical errors exist The Errors Found in Data dialog provides a list of records with a brief description of the problem The input file contains one or more recursive structures Please review the list below OngPublisher will continue to open the chart but the recursive areas will be treated as disconnected sections of the hierarchy Diistae Tea les Fer ite ee eral linder Show warning dialogs when opening chart wi 2 2 Dea Copy List to Clipboard Figure 323 You can now sort the columns in the dialog in ascending or descending order for easier resolution of the problem The input file contains one or more recursive structures Please review the list below OrgPublisher will continue to open the chart but the recursive areas will be treated as disconnected sections of the hierarchy Pa ID CA 2 creative een for fet E cotterat 2342 J winder on fs 3 Joveratons lt a gt 3882 rink fre fis 135 ational sae it 2123 Ramos fou 6 fez at rte fares spr for Ce a eis Pann lt gt 2340 ffs my Show warning dialogs when opening chart vi i 3 iaki Copy List to Clipboard Figure 324 387 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 Sortable Columns in Errors Found in Data dialog Troubleshooting
164. OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Type the OLE DB connect string for the database Click Next If you need help building the connect string click Connect String Builder The Data Link Properties dialog opens at the Provider tab Follow the Microsoft operating system instructions to select a data provider build a connection string and choose a data source by clicking the Help button in that dialog Note When publishing to real time using Oracle you MUST select the Microsoft OLE DB Provider for Oracle driver After you select a provider click Next The Data Link Properties dialog opens to the Connection tab Options may vary depending on the provider selected However you MUST select the Allow saving password check box This allows the password to be saved in the connection string in order to open the chart Click Next 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Type the URL http SiteName of the virtual directory on your web server Select the Maximum chart levels to display in your published EChart Click Next Select a security option to assign to your published EChart Click Next Select the Chart Style you want the published chart to display first by clicking on the down arrow and choosing a style from the options list If you have highlighted a box in the Chart View other than the hierarchical top box you can select Reset starting box to make that box the top of your publish
165. Show Hide Fields dialog Subheadings can help you organize data fields for better viewing Subheadings are affected by security attached to fields beneath the headings Note When all fields under a heading are secured so that a particular end user cannot view them the subheading above the fields is also hidden for that end user The Profile View is not the same as the Hover Profile Modifications made in one place are not reflected in the other Right click on a field name in the Hover Profile and select the Configure Profile View option The Configure Hover Profile dialog opens The dialog contains Person Job and Box tabs as well as Add heading Edit heading and Delete heading buttons You can also resize the Hover Profile in the Popup View Size section Choose the box component for which you want to assign a subheading If your fields are in the order you want to display them you can highlight the first field you want to display below the subheading then click Add heading The Heading Caption dialog opens Type the name of the heading you want to use and click OK The subheading appears at the point you highlight in the list or if you don t highlight a field it appears at the bottom of the list in the Show Hide Fields dialog The corresponding check box is automatically selected for display in the Hover Profile Use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to arrange the subheading and the fields to display under it Click OK to acce
166. Technoloay Gregory K Pink Salary 96 000 00 Director of Technoloqyv Greaorv K Pink Total 728 00 Salary 96 000 00 Total 728 00 Information Technology I T Receptionist Informatio Leslie T Reder Network I T Recept Salary 32 000 00 1 Sale Mapa i shia E Growmwer Applications Intern Program 0 090 00 Applications Manager Intern Coordinatc mn 1 2 Network Applications Total 130 000 He Omar Abdul W Devi L Sridhar Salary 51 000 00 Salary 22 000 00 ee ee es Network Manager Applications Manager Leslie F Growwer Omar Abdul r Total 69 Salary 50 000 00 Salary 51 000 00 x Total 130 000 l Total 374 00 Figure 317 3 When you hover over the destination box the direction boxes disappear everywhere but the destination box I Customer Interface Lynn K Freight Salary 24 000 00 Business Applications Business Apps Manager Figure 318 4 Drop the box The chart displays the dragged box in its new location If applicable you can click the Undo button to revert to the previous hierarchy Dragging and Dropping a Person You can drag a person only into an open position in the chart 1 Select the person you want to move The person s name and any fields related to the name appear with a purple glow as a border Network Team Network Team Network Support Intern Network Support Intern Suzanne Platte Michael R
167. The Edit Group Definition button opens the Group Editor dialog to edit an existing group definition Bip The Export group button opens the Se ect Groups to Export dialog to send groups to another chart location The Import group button of opens the Se ect Groups to Import dialog to bring groups from another location into this chart Note If the end user must change PCs the export and import buttons enable the transfer of end user groups from one machine to another To display a specific group in the published chart open the Filter View by clicking on the groups label in the far left of the Style bar Adding a Group Using the Right click Menu 1 PA 3 4 In the Chart View select the name of the person you want to add to a new group Right click on the person s name The Select a Group text box opens Click New Group The Enter a group name text box opens Type the name for the group Click OK The text box closes and the new group is created The group name is added to the My groups tab and Filter View in the chart Adding a Person to a Group in the My groups Tab You can add a person to a group in the My groups tab directly from the Chart View 1 In the Chart View select the name of the person you want to add to an existing group 322 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Right click on the person s name and select the Add person to the Group option The Select a Group
168. The Profile View is not the same as the Hover Profile Modifications made in one place are not reflected in the other 1 Hover the mouse cursor over the chart component person job or box for which you want to resize the Hover Profile When the profile appears right click on a field and select Show Hide fields from the options list The Show Hide dialog opens 2 In the Popup View Size portion of the dialog use the up or down arrows to select the pixel size you want for the Width and Height You can also type a size between 80 and 600 pixels 3 Click OK to close the dialog and accept the changes Hover over the data element box title job title or name again and the Hover Profile opens to the new size All profiles for the same component person job or box throughout the chart reflect this change Showing or Hiding Fields in the Hover Profile 1 Right click on a field in the Hover Profile and select Show Hide fields from the drop down list The Show hide fields dialog opens at the Person tab 2 Select the tab where you want to modify the fields Person Job or Box then select the check box for the field or subheading you want to show or hide A check indicates the field is displayed A blank box indicates that the field is hidden 129 OrgPublisher 3 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts You can also rearrange the position of each field or arrange fields to display beneath a Subheading by clicking the Mov
169. The indirect report and associated fields including the multi relationship icon if used are inserted below the selected location Indirect report boxes are displayed with dotted lines around the box as well as the lines to the box When building from data you need multiple employee records one for each manager see sample of data below The records should look like the following ParentBoxID BoxID Box Title Record Type ID Last Name First Name Manager 1 1234 XXX E Smith Carol Manager 2 1234a XXX I Smith Carol Manager 3 1234b XXX I Smith Carol Moving Jobs 1 Press and hold down the left mouse button over the job you want to move 2 Drag the cursor to the new box title or job title and release the mouse button The job title and associated people and custom fields are inserted below the selected location Moving Open Positions 1 Press and hold down the left mouse button over the open position 2 Drag the cursor to the new box title job title or name and release the mouse button The open position and any custom fields associated with the position are inserted below the selected location e When you drop an open position onto a box title a job title is automatically created for the open position e When the last open position is moved from a job title a copy of the open position remains at the original location The last open position must be deleted manually because deleting the last open position also deletes the jo
170. Thin client options you must run the BAT file created in the first manual publishing of the chart For all other publishing options you can use the Scheduling dialog from the Publishing Wizard to set up the job Use UNC paths not letter mapped drives because Scheduled Jobs run under a different type of user that does not use the same profile Letter mapped drives are not available when running off line and you receive errors such as File not found or r Pub_Def not found A UNC path looks something like servername share folder filename If you are using a regular workstation to automate the publishing rather than a server you can log on two different ways to the local machine or to the domain Typically these jobs are run on a server rather than a workstation because the PC must be powered on even though you are logged off For example you can be USERIDA or you could be DOMAIN USERIDA See your logon window when you log on to the PC You may see the following error message if Task Scheduler is not installed OrgPublisher AutoPub requires the installation of Task Scheduler Contact your system administrator Some older operating systems may not install Task 389 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 Sortable Columns in Errors Found in Data dialog Scheduler You can verify this by selecting Start Find and typing Mstask exe to look for this application on your C drive If it is not there Task Scheduler is
171. View Editing a Group Definition from the My Using the Smart Search Option Groups Tab Exporting and Importing Groups from the My Using the Toolbar Search with Quick Search Groups Tab Results Adding Saving a New Group to the My groups tab You can add a new group to your chart under the My groups tab by searching for select criteria and saving the results as a group 1 Open a published chart in your browser 321 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Open the List View and select the Search View pane Three tabs are shown Search Groups and My groups The Search tab enables you to search for specific information in the chart You can copy the results list or save the list as a group The Groups tab displays the groups created by the OrgPublisher administrator before publishing the chart The My groups tab displays all groups saved by the end user plus the default Everyone group If you haven t already done so conduct your search using the Search View pane When your search result is the way you want it click Save Hi The Enter a group name dialog opens Type the name of the group and click OK The My groups tab opens and displays the new group name Several buttons are also available at the top of the tab view The New Group Definition button FA New opens the Group Editor dialog to add a new group definition The Delete Group Definition button K deletes a selected group tr
172. a Position ID type in field 17 or a custom field position type OrgPublisher uses the ID in field 5 from the Input File Layout If neither exist an error message displays and the comparison does not occur In addition new or renamed custom fields will not match when comparing charts and will not be included in the change report 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom Field Properties button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens 2 Select the custom field you want to use for Position ID and TAB to the Type column 104 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Position Types 3 Click the down arrow to view a list of custom field types 4 Scroll to the end of the list and select Position ID 5 Click Apply or Close Selecting a Position Type for Insert The first time you open OrgPublisher an employee position type is automatically assigned to the first inserted box After that the default is the last position type assigned Note You can also assign a position type using the Update Person dialog or define the priority of a position type 1 Select Insert from the Main menu then Select position type from the pull down menu The Select Position Type for Insert dialog opens 2 Choose a position type by clicking on it A green check mark indicates the current selected position type 3 If you want to choose a position type
173. a box Displaying the Action Button Menu Hover the mouse cursor over the lower right section of a chart box to enable the Action button Click the button to display the options list Pacific Eastern President Russell O Heis Salary 150 000 00 Total 6 489 000 Head P f Add direct report Assistant tp P Bobbie T Jdhr 44 Open position Remove person and position Creative Creative Vice P Figure 281 Salary 52 00 Remove person and leave Open position Add direct report Remove box Add Open position Fill position with internal transfer Fill position with external hire a8 Remove person and leave Open position LF Remove person and position Remove Open position 361 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements Note The Action menu for the top box in the chart does not include the Remove box or Duplicate box options You can remove the person but not the box There is only one top of chart allowed Adding a Direct Report 1 Select the box where you want to add the new report and hover the cursor over the lower right corner Click the Action button Click the Add direct report option in the options list The Add Direct Report dialog opens Pacific Eastern President Russell O Heis Salary 150 000 00 Total 6 489 000 Head
174. able select the Show page number circles radio button 4 If you want OrgPublisher to adjust the size of the boxes to fit on each page select the Zoom each page to fit radio button Click Next 5 If you are using the Settings dialog from the Book Style Print Preview window click Header Footer to change either the header or footer text The Print Header Footer Options dialog displays Follow the prompts to select header and footer options 6 If you have included groups or custom colors in your chart you can choose Print legend to print a chart legend that helps identify the icons displayed in the chart boxes 7 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog If you are using the Settings dialog while publishing to PDF you can choose to print a header and footer on each page or clear the Print Header and Print Footer check boxes if you do not want them to print in the book pages 9 Click Finish to start the printing process The Book Style Print Preview dialog opens Make any adjustments using the Print Preview 10 When you are ready click Print Your system Print dialog box displays Verify your printer settings and click OK Your chart begins to print as a book Your printed Book Style chart contains Next and Previous page indicators and prints the List View as an index at the beginning of the chart The index contains the page numbers of the chart where employees are located and the custom fields associated with each po
175. able in OrgPublisher Premier and drop it into the org model planning chart or succession planning chart 1 In the 9 Box Matrix click the name you want to add to the chart and hold down the mouse button Drag the cursor to the target box in the chart 3 When the cursor is over the field where you want to drop it release the mouse button If you are working with org model planning the name replaces the name in the target box If you are working with succession planning the name is added as another successor or replaces the existing successor 336 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Drag and Drop from Search View in Planning Charts You can drag a person s name from the Search View and drop it into the org model planning chart or succession planning chart 1 After you conduct your search click the name you want to add to the chart and hold down the mouse button Drag the cursor to the target box in the chart When the cursor is over the field where you want to drop it release the mouse button If you are working with org model planning the name replaces the name in the target box If you are working with succession planning the name is added as a or replaces the existing Successor Modifying Successor Fields Planners can modify successor fields in the Succession Planning chart You can cut copy and paste the successor names and associated ranking fields You can also drag a
176. aces the name of your chart in the Archive Charts dialog but will not create the archived chart until you return to the dialog and click Archive e Schedule now opens the OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduler which walks you through scheduling a date and time to archive your chart 271 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts Comparing Two Charts You can compare two organizational charts in the OrgPublisher application that have identical custom field definitions and generate a change report Fields that do not match will not be listed on the change report In addition new or renamed custom fields will not match when comparing charts and will not be included in the change report 1 Select Tools from the Main menu then Compare two charts from the options list The Compare Charts dialog opens You can also click Compare in the Definitions tab of the OrgHistory Archives dialog 2 Type or Browse to the first chart in the Select the first older chart to compare field This should be the original or older chart 3 Type or Browse to the second chart in the Select the second newer chart to compare field This should be the modified or newer chart 4 You can also select the default options for your change report by clicking Customize change report 5 Click View Change Report to view the results of the comparison or click Cancel Depending on which viewing option you selected when you customized the report
177. adsheets may inadvertently leave blank lines at the end of the file The last record in the file should be followed by the end of file marker e Ensure that no single field is over 2000 characters in length e Ensure that there are no less than 10 comma separated fields in each input record 385 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Troubleshooting Resolving Reporting Relationship Problems If you open a chart that contains incomplete or invalid reporting relationships the Errors Found in Data dialog opens when you open your chart This dialog displays the incomplete hierarchy or orphan records The Errors Found in Data dialog finds information in the data for Parent Box ID Box ID Box title Record type ID Last name First name and more for each error record Note The records listed from your input file and any boxes reporting to these records will not display in your org chart Review the records listed to determine the problem 1 If you want to quickly open the chart without resolving the relationship problems you can select the top of chart record for instance the CEO or president box to display your chart with only the valid records This represents an incomplete organization e The only valid record in the Errors Found in Data dialog that can display a blank Parent Box ID field is the top of chart box usually the CEO or President of the company because that box does not report to another box e Select a
178. ag to resize Note The size of the element determines how much data displays in that field The element does not get taller to allow for text wrapping You must use the resize tool to increase the height of the element Copying the Box Layout to Another Position Type You can copy the advanced box layout of one position type to another position type in the current style 1 Select Format from the Main menu then Advanced box layout from the options list The Format dialog opens to the Advanced box layout tab Since you have modified a layout previously the advanced box layout options are shown Click on the style if applicable and the position type layout you want to copy Click Copy layout The Copy Box Layout dialog opens 4 Select the style if applicable and the position type to which you want to copy the layout 5 Click Copy A message notifies you that the layout has been copied successfully 156 OrgPublisher 6 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Repeat steps 2 5 if you want to copy the layout to multiple position types or click Close to exit the list box Reviewing List Items in the Box Layout You can review a list of items in the box layout in the current style Selecting an item is the same as selecting it within the layout tab L 4 Select Format from the Main menu then Advanced box layout from the options list The Format dialog opens to the Advanced box layout tab If you have alread
179. ain specific information about that person or the position they hold Note When working with planning charts planners can modify any data fields displayed in the Chart View Data fields that you the administrator want to keep in the chart but do not want modified can be displayed in the Profile View And since planners cannot add or delete custom fields you still maintain control over the custom fields you decide to use in the chart To create or modify a custom field using the Custom Field Wizard Note If you manually create a custom field and you do not update your HR database the next time your chart is refreshed your data will overwrite your manual changes 1 Select Tools from the Main menu then Custom field Wizard from the pull down menu 2 The first time you create a custom field for your chart the dialog prompts you to select the Type of custom field you want For instance select E mail if you are setting up a group e mail list To display numeric information like sales and expenses in OrgPublisher Premier you insert numeric custom fields Click Next 3 If custom fields already exist in your chart select either the New Custom field or Existing Custom field radio button Click Next 4 Type the Label or name for the custom field Select the Hide label check box if you do not want the label to display in the chart Click Next 5 Click on the Position Type to display the custom field in your chart such as All
180. ame format box To remove these select the text in the list and press the Delete key on your keyboard e Scroll through the list to locate the first field you want to display e Double click on the field to place it in the Custom name format field box You can also type the field information between the character e To add a second field scroll to locate and then double click on the field A hyphen is added to separate the fields of data e Sample output displays in the Example of this format section e Click OK to close the Custom Name Format dialog In the Where to view the report section you can select the View report in web browser or View report in Microsoft Excel radio button Click OK to accept your selections Follow the Exporting Change Data procedure to send the report to a spreadsheet Click Next and continue the publishing procedure 217 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Using a Virtual Directory When you publish ECharts cross browser Silverlight charts real time charts or through Web Administration whether to a rich or thin client you publish to the physical directory but the reference to the chart or web page using HTTP must reference the virtual directory if your web server uses one If not use HTTP mychart htm in the URL field in the Publishing Wizard Verify that the chart is published to a virtual directory with execute permissions If you are not sure of the st
181. and then typing over the existing name text Click Close The current style reflects the new name Pinning the Style View The Style bar which indicates the name of the open chart style displays just below the menu and toolbars Note This option is not available if the Show styles in tabs option is enabled Click the Style View button 2 in the Style bar to display the list of styles for the chart Highlight a style from the list and click on the pin in the upper right corner of the view This makes the Styles View easily accessible while you work When you close the view a down arrow displays to the right of the style name in the Style bar to indicate more styles are available 145 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Select chart layout style The Layout Style button in the Format toolbar enables you to change the chart layout When you click the button displayed options include 7 wt r x Layout 1 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of each branch e x a in the chart arranged in a horizontal line This creates shorter wider charts g Layout 2 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of each branch ES in the chart arranged in a vertical row This creates narrower taller charts of Layout 3 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged with the boxes side by side This creates
182. anner decides whether or not to actually display the icons A change icon appears as a small pencil icon in the upper right hand corner when a chart box has been moved added or edited 1 Click the Publish button in the toolbar You can also select Tools in the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list If this is the first time you are publishing a chart the wizard opens to the first dialog which gives you a brief overview of the Publishing Wizard Follow the dialog prompts choosing to publish a planning enabled chart until you reach the dialog allowing choices for the planning chart You may show a visual indicator in the chart for boxes that have been added moved or edited Show visual indicator for changes Figure 135 Select the Show visual indicator for changes check box Complete the Publishing Wizard and publish your chart In the planning enabled chart click View in the menu then Show Change Icons Wew Insert Help Z Compact build mode Zoom Go to top of displayed chart Be List View E Style View Ac Profile View Summary View hy Tree View w 9 Box Matrnx Reset Docking Window Layout Toolbars Status Bar Figure 136 207 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts As changes are made in the chart the icon appears with a hover tool tip when a box has been moved box data has been modified a box has been moved and
183. ant Digtal Artist HR Specialist Invoicing Clerk Media Buyer Paste up Artist _ Prt Planner Drag values from the list on the left and drop them on the grouplist on the nght Dropping a value onto a group will add that value to the group that filters for that value You may rename a group by Cicking on its name and typing Step 2 of 3 Figure 160 Drag values from the list on the 243 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching If you want to create multiple groups drag a value from the left pane and drop it in the white space of the right pane Drag values from the list on the left and drop them on the grouplist on the nght Dropping a value onto a group will add that value to the Broadcast Writers Hardware Technician group that filters for that value Web Page Designer Broadcast Media Assistant You may rename a group by Digtal Artist Clicking on its name and HR Specalist typing Invoicing Clerk Media Buyer Paste up Artist Pret Planner Step 2 of 3 oe a Figure 161 You can create several groups at the same time using single or multiple values in each 7 When you have created the group parameters you want click Next Unique values in the Job Title field Groups to be created Drag values from the list onthe st H Resource alist Whrter left end drop them on the 4 Specialist Human Specialists Producer a Benefts S
184. ap is part of the HTML document files in this format can be read more quickly If you have included photos in your chart it is recommended that you select the Use JPEG graphic format check box Click Next Select e Publish now publish the chart immediately and to save it to the location you specified A Publishing Summary message displays a link to the published chart e Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog The chart is not published but the publishing definition is saved e Schedule now to set up a publishing schedule Click Finish Publishing tn PDF Format You can publish your chart as a PDF Portable Document Format in Book Style print format 1 3 Note When working with a published chart in PDF format end users must use Adobe Reader 9 and later to effectively open email links OrgPublisher will install this free reader if it cannot find it on the end user s operating system Click the Publish button Publish in the toolbar You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list The Publishing Wizard opens Click Next Select the Advanced Mode radio button Click Next Click Next again Type the Name of the published chart It can be the same as the chart name and does not need to include publishing information The name must however be unique and cannot contain any special characters such as slashes or colons asterisks question marks q
185. arch View click the drop down arrow and select the Job Title option If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box check box This begins the search at that point in the chart If you want to search the entire chart click the Search under selected box check box to clear it 257 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 13 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching If you are using the Search View and want to start your search from a specific box in the chart you must first select the box in the Chart View and then select the Search under check box This begins the search at that point in the chart Type all or a portion of the job title in the Job Title field In the Match field indicate with the drop down arrow what you want to match or do not want to match See the Searching All Fields topic for the list of match options If you are using the Search dialog select the Match Case check box if you want the search to match upper or lower case formats in your text If applicable you can select a group to filter your search Click the Set or remove a base filter button E The Search Base Group Filter dialog opens Select the Use a base group filter check box Click the down arrow to select the group you want to use as a filter Click OK The dialog closes and the filter button appears to be pressed in This indicates that a base filter is set for your search
186. arch dialog or Search View pane in the List View you can also search within that list This enables you to eliminate records and narrow your search criteria 1 2 Click the Search within list below radio button If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box check box This begins the search at that point in the chart If you want to search the entire chart click the Search under selected box check box to clear it Choose the search tab and enter your search criteria and indicate if you want to Match part or all of the field or Match Case If you are using the All Fields tab select the Search field and enter or select the For field data as well See the Searching All Fields topic for the list of match options Click Search Now The new results display in the list in the lower section of the dialog You can also include search results in the side by side profile by clicking the Include the search results in Profile View button nE Side by side profiles are limited to 6 at a time if you auto pin the profiles in the Search View 265 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Securing Styles to a Group With OrgPublisher styles may be secured to groups in published ECharts which can enhance a secure rich client EChart In securing styles to groups you must remember that each chart viewer must have access to at least one style EChart securi
187. ard you can create a new or change an existing style You can set styles from within the New Chart Wizard or create styles later in the chart process Note Applying a chart design template overwrites any Advanced Box Layout settings you may already have in your chart To add a style Note You can also select a style from the Chart Design Template using the Style Wizard or by clicking the Chart Design Templates button E in the toolbar 1 Select Tools from the main menu and Style Wizard from the pull down list The Style Wizard opens Click Next 2 Select the radio button to either edit an Existing Style or create a New Style Click Next 3 Type a Style name or accept the displayed default 4 Select the radio button to choose the method of creating the style Use this wizard to create a new style or Make a copy of an existing style Click Next If you selected to make a copy of an existing style proceed to Step 7 5 If you selected to create a new style select a method to format your chart Selecting a chart design template or Using the wizard Click Next If you select the chart design template option proceed to Step 14 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 13 14 15 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview Choose a radio button for the chart layout you want to use Click Next Select the radio button for how you want reports displayed in each box Report each person on his her own box Report each perso
188. ard to format your chart or you can clear the check box and click Finish to open your chart Note By design only the last data source in the list can be deleted Custom fields and associated data are NOT deleted from the chart when you delete a data source These custom fields or just the custom field data must be deleted manually using the Custom Field Properties dialog Choosing Standard or Custom Field Order When creating a new chart from data you must choose between a standard field or map to a custom field order 1 2 Follow the New Chart Wizard dialogs selecting the data source and database table or query Click Next in the Data preview dialog The next dialog defaults to the Use standard OrgPublisher field order radio button As noted in this option you should accept the default only if your database was created with the OrgPublisher Input File Layout in mind This layout provides information in a specific order and relies on a person to person position to position or department to department relationship Unique IDs are used for the parent box individual employees 63 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts boxes jobs and more If you accept this default selection click Next to finish the wizard If you are working with the Prebuilt Reports feature your options display as Use the standard Universal File Layout UFL order and Map data to the UFL field order See the Prebuilt Repor
189. are Chart Data Identify a Broken Hierarchy One of the most valuable features in OrgPublisher is the ability to track reporting relationships When you create your input file layout for your first chart and define your relationship hierarchy OrgPublisher remembers that hierarchy OrgPublisher determines if any of the established relationships are broken when you open your chart built from data The following is an example of the error message Errors Found in Data Warning The input file does not contan a complete reporting relationships hierarchy It is highly recommended that these data errors be corrected before using OrgPublisher Please choose a hierarchy to be displayed by selecting one of the following records The selected record wil be used as the top of the chart Press Help for more information Parent Sox Box10_ Box tte Record ype 10 Lastname Firstname 3 Admin i 0654 34 6844 Growwer Lesie Accounting 209 568 4449 Grape Laura Operations 3890 35 3596 Reder Lesie Recruiting i 231 90 2449 Jomes Caro Operations Payroll V Show this list when opening chart Figure 45 You can copy the list and use it to correct your HR database and then update your chart File Types OrgPublisher potentially creates several types of files that contain different information for our chart File File Contents Extensions OCP OrgPublisher published chart if you are working with an EChart contains information to contact t
190. arks quotation marks and greater than or less than symbols lt or gt The publishing definition name can be up to 255 characters Click Next Select the Org Chart Document radio button Click Next Select the HTML radio button Click Next Type or Browse to the location where you want to publish your org chart 186 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 13 14 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Select the Send to web server FTP check box if you want to transfer your chart to your intranet Click Next If you selected Send to web server FTP the FIP Server dialog displays Type the required information to publish the chart to your intranet Click Next Select the Chart Style you want the published chart to display first by clicking the down arrow and choosing a style from the options list If you have highlighted a box in the Chart View other than the hierarchical top box you can select Reset starting box to make that box the top of your published chart Click Next When you select the Enable Publish Notification E mail check box Click Next The Enable Drill up Drill down check box is automatically selected and generates multiple HTML pages You can navigate through your chart with Drill Up Drill Down buttons The number of HTML files that are generated is based on the number of levels you set When you include hotspots in your chart a client side image map is created Because the file s image m
191. art across all styles Select Insert from the main menu then Logo from the options list You can also select Tools then Logo Wizard If you are modifying an existing logo right click on the logo The Logo Wizard opens Type or Browse to the Logo file name Click Next If you are deleting a logo just delete the file name from this field Click Next and proceed to Step 6 138 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 4 To add a logo to your chart select the alignment you want for your logo from the drop down Alignment list 5 Select the Show Logo check box if you want the logo displayed You may create styles that do not display the logo A preview of the logo is shown 6 If the logo is too large to see in the preview pane you can select the Shrink to fit check box 7 Click Back if you need to change the logo or graphic If the logo is correct click Finish Styles You can create styles to configure your charts to look a certain way and to retain these formats for use in new charts There is no limit to the number of styles In addition you can build multiple styles for each chart to vary the display of your chart information If you publish your charts with OrgPublisher PluginX your users can switch styles while viewing your chart Click the Style View button l to open the Style View for the list of chart styles You can create or modify a style with menu options or by using the Style Wizard
192. art Title Formatting Chart Text Formatting the Chart View Formatting Reporting Lines Formatting with the Advanced Box Layout Formatting Chart Boxes You can modify a box outline background color and style by position type These modifications are style specific You can also use the Advanced box layout tab if you want to format in greater detail Note If there is more than on position type within a box the top position type determines the formatting for the box 1 Select Format from the Main menu then Boxes from the pull down menu The Format dialog opens at the Boxes tab You can also use the Format boxes button in the toolbar 2 Select the specific style you want to modify or if you want to modify all styles for the chart select All Styles 3 Click the position type or All Position Types you want to modify Only the chart boxes for the selected position types are modified 4 Change the appropriate values WELLES Description Style Choose a box style for the selected position in the current style All box styles have background color and several have shadows Both can be configured using the box options Show only text Select to show text for the position in the current style This hides the box outline shadow and background color Width Type the box width for the selected position type in the current style If the text is wider than the box width it wraps automatically This setting applies to all boxes in t
193. ary The Field Security Summary dialog opens displaying the custom fields in your chart and the type of security assigned to each Click Copy to Clipboard if you want to copy the summary to another application for printing or to view later or click Close to return to the Custom Field Properties dialog 95 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview Selecting a Custom Field Date Format 1 4 Select Data from the menu bar then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu The Custom Field Properties dialog opens You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar Select a date custom field then click Format The Se ect a date format dialog opens Click the down arrow in the Date Format field and select the format you want The options are e MM DD YYYY e DD MM YYYY e DD MM YYYY Note If you want to use data formatting or the search criteria of lt gt in Custom Field Properties dialog when building a chart with data OrgPublisher must receive the data with 4 digit year then the month and the day for example YYYMMDD if you want to change the format to display as DDMMYY Click OK to apply the format Securing Custom Fields in ECharts You can display data for select employees based on search criteria and group membership when you publish in EChart format This security option restricts the display of custom field data unless the user record is a member of a specific
194. ast Writers Org Unit Media amp Creative Business Unit Media amp Creative Division Creative Department Broadcast Writers Cost Center Creative Broadcast Writers Job Job Specifics Job Title Broadcast Writers Job Family Art Design Entertainment Sports and M lt Previous and Next buttons Figure 313 If necessary both the Next and Previous buttons are enabled 4 Click the Previous button to view the preceding positions If you have changed any fields click the Save button Es that appears in the dialog after a modification has been made 372 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Using Drag and Drop in the Planning Chart 11 6 Using Drag and Drop in the Planning Chart Using the Split View When you open your planning chart the display defaults to the split screen view When you hover the cursor over the hint box a description appears Drag Drop Drop Drag Drag and drop to make changes changes to one side are automatically reflected in the other side Split view is two views of the same data Figure 314 The split screen allows you to navigate easily through the chart levels using one view as your start location and the other view as your destination location OrgPublisher Salary and Head Count Planning IN Settings Tutorials Feedback Corporate Q Pacific Eastern T Drag gt Drop X D
195. at publishing time and cannot be recalculated If there is more than one group based position type for which a person qualifies the first match is used in Search and Summary tasks 6 Indicate whether the new position type is to be displayed in a Normal Box Assistant Box Partner Box or Staff Function Box Click Next 7 Indicate if the position type is to be included in the total Head count by selecting the Yes or No radio button Click Next 8 Type or select a Record Type code for this position Click Next Note Record Types for custom position types should use brackets for example lt T gt 9 Click Box Style and Color to open the Format dialog to the Box tab Choose the style of the chart box and the box color Click OK 10 Click Text Style and Color to open the Format dialog to the Text tab Choose the text color alignment etc Click OK then Next 11 Click Finish The new position type is saved within your chart file even if you do not actually save the chart after creating the position type Assigning a Position ID Type You can compare two charts that have identical custom field definitions and generate a change report If you do not automatically import a position ID see Field 17 in the Input File Layout topic in order to achieve consistent results it is recommended that you assign a custom field type of Position ID to a unique record number across all charts Note If the charts you are comparing do not contain
196. b title 230 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Moving People 1 2 Press and hold down the left mouse button over the person s name Drag the cursor to the new box title job title or name and release the mouse button The person and any custom fields associated with the person are inserted below the selected location e When you drop a person on a job title or another person the moved person inherits the new job title e When the last person is moved from a job title OrgPublisher creates an open position under that title Reordering Field Sequence in Profile View You can reorder the field sequence in Profile View Note The Profile View is not the same as the Hover Profile Modifications made in one place are not reflected in the other If the Profile View contains subheadings you must move the subheading as well as items beneath it 1 Right click on a profile field 2 Select Configure Profile View from the drop down list The Configure Profile View dialog opens 3 Highlight the field you want to move and click Move Up or Move Down until the field is where you want it Click OK when the field is where you want it Selecting Drilling Options l Select View from the Main menu then Drill up Drill down from the pull down menu An arrow displays next to the option to indicate that drilling is enabled You can also click on the Drill up Drill down button in the toolbar or right c
197. blish button in the toolbar You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list The Publishing Wizard opens Select the Advanced Mode radio button Click Next Click Next again at the brief description dialog Type the Name of the published chart It can be the same as the chart name and does not need to include publishing information The name must however be unique and cannot contain any special characters such as slashes or colons asterisks question marks quotation marks and greater than or less than symbols lt or gt The publishing definition name can be up to 255 characters Click Next Accept the default Interactive Org Chart selection Click Next Select the Cross Browser radio button Click Next Select the Thin client radio button Click Next In the Publish to location type or Browse to the location where you want to publish your org chart If you want to write over your existing information select the Overwrite existing HTML and JS files check box Select the Send to web server FTP check box if you want to transfer your chart to your intranet Click Next Type the URL http SiteName of the virtual directory on your web server Select the Maximum chart levels to display in your published EChart Click Next Select a chart security option to assign to your published EChart Thin Client chart Click Next Select the Chart Style you want the publishe
198. blished EChart as PDF Information Previewing a Book Style Chart Printing Your Chart as a Book Previewing a Wall Style Chart Selecting Pages to Print in a Book Style Preview Printing a Chart Legend Sending the Chart to Microsoft PowerPoint Printing a Wall Style Chart Using Print Preview Enhancements to Print Charts All print and preview options for published charts have been outlined in previous sections as noted in the links in the table above Organizational Planning for Administrators Many tasks listed here are applicable to both Organizational and Succession planning charts Topics Pertaining to this Section Creating a New Planning Chart Opening a Planning Chart Creating New Groups for Planning Charts Selecting a Planning Chart Style Using the Group Creation Assistant Deleting a Planning Chart Sending the Planning Chart to Another User Exporting Change Data Setting Levels for Planning Charts Generating a Revision History Change Showing the Change Icon in Planning Charts Report Managing Planning Charts Storing Planning Charts Creating a New Planning Chart l Ba the jens chart in the web browser and click the Planning button P Planning This button may vary depending on the type of planning chart selected 324 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts You may have to select the type of planning chart you want to create from the options list Organizational Planning or Success
199. blisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Printing Graphs You can print graphs when the Print Wizard is enabled To print a graph 1 Open the Summary View and select the Graph View Click the Print button E in the toolbar The Print Wizard opens In the View to print list select Summary View Click Next Select Wall Chart or Book Style Click Finish Each graph prints one to a page Printing a Chart Legend If you use several group or custom icons in your chart you can choose to print a chart legend when you print your chart using the Print Wizard or the Print Preview The chart legend does not display in the Book Style Print Preview It does however print Note Chart legends can be activated when still empty but the legend will not display in the chart until icons have been entered Open the Print Wizard by clicking on the Print button or if you have turned off the Print Wizard option select File from the main menu then Print Options from the pull down list and Use Print Wizard from the options list Follow the wizard dialogs to print either in Wall chart or Book style The last dialog enables you to choose header or footer options If you select the Include Legend check box your printed chart includes the legend on each page of your chart Click Finish to close the wizard and print your chart If you are using the Print Preview option and you have defined and enabled a legend you can use the Add or
200. box and connecting line in the Chart View Indirect report boxes are displayed with dotted lines around the box as well as the lines to the report to box When building from data you need multiple employee records one for each manager see sample of data below 105 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Position Types If you are building from data the records should look like the following ParentBoxID BoxID Box Title Record Type ID Last Name First Name Manager 1 1234 XXX E Smith Carol Manager 2 1234a XXX I Smith Carol Manager 3 1234b XXX I Smith Carol You can modify the display for indirect boxes and connecting lines using the Format menu option In addition you can add multi relationship icons to boxes with indirect reports 1 Verify that you are in Build Mode then double click on the name in the chart that you want to change from a direct report to an indirect report The Update Person dialog opens Click Indirect Report in the Position type column Click OK The box and connecting line now display in the chart with a dotted line indicating an indirect reporting relationship If you change an assistant from a direct to an indirect report the internal record type also changes from A Assistant to IA Indirect assistant Changing from an Open Position You can change an open position to the appropriate position type at any time 1 Verify you are in Build Mode then double click the open position in
201. buttons Click OK to close the dialog The Profile View reflects the changes Showing or Hiding Planned Head Count 1 Select View from the Main menu then Status Bar from the pull down menu A drop down list displays the Status bar options Each option selected for display is checked Select Planned to show the planned head count for the displayed portion of the chart This option adds in the number of open positions displayed in your chart You can click on the option again to clear it 232 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts 3 You can display both the actual and the planned head count at the same time by selecting both options in the option list Planned head count displays to the right of Shown head count Showing or Hiding the Head Count Label You can show or hide the label or name of a head count field in two ways e When you create or modify a style you can select the Hide label check box in the Head Count Wizard to hide the label in the chart To show the label leave the check box blank e Right click on the label in the Chart View and select the Hide label for option To show the label right click on the head count field and select Show label Showing or Hiding the List Bar in the Search View The List View and Search View share the same pane in the OrgPublisher window The default setting is now to hide the List View option Search Groups Name Search under Russell Heis Nam
202. by the number of the box in the chart is placed into the box as the box title Note You can add reports to assistants in OrgPublisher enabling you to Show one level of reporting boxes under an Assistant Box Inserting and labeling an Assistant box You can add one or more assistant boxes in your org chart Multiple jobs and people can be placed in an assistant box Click and release the Insert Assistant button on the Insert toolbar 2 Move the mouse pointer over the box title or job under which the assistant box will be inserted Click the mouse 3 The assistant box is inserted below and to the right 4 Type atitle for the assistant box Inserting multiple Assistant boxes Multiple assistant boxes can be placed under a box and multiple jobs and people can be placed in an assistant box Multiple assistant boxes inserted under the same box alternate from right to left 1 Press and hold the Ctrl key Click and release the Insert Assistant button from the toolbar 2 Still pressing the Ctrl key move the pointer over each box title or job under which the assistant boxes will be inserted 3 Click the mouse for each assistant you want to insert To insert the last assistant box release the Ctrl key and click the mouse over the last box title or job Adding Boxes Under an Assistant Box You can add reports to an assistant box type just as you can to other boxes in the chart OrgPublisher displays these boxes vertically imme
203. cate Images Images If you must keep duplicate images in the PDF chart clear this check box Downsample high OrgPublisher defaults to Downsample high resolution images resolution images when creating the PDF file If you want to keep high resolution images clear this check box High resolution images provide sharper graphics but can also increase the file size or take a longer to display JPEG Compression If you are concerned about the PDF file size and the sharpness of graphics in your PDF chart is not a high priority you can select the JPEG Compression check box Once you ve published the chart a dialog displays the progress of the PDF conversion After the conversion is complete a message displays the number of chart pages created Choosing PDF Paper Settings When publishing your chart in PDF format or printing an EChart thin client chart OrgPublisher defaults to several settings These include chart paper font and image choices You can choose several paper settings such as paper size page orientation and page margins but you can select other options Settings Description Paper Size You can choose the paper size you want for the PDF chart The default is Letter 8 1 2 x 11 In You can select Legal 8 1 2 x 14 In A4 210 x 297 mm International European paper size roughly 8 27 x 11 69 in or A3 297 x 420 mm International European paper size roughly 11 69 x 16 54 in Page Orientation You can choose the page orientation tha
204. ch View or Search dialog 2 Select the Name field or other text field in the Search View or the Name tab or one of the other tabs in the Search dialog 3 Type the name as accurately as possible in the Last field Click on the down arrow in the Match field and select Sounds Like Click Go The search results pane displays all names that come close to the spelling you used 266 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Group Editor dialog 1 Open the Group Editor dialog Click Add to set a new group criteria A duplicate of the last criteria record is created Click on the Compare field and select Sounds Like Click in the Value field and type the name or word as accurately as possible ui BR U N Click Search Now The search results pane displays all names or words that come close to the spelling you used Using the Group Filter in Searches With OrgPublisher you can choose to filter your searches through a specific group The filter button is included in the Search View and the Search dialog Note the group filter option is not available in the published chart unless you select a group for filtering other than Everyone When you select a base group filter you also limit the records displayed in the published directory view of the chart 1 Open the Search View or Search dialog and select the search criteria you want to use Detailed instructions on how to conduct searches is available in
205. char israil wo T 1E IREE TE a a Figure 65 3 Begin building your chart using the insert components toolbar buttons Inserting the First Box and Person in a Chart When you manually create an org chart you start with a blank chart and then insert each box enter all of the relevant information into each box and then format the chart 1 From the Main menu select Insert then Person in box from the options list ly sert Format Tools Data Qp j Select position type E Person in box A Person Ctri lob Ctrl J G Box Ctri B amp Open position Ctri U Ka Assistantbox Ctri A 4m Partner box F Custom field Hotspot A Photo Logo j Legend Figure 66 You can also select the Insert Box containing a person button in the Insert toolbar E Click and release the mouse Notice that the cursor or pointer has changed 2 Click inside the chart to place the box The Box title Job title and Name fields appear inside the box Figure 67 69 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts Because this is a new chart the first box is placed at the top and middle of the new chart window 3 Inside the box click the Employee name text and replace the field name with the name of the employee Click Enter 4 Double click the Job Title 1 text The Rename Job Title dialog opens Rename Job Title Job title VT Receptionist OK Cancel Figure 68 5 Type the Job t
206. charts as read only which means that the read only file system flag is set The chart can be overwritten if the flag is removed You can choose not to archive as read only by clearing the check box in the OrgHistory Archive Wizard 278 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Preview and Modify Charts before Printing After charts are published and before they are printed OrgPublisher enables you to modify your chart by changing the chart layout to better fit on a printed page Topics Pertaining to this Section Book Style Wall Chart Style Advanced Page Optimizer Settings Changing the Chart Layout Changing the Chart Layout Copying the Print Preview Chart Creating a Top of Page List Moving Boxes in Print Preview Saving the Book Style Page Modifications Print Enhancements Selecting Pages to Print Sending the Chart to Microsoft PowerPoin Book Style Modifying Print Settings Opening Print Header Footer Options in Prin Preview Brevig i int Previewing a Book Style Chart reviewing a Wall Style Chart int Creating a Book Style Top of Page List You can create a list of boxes that you want to print at the top of pages in your Book Style printed chart or PDF published chart 1 In the Chart View right click on a name or box you want as the top of a page in your Book Style printed chart This box must be a hierarchically logical box such as a manager s box An assistant s
207. ck Save The dialog closes Click Close to return to the Chart View The selected group icon displays in the lower left corner of the group member s box You can change where you want to display the icon by selecting Format from the menu and Boxes from the options list In the Show group icons field select Left Center or Right Click on the group icon to open the Group Editor dialog to modify or delete select None from the pull down list the displayed icon 240 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Attaching or Removing Group Icons in Styles You can choose not to display a group icon in selected styles in your chart by using the Attach Groups to Styles dialog 1 Select Options in the OrgPublisher Main menu then Group display options Qptions Help Use Hotspot Wizard v Messages Synchronize navigation between styles Photo wait Sort options Color scheme options Text encoding options EChart security options Real time connection configuration Search options Tree View options List View options Profile View options Summary options i ee Group display options Manage Group Attachment h ee i o A i y Auto adjust display to show Group Figure 156 2 Click Manage Group Attachment The Attach Groups to Styles dialog opens e _ amp Attach Groups To Styles To prevent the icon for a group from appearing in the chart for a sty
208. ct a specified number of displayed levels in your chart you create a custom level The Show Custom Levels menu option displays chart levels using the currently selected top of chart whether it is the actual top of the chart or an alternate specified with the Set top of chart command If you are working with a large chart you may choose to display only a certain number of levels You can also hide the lowest boxes in a chart 1 Se a i Select View from the Main menu then Show Hide chart components from the pull down menu The Show Hide Chart Components dialog displays You can also click on the Show Hide Chart Components 3 button in the toolbar Click the Levels tab Select the Style you want to modify from the drop down list The Show all levels check box is the default selection In the Custom levels field select the number of chart levels you want to show in your chart The default is automatically cleared Note If you are publishing an EChart you select a maximum number of levels to display while you are in the Publishing Wizard All levels is not an option These levels cannot be changed in the published EChart All information you can view in the OrgPublisher chart or search results list is also displayed when you copy the chart to Microsoft PowerPoint or the search results to Microsoft Excel Select whether or not you want to display the Drill up Drill down buttons Select whether or not you want to Drill up custom levels
209. ct the Show legend check box in the Placement tab Placement Contents Formatting Preview 100 Zoom A chart legend is useful for informing users of the meaning of colors and group icons in a chart V Show legend Upper Left Upper Right ower Left _ Lower Right Figure 98 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts The Chart Legend Properties dialog is now enabled and the Contents and Formatting tabs are available 3 Select the radio button to place the legend in one of the four corners of your chart Upper Left Lower Left Upper Right or Lower Right 4 If you want to accept the default to display all current icons in the legend as well as the default legend format click OK to close the dialog The legend displays in the Chart View in the selected corner 5 You can also select or add the contents of the chart legend or format the chart legend to fit better with your chart properties Selecting the Contents of the Chart Legend When you enable the chart legend in your chart you can select the placement of the legend format the legend and select the contents of the legend You can also add or modify custom items in the chart legend 1 Click on the legend in the Chart View You can also click the Legend Properties button in the toolbar The Chart Legend Properties dialog opens Placement Contents Formatting Preview 100 Zoom Available groups Legend contents Fash rerio
210. ct your formatting options when you reach the dialog with the Style Position Type settings fields Publishing Wize ii aaa The Silverlight chart viewer allows various options to be set for each position type in each chart Style Use the grid below to select the box shadow style and fonts for the Box and Job titles Style Position Type settings Groups roen Ve OOO O EE hadov Styie Drop Shadow Employee Box Title Font Arial Size 8 Assistant Job Title Font Arial Size 8 Contractor Indirect Report Open position Partner Staff Function Successor President Vice President mw Font scaling Automatic Manual 100 amp lt Back J _Net gt Cancel _ Hep Figure 133 2 Select the style you want to format from the left pane 3 Select the position type you want to format within that style Options include e Inthe pane on the right select the Shadow Style you want to use for the chart box for the selected position type e Options include Drop Shadow Emboss Bevel and Three Dimensional 194 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts 4 Select the Box Title Font if you do not want to accept the default Tahoma Bold 8 additional options are available in the Font dialog based on your machine fonts 5 Select the Job Title Font if you do not want to accept the default Tahoma Bold 8 additional options are available in the Font d
211. cted from any totals except for group totals Exclude managers from their own totals 1 2 Select Options from the Main menu then Summary options from the pull down menu Select Exclude managers from their own totals The totals in the manager boxes no longer include the manager You can also exclude managers from their own totals when using the Summary Wizard Exclude include Position Types in totals 1 Select Edit from the Main menu then Define from the pull down menu The Define dialog opens Click on the record line of the position type you want to exclude from your Summary View totals By default indirect reports and contractors are already excluded from the totals 107 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Position Types 3 Click in the Count field A drop down arrow appears 4 Click No If you want to include a position type for example indirect reports click Yes 5 Click OK to accept the change and close the Define dialog Note The use of conditional formatting can affect position type summary totals If there is more than one group based position type for which a person qualifies the first match is used in search and summary tasks Listing All or Current Positions The List View displays all of the positions in your chart or only those positions which are currently shown in the Chart View The current OrgPublisher default is to display only the positions currently displayed in the chart If y
212. cur For the most consistent results it is recommended that you assign a unique identifier field for each record in charts that you want to compare After you make all your selections in the wizard dialogs the next to last dialog presents archive options Publishing Wizard OrgPublisher can keep an archive of your chart at the interval you specify OrgPublisher will store copies of your chart as a historical archive This feature is extremely useful for tracking changes in an organization In addition to creating easily viewable chart archives OrgPublisher can generate change reports that detail differences between 2 charts Keep an archive of this chart Specify the folder where the archives will be stored CAArchives Charts Archives will be created on this interval Every time the chart is published O Weekly Monthly Figure 184 Select the Keep an archive of this chart check box Type or Browse to the location where you want to store the archives Chart archive names are generated using the publishing definition name and date 4 Select the interval at which you want the chart to archive Every time the chart is published Weekly or Monthly 5 Click Next and complete the Publishing Wizard If position IDs or person IDs are missing this dialog prompts you to add this information to your data Note This chart doesnt appear to contain person or position IDs Archived charts are far more useful when they
213. d To remove a formula delete existing text Manager return SNeme Shirst name S SMidde name Results Results Formula code executed Manage return Samson Tyler K Result Samson Tyler Test formulas on al records Run Summary First V Run Formula against parent record Figure 16 If you don t receive an error click OK and your formula is created If you do receive an error repeat Steps 7 8 15 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide View Manager Names in Matrix Report Hover Display Formatting the Chart to View Matrix Hover Display with Manager 1 In the Main menu click Format then select Chart from the drop down The Format dialog opens at the Chart tab eat Bows Ures t varcet bos eyos Tha chet layout deg fo Book Sye ortrg Su ing Pe maaya Grect reports fo 8 page Figure 17 2 In the Properties column locate Multiple report icon and select an image to represent indirect reports from the drop down 3 Inthe Multiple Indirect report display properties field Click to modify The Show hide Fields dialog opens Last name Box Tithe r Org Unit ID Business Une Business Une ID Division Depaitmert Cost Center Cost Center ID Job F amily Job Functon Job Code Position Tille Job Grade Employee ID User ID User Rok Hee Date Rewe Date Buih Date Gender Ethniely FLSA Type Figure 18 16
214. d Enabled For this chart English x x French German Spanish Italian l Puke Administer this language Close Figure 72 2 The dialog displays all the languages available for OrgPublisher An X in a language row indicates that OrgPublisher has been installed in that language on your machine or server 3 Select the language you want to use and click Administer this language If you currently have a chart open you are prompted to save it If a chart has not yet been published in the selected language a message opens to verify that you want to create a new template and convert the OrgPublisher dialogs and toolbars to the selected language 79 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide General Chart Activities Click Yes is currently open If you are still adding formatting to the chart it may be best to complete the formatting before creating templates for other languages i The template you are about to create will be a copy of the template that Do you want to continue and create the new template al ote 7 Convert all labels to the new language Figure 73 OrgPublisher closes the current chart and opens it again in the selected language Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Einf gen Format Extras Daten Optionen Hilfe bh O riin D hRm BABS eia E 4 amp Suchen nach Namen Titel usw such v gt o Suchen Language Skifs
215. d _ Figure 270 Copyright 2015 PeopleFluent All rights reserved Proprietary and confidential PeopleFluent and the PeopleFluent and OrgPublisher logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of PeopleFluent All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders 08 12 2015 355 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements With version 11 6 the cross browser Silverlight charts and planning charts have been redesigned Cross Browser Silverlight Toolbar Access videos Product logo and and user guide version information Send chart to PDF Open personal Send settings dialog comments B W pe rad Settings Tutorials Feedback View Contractors w Filters Contractors Q A a View list of styles View list of group filters Type search criteria Figure 271 The updated cross browser chart view reflects a redesigned profile and flip button Lex to move from the box to profile The flip button displays when you hover over the upper right corner of the box or profile Pacific Eastern President Russell O Heis Assistant to President Bobbie T Johnson Susan N Hester mn Name me Gregory K Pink Paul M Melbram Job Tithe arketing Vice President c Sales iai as CFO Edward P Rodriquez Figure 272 Print the chart view through your print client Send
216. d cannot be turned off e Click and hold down the mouse button The hand closes C and allows you to scroll through the chart levels by dragging or moving the mouse wheel in the direction you want the Chart View to move For instance if you want to see the bottom of a chart level you want the Chart View to move up Click the hand in the background of the view and drag upwards OrgPublisher Scrolling Chart scrolling is now updated with more of an iPod scrolling feel As you drag to move a chart it will appear more as a toss As you release the mouse the chart continues to move with a gradual slow down to its new position Mouse Wheel Scrolling You can also use the mouse wheel to scroll the window up or down Some computers may have different mouse scroll vertical settings and users may experience different results when using this feature 236 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Groups and Searching Topics Pertaining to this Section Adding a Group Category Removing a Person from a Group Adding a New Group Saving and Charting Searching Results as a Group Auto pinning Group or Search Results as Searching Within a Group Results List Side by Side Profiles Combining Searches Securing Styles to a Group Conducting a Boolean Search Sending E mail to a Group Copying a Group or Search Results List Spotlighting Search Results or Groups in the Chart View Creating New Groups Using the G
217. d chart in your browser 2 If you know the password to open the chart type the password in the Password field 313 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 3 If the Remember my password option displays and you want to open the protected file in the future without entering the password again select this check box 4 Click Unlock to open the chart 5 If you do not have a password click Cancel and contact the publisher of the chart you want to open Selecting a User ID Instance When opening a secured EChart there may be multiple occurrences of end user ID records for instance if they have more than one report to in the chart When this occurs end users can select a user ID instance to use in the chart session EChart security must be enabled for this feature to work 1 Open the published secured EChart The Se ect User Instance dialog opens Fields displayed include Reports to First name Last name Job title Box Title Position type and Reporting relationship direct or indirect Review the displayed fields and select your record for the current chart session If you are opening a rich client chart click OK to close the dialog The published EChart opens If you are opening a thin client chart the EChart opens when you click your selection Selecting Drilling Options in the Published Chart If enabled by your administrator you can move up or down in the Chart View based on a spec
218. d chart to display first by clicking the down arrow and choosing a style from the options list If you have highlighted a box in the Chart View other than the hierarchical top box you can select Reset starting box to make that box the top of your published chart Click Next If applicable select the Enable Publish Notification E mail check box Click Next Select a color scheme for the published chart Click Next Select the toolbars and buttons you want to enable in your published chart Click Next 182 OrgPublisher 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts If you are publishing your chart using a different top of chart than the actual top box in the chart you can select the Exclude positions above check box if you do not want your end users to drill up in the chart Select the Create directory view for chart check box if you want to publish an additional HTML file of the chart that contains only the Search View columns If you want to allow the thin client chart to be personalized by end user select the Remember each user s navigation and interface changes check box Select either the Open hotspots in the same browser window or the Open hotspots in a new browser window radio button based on how you want end users to access the chart s hotspots Choose what you want OrgPublisher to do in the case that a hotspot link is not found in the chart Navigate to the to
219. dd person to group from the options list The Select a Group text box opens If you are adding the person to an existing group use the down arrow in the Group field to select the group name If you are adding the person to a new group click New Group The Enter a group name text box opens Type the name for the group Click OK The text box closes and the new group is created and the name is added to the Filter View Click OK again to close the Se ect a Group dialog Adding a Group Icon Add an image to display in your chart next to the names of individuals belonging to a selected group Use standard 16x16 and 32x32 pixel icons ico files di 2 FO Search Click the Search button in the toolbar The Search dialog opens Click the Groups tab and double click on the group you want to modify The Group Editor dialog opens Select the radio button to choose from Small icons or Large icons to display in the chart boxes Click the down arrow in the Displayed image for people in this group field and select the icon you want to display from the pull down list You can also scroll to the end of the list and click Other This opens the Select an icon file dialog where you can browse to another icon image resource file Valid files of type are ico dll exe OCX If applicable you can select the check box to Hide this group in published chart For additional information see the Hiding Groups procedure in this document Cli
220. de column for any task Button you do not want to enable for your end users 195 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Accept the default options or clear the check boxes for those you do not want to enable for your end users Options include e Personalize settings Allows the end user to select a color scheme and animation e Print this page Allows the end user to send the published chart to PDF e View Tutorials Allows the end user to open and view video tutorials on how to use the published chart e Send feedback Allows the end user to send comments via your e mail client Accept the default of Show style selector or click the check box if you do not want end users to view different styles in the cross browser chart Publishing Real Time Charts Real time publishing is an option when publishing an EChart either rich client or thin client created using an ODBC connection Real time publishing is not available when building a chart from multiple data sources Real time charts must be secured via your IIS not through the Publishing Wizard The security dialog is not available when you publish a real time chart 1 gt ea 10 11 Click the Publish button in the toolbar You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list If this is the first time you are publishing a chart the wizard opens to the first dialog which gives you a brief overview of t
221. dent Birthdate Figure 231 335 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 4 Click on another person s name job title or box title depending on the data you are profiling you want to compare like data fields to populate the placeholder with the selected person s information If the added profile is pinned both pinned profiles move to the right and an additional placeholder appears Profile View s Hj H amp 1 pinned Photo Name Susan N Hester Russell O Heis jobTte TT Marketing Vice President President History Previous Position Account Executive Prior Positions Product Specialist Industry Years 20 20 Dates Birthdate 01 30 1964 05 30 1954 Hired 12 15 1996 03 05 1996 Est Retirement Da 01 30 2029 05 30 2019 Est Yrs to Retire 20 10 Education Degree MBA MBA linivergitw Wake Forect Iinivercitw Harvard iniversitv Figure 232 5 Continue selecting and pinning the profiles you want repeating Steps 2 4 Deleting a Successor You may need to remove a person from a successor role Note OrgPublisher does not leave an open position in the box when a successor is deleted 1 Right click on the person s successor position in the chart 2 Select Delete from the options list This deletes only that successor occurrence of the person in the chart Drag and Drop from 9 Box Matrix in Planning Charts You can drag a person s name from the 9 Box Matrix avail
222. diately below the assistant Assistant boxes dropped on an assistant box display like normal boxes and will not contain the special assistant box formatting 1 Click and release the Insert person job button You can also use the Normal box button 74 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts 2 Move the mouse pointer over the assistant box title or job Click the mouse The new box displays directly below the assistant box Note You cannot add a Partner box to an Assistant box If you have an Assistant box that has several reporting boxes you should consider identifying that box as a Staff function box rather than as an assistant You can add several reporting boxes to an Assistant box but since they are all displayed directly below the assistant more than one or two boxes can make viewing your org chart difficult Only Staff Function position types can reside in a Staff Function box Inserting Boxes In a Chart Boxes can be manually inserted into charts by either of the following two methods 1 From the Main menu bar select Insert The Insert toolbar also displays the box style buttons ao mt A Anaa AA Figure 70 The Insert menu displays the options available igert Format Tools Data Or e Select position type E Person in box amp Person Ctri tm Job Ctri J Box Ctri B amp Open position Ctri U Assistantbox Ctri A 4 Partner box 4 Custom field 3 Hotspot A Photo Logo j Lege
223. e Modify Charts 8 Click Apply then Close The Direct Count field appears in the chart Broadcast Media Creative Print High Tech Creative hrosdtcas Meds Dresser y inv i Canc vaca Gah ccm Ciel ar rO iai Levels Below ener i ance Dect Reports 4 Figure 146 Editing an Embedded Org Chart You can edit linked or embedded charts from within the target application 1 2 3 Double click in the object to edit The OrgPublisher toolbar and editing area appear Make changes to the object using the OrgPublisher editing tools If the chart is embedded click outside the chart The application s toolbar refreshes Save the changes If the chart is linked select File from the OrgPublisher Main menu then Save from the pull down menu Exit to return to the original application Embedding an Org Chart in a Document You can embed a chart in another COM automation compliant document You can also use Previewing a Wall Style Chart to copy a modified chart L 2 oe In OrgPublisher save the chart to be embedded To select a box and all its reports for instance the top box in the chart hierarchy click on the Box title Select Edit from the Main menu then Copy from the pull down menu Open the target application and document such as Microsoft Word In the target document select the point to insert the OrgPublisher chart In the target application select Edit from the menu bar then in the target applicat
224. e We recommend only one version of OrgPublisher be installed on a PC When there are multiple versions and you open from a scheduled task the last used version is opened This can cause unexpected results This can also cause problems with synchronization of PluginX versions No the job has never run automatically Does the chart run manually using the OrgPublisher application but not from the Task Scheduler When running the Task Scheduler you actually run under different privileges than when you work on the PC or server normally The following permissions are required To Set Up a Scheduled Job to Run you must have Administrator privileges on Microsoft Windows 2000 or Windows XP The user ID you are using to run the job must be in the Administrative Group of the LOCAL COMPUTER In Windows 2000 or Windows XP verify the User is in the Administrative Group click Start Control Panel Administrative Tools Computer Management Local Users Group Administrators If your job is on an IIS Server the DCOM Default Access permissions must be configured using the program DCOMCNFG EXE Click Start Run and type DCOMCNFG EXE to execute the program Choose the Default Security tab and edit the default settings for the Default Access permissions Add the Local Administrators group to the list of access permissions Other considerations that may affect automatic publishing How was the chart published If you published with EChart Rich or
225. e h Emily Abbott Lisa Abbott Cheryl Adelsperger Abigail B Alexander Gail P Amster Caroline Anderson Olivia K Bailey amp Henry K Banner amp Mia P Bannister PRA H Ss Job Tile Media Coo Purchasing Benefits Sp Web Progr Product Sp Accts Rec Programmer Wnter Producer Search View First Any Part of Field Box Title Media Finance Benefits Web National Previous Position Finance Business A Collateral Television Broadcast Writer Figure 148 Select Options from the Menu Bar Prior Positions Potertial ow Ss Highlight List View options from the pull down menu Select Show List View bar in Search View Go Simple Mode y Performance Degree Est Retirement AA 3 BS 03 25 2031 1 AA BS BS 07 08 2033 AA 11 25 2024 BS 3 BS 03 25 2031 3 BA 08 03 2039 1 p 206 hits When you open the List View the Search View bar displays at the bottom of the pane List View Name J Job Title i Box Title Previous Position Prior Postions Potential Performance Degree Est Retirement Emily Abbott Media Coordina Media AA Fresh Lisa Abbott Purchasing Ag Finance 3 BS 0325 2031 Cheryl Adeisp Benefts Speci Benefits 1 AA Abiga B Alexa Web Programm Web BS Ovia K Gailey Programmer Business Appl BS Henry K Banne Writer Collateral 30 BS 03 25 2031 James Bates Broadcast Medi Broadcast 10 BA 06 21 2009 Justin Baxter Purchasing Ag Finance 60 BA 09 25
226. e index or chart legend for Book style In addition the page number circle drill buttons are not available for the copy to PowerPoint option 1 In the Main toolbar click the Send to Microsoft PowerPoint button cai The Microsoft PowerPoint Preview dialog opens 2 Select either the Wall chart preview or Book style preview radio button Click OK The Microsoft PowerPoint Preview window opens 3 Make your modifications in the Wall style or Book style preview If you click Settings in the Book Style preview the Book Style PowerPoint Settings dialog opens Follow the Choosing Book Style Print Settings procedure to choose the PowerPoint settings Click Send The Send to PowerPoint dialog opens 4 Inthe Page Range section select which pages you want to send to PowerPoint Current Page All Pages or Pages and enter the page numbers or range 5 In the Chart Options section select the optional chart features you want to send to PowerPoint These features include Show Drill Buttons Chart Title which allows you to choose Title is part of image or Title is part of slide and Chart Background which allows you to choose Background is part of image or Background is part of slide 6 In the PowerPoint Options section the default is Use currently open presentation Clear this check box if a current presentation does not exist or you want to choose a different presentation In the Image Options select Copy as metafile or Copy as bitmap Cl
227. e selection made in the For field Select the value you want to use for your search Sample value Select Whole Field Not equal to any part of field or Not equal t start of field Match Case This check box is available based on the selection made in the For field Displays Yes or No depending on your search criteria When adding new search criteria select the check box to match upper and lower case text Search Now Click this button to perform the search and display all the matching records in the lower pane of the dialog When adding new search criteria click this button to begin your search Close Click this button at any time to close the dialog Search under Check box is selected if you have clicked on a specific box in your chart selected box that is not the top of chart When adding new search criteria select this radio button if you want to begin your search at a selected point in the chart You must select a box in the Chart View to enable this feature New Search Select this radio button if you want to discard current records displayed and begin a new search Add to list below Click this radio button if you want to keep the existing displayed records and you want to add the results of your new search to the current list This is an OR condition Search within list Click this radio button if you want to search only the records already below displayed in a search This is an AND condition Number of peopl
228. e 12 4 If the Preview of the data dialog indicates that you have mapped your fields correctly click Next Click Finish to complete the wizard and open the Prebuilt Report Preview of the data that will be imported using the specified data mappings Parent Box 10 Boxi0 Box titie Record type Person 1d Last name First name First nam 13 60 Local Sales E Local Sales National National National National Broadcast Media internal Broadcast internal Broadcast Pubic Broadcast Public Broadcast Broadcast Media Broadcast Writers Kayla David Gerald Jonathan Richard Susanna Anthony Candace Elizabeth Jaime Nancy E M M M M c A E c E c M E Figure 13 If the preview indicates that you have mapped fields incorrectly click Back and repeat Steps 3 and Step 4 13 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide View Manager Names in Matrix Report Hover Display View Manager Names in Matrix Report Hover Display The Matrix Hover Display feature contains an enhancement that allows you to see the manager name of an employee who is an indirect report If your chart contains indirect reports the chart administrator must e Add a custom field for the Indirect Manager e Specify the formula to use on that field e Format the chart to display the Hover view the icon and the position of the new field Adding the Indirect Manager Field 1 In the Main menu click Data and then select Custom field prope
229. e Charts Overview Drilling Through Chart Levels If you want to display only a few levels within your chart you can use the OrgPublisher Drill up Drill down i feature You can set the number of levels that are displayed from the Custom levels dialog on the toolbar or from the Style Wizard while creating a style for your chart This feature is available in both the OrgPublisher application and in a published chart in a browser Drill up A and drill down h buttons are arrows that are placed above or beneath boxes to indicate there are chart levels above or below them Unless you change it you move up or down through the chart the number of levels shown in the Custom Levels dialog on the toolbar Changing the number of levels to drill up is useful when used with the Set Top of ij Chart L feature You can customize drill buttons to make your charts more cosmetically appealing or to better match your corporate document style You must show a minimum of two custom levels Note Drilling through a real time chart automatically updates the chart Identifying Invalid Comma separated File Format When building from data or using API function definitions found in the OrgPublisher Software Development Kit OPSDK e Ensure that fields that contain a comma such as last name are enclosed in quotes Example Incorrect Smith Jr Correct Smith Jr e Ensure that fields do not contain any quote characters Example Incorrect Mc Donald
230. e Custom Dimensions section select the check box if you want to the legend to be a different size Using the up and down arrows for each field select the Box width range 40 999 Box height range 40 999 Number of columns 1 20 and Column wrap style 7 In the Color section use the pull down options in each field to select the Background color Gradient color Gradient style Shadow color and Outline color 8 The Preview section to the right of the dialog provides a sample of what the legend looks like as you make each change When you get the format you want click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog Aligning the Chart Legend When you enable the chart legend in your chart you can select the placement of the legend format the legend and select the contents of the legend You can also add or modify custom items in the chart legend You can also publish a legend with Cross Browser Silverlight charts Whichever corner is chosen for the placement the legend remains in that corner as you scroll up or down within the chart window Note Chart legends can be activated when still empty but the legend will not display in the chart until icons have been entered 1 Open the chart legend by clicking the Chart Legend Properties button in the toolbar or by selecting Insert from the menu then Legend from the options list If the legend is already displayed in the chart you can also click on the legend to open it 2 Sele
231. e Display in the lower left hand corner indicates the number of matching found records found in your search 253 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Component Description Email Opens your default mail client to send an email message to everyone in the selected groups or results list Copy Click this button if you want to copy the list of matching records in order to paste them into another Microsoft Windows application Microsoft Excel Click this button to open the search results in a Microsoft Excel table Save as group Click this button if you want to save the current search criteria as a new group Group Editor dialog Component Description Category Optional field used as an umbrella name for like groups Group Name Field displays the name of the group you have selected You can type a new name Add Click this button to add a new Boolean search criterion for the group definition and to copy the previous or selected criterion if available Remove Click this button to delete the selected Boolean search criterion Move Up Click this button to move the selected criteria up one record in the dialog modifying the search priority Move Down Click this button to move the selected criteria down one record in the dialog modifying the search priority And Or Select AND if you want your search results to meet both or all lines of criteria Select OR if you want your search results to meet either or s
232. e P Hep Figure 201 I 1 Click the Send to PDF button to create a PDF of the chart A dialog opens that allows you to select the Number of OrgChart levels to print Send to POF an 3 levels Indude index 4 levels 5 levels AD levels cx Ge Figure 202 In addition you can choose whether or not to Include index a version of the List View Click OK when you have made your selections A File Download dialog opens 302 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views You can Open the PDF immediately or Save the document to a folder of your choice File Download amp Do you want to open or save this file Name OrgChart pdt Type Adobe Acrobat Document 107KB From unten White fles from the intemet can be useful some fies can potentially gQ ham your computer if you do not trust the source do not open or save this fle What s the nsk Figure 203 When you open the PDF the index is at the beginning of the document Pacific Eastern Date Time 11 08 2010 12 03 07 PL EES Sts COMERS seme emere rs ESAS CSAS JAasistari Acco flocs Sates Su HH Figure 204 Copyright 2015 PeopleFluent All rights reserved Proprietary and confidential PeopleFluent and the PeopleFluent and OrgPublisher logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of PeopleFluent All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders
233. e Up and Move Down buttons Click OK to close the dialog The Hover Profile reflects the changes Viewing the Hover Profile 1 Move the mouse cursor over a box title job title or name in a chart box and let it hover there for a few seconds The Hover Profile opens A vertical scroll bar is available if the number of displayed fields requires it The Hover Profile displays the selected chart color scheme When you have finished reviewing the information in the Hover Profile click somewhere else in the chart to close it Viewing the Matrix Reporting Hover Display If you enable the Hover Profile you can also enable the Matrix Reporting hover display di 2 Open a chart that contains multiple relationships matrix reporting icons Move the cursor over the matrix reporting icon in a box The Matrix reporting hover display appears listing that person and all report to instances You can move the cursor to close the hover display or you can pin the matrix reporting hover display to the Search View by clicking the Pin button Viewing the Tabbed Hover Profile If you have created subheadings in the Hover View you as well as the end user of a published chart have the option to display the information with tabs representing each subheading The chart administrator sets the default display for the published chart 1 2 Open the Hover View and add subheadings if they do not currently exist Right click inside the view and
234. e at the selected frequency You can create a new schedule definition or select from a list of existing definitions Task scheduling is accessed when you choose the Schedule now option in either the Publishing Wizard or the OrgHistory Archive Wizard With the OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard you can schedule a job to run e One time only e Daily e Weekly e Monthly User ID for Automatic Task Scheduler e When scheduling a publishing or archive task the OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduler wizard presents a dialog user name and password Depending on your company s operating system requirements you may be able to bypass this dialog without typing the asked for information OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview e If you are using Microsoft Windows the User ID dialog prompts you to type a valid user name and password in order to automatically publish or archive your chart You must be an authorized user of Windows to publish or archive your charts through this scheduling wizard Custom Field Wizard The OrgPublisher Custom Field Wizard walks you through the process of manually creating or modifying custom fields in your chart for your organization s data Custom fields added below box titles contain information pertinent to the whole department or team that the box represents Custom fields added below a Job title contain information about that job Custom fields added below a person cont
235. e changes in your database Click Format in the Main menu and Chart from the pull down list The Format dialog opens at the Chart tab Click in the Multiple report icon field to display the list of existing icons Click on the image you want or click Other to navigate to an icon from another icon resource file Click OK The dialog closes and the Chart View displays the multiple report icon in the lower left corner of the boxes You can click on the icon to display the Search View which lists each instance of the person in the chart Multiple reports display separately in the List View for each time they occur in the chart You can click on an instance of the name to locate the person in the chart Resizing Wizard Icons You can resize the icons used in the Wizard View i Select View from the Main menu then Wizard View from the pull down list The Wizard View opens Right click within the view Select Large icon or Small icon The Wizard View immediately displays the resized icons Inserting Logos OrgPublisher enables you to insert your company logo into your org chart The logo displays at the top of the chart in the Chart View either to the left or right and appears on every page or window of your chart You can also insert a logo as a watermark or background in your chart or insert special graphics or instructions instead of a logo Valid file types are GIF JPG TGA PCX and DIB Note You can insert one logo per ch
236. e does not hide the field in the chart and other views You may specify suggested values for searching against this field This is used for fields which have a limited set of possible values such as gender and state 19440621 19440930 19441031 19441115 19441202 13450130 19450525 13450731 19450925 19460118 Create selection from field values Lent searches to these items Allow entry of custom search values l ential matches as users type l OK Cancel l F igure 82 Values that have been entered for that custom field display in the pane in the center of the dialog 8 Select the Limit searches to these items radio button Click OK to accept your selections and close the dialog When the selected field is searched on using the Search View or Search dialog the first value displays automatically in the blank field Search View Search Groups Name Y Last First Any Part of Field v Go Search under Russell Heis Vi EE Reset Figure 83 9 Click the down arrow to display all the available values In the Search View select the field they want then click The record with the searched for value displays in the results pane Search View Search Groups Birthdate v 06 21 1944 fy Equal to v New search vy Go Search under Russell Heis Vin 22 Reset Name Job Title Box Title Pr amp James B Broadcast Broadcast Figure 84 99 OrgPublishe
237. e fields is also hidden for that end user The Profile View is not the same as the Hover Profile Modifications made in one place are not reflected in the other 1 Right click on a field name in the Profile View and select the Configure Profile View option The Configure Profile View dialog opens The dialog contains Person Job and Box tabs as well as Add heading Edit heading and Delete heading buttons You can modify each tab to work as a Person Profile View Job Profile View and Box Profile View Select the tab in which you want to add subheadings Choose the component for which you want to assign a subheading If your fields are in the order you want to display them you can highlight the first field you want to display below the subheading then click Add heading The Heading Caption dialog opens Type the name of the heading you want to use and click OK The subheading appears at the point you highlighted in the list or if you didn t highlight a field at the bottom of the list in the Show Hide Fields dialog The corresponding check box is automatically selected for display in the Profile View Use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to arrange the subheading and the fields to display under it Click OK to accept changes and close the dialog The Profile View displays the new subheading indented one space with corresponding fields indented two spaces and listed beneath the subheading Editing Subheadings in the Profile
238. e in a specific style and properties for that position type in the desired format Click Next Type the Chart name If special characters are used an error message appears to let you know that special characters are not allowed for cross browser charts Re enter the name without the characters Chart name Market Research Iti The name can not contain the following characters Figure 131 Type or Browse to the Publish to location Select Send to web server FTP if you want to publish the chart using file transfer protocol Click Next Type the URL http SiteName of the virtual directory on your web server This is necessary to locate the EChart server for this chart Click Next Select an available security option for the cross browser Silverlight chart e Unsecured This radio button is the default selection and allows all users to view the entire chart and its contents e Windows Active Directory authentication Select this radio button to allow only users who have Windows NT access and who are actually located in the chart to access the chart e Chart Select this radio button to require users to manually type an ID and password to open and view the chart e Reverse proxy Select this radio button to allow OrgPublisher to retrieve the user ID from the HTTP header variable and use it for authentication If you selected the Chart option click the down arrow in the Password field and select the f
239. e narrow font Put employees in box with manager J Hide secondary fields Customize Selects the fields to print Fields To Print J Box Title J Name Job Title Hired Degree University Gender Ethnicty State Country Salary PayGrade Figure 194 e Show Advanced Options Opens the Wall Style Preview Format toolbar in order to set top of chart choose layout move boxes and more 286 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Saving the Book Style Page Customizations With OrgPublisher you can save any modifications you make to individual pages in the Book Style Print Preview and PDF publishing format 1 Open the Book style preview to change page layouts or zoom percent 2 Click Settings and use the Book Style Print Settings dialog to suppress the display of page numbers in circles or delete a specified top of printed page box Click Page customization list to open the Book style page customization list box and review the pages which you have customized or chosen a specific top of page box Select a page or all of the pages and remove them from the customization list This deletes the modifications you have made in the Book Style Print Preview Click OK or Cancel to return to the Book style print settings dialog 3 Continue with the settings modifications or click OK to return to the Book Style Print Preview 4 Click Print to p
240. e text data source that is custom mapped or contains a header row Maps information to text file only contains no chart data Record Types The record type is the position type of a person who works in your organization A position type can be used to categorize employees Position types assist in the formatting of boxes and text and the calculations of various head counts within your organization The position type record type determines the order of positions within a single box Each person or position in an org chart is represented by only one record in the input file but a person can occupy multiple positions and have multiple records You can also create your own record type to define a position within your organization using the Position Type Wizard or the Define dialog If you leave the Record Type blank OrgPublisher sets the position type to Employee Do not use these characters when creating your own custom record type in field 4 Record Definition Type M Manager A manager record type represents a person who is the manager or supervisor of the people in the reporting boxes or within an org box Manager record types have a Priority of O They are placed in their own box unless the Auto Build option in the Format dialog Chart tab is set so that managers and employees are placed in the same box When there is more than one manager under a job title within a box the names are defaulted to sort alphabetically by last name E
241. e that has a sheet for each type of cl hange added positions removed positions edited records and boxes that were moved Specify which fields you want to display with each JOONONOsONO Figure 189 5 Select the fields you want to see in each summary section of the report such as position 6 types or groups Click Generate If you selected to View report in web browser the browser displays a basic HTML report that summarizes the changes made in the chart using Before and After columns as well as the Change percent e The HTML file is saved to your local drive in the in the Local Settings Temporary folder You can also save the report by using the browser File gt Save As option e If you selected View report in Microsoft Excel both the report sheet and export data sheets open with the 3 tabbed sheets 8 7 Prewous Parent Box ID BoxlO Previous BPerson id Box Title Job Tale First nameLast name 7 433 Misesa l Noshua LaPorte 216 216 Hannah Coleman 206 06 Caren King Sharon Stuart Denise Grace Kare Jameson Saly Johnsen Sr Writer Kirk Spudder EE A Donita Veccione Figure 190 275 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts Resetting Starting Box in OrgHistory Archive Charts When you use OrgPublisher s OrgHistory feature you can use the reset starting box option in the OrgHistory Archive Wizard if the archive definition
242. e the word phrase or partial word you want to associate with the select title Press Enter to accept the new value 5 If additional search criteria exist highlight one of those records and click the Plus button 4 The Value record displays below it Type the word partial word or phrase you want to associate with the selected job title Press Enter Semantic Dictionary Editor zi Manage the translation dictionaries Figure 48 6 Click the Plus button at the Map level to add another value to the selected title Or click the Plus button at the Value level if you want to add an even deeper layer of search by mapping another term to the new term 7 Repeat steps 2 5 to add values to other titles 8 To delete a value select it and click the Minus button lt J Click OK to accept your entries and close the dialog 48 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data When using the Search View to search on box or job titles end users type any of the entries associated with a job title the search results pane displays all possible matches Search View Search Groups Job Title Any Part of Field Search under Russel Hes Name Job Tele Lester Y Fern Jonathan J Jester Gerald Ponds David R Rodriguez Kayla G Roo h Tyler K Samson Richard J Santiago amp Amber Y Trust m 3 NFA Hg Acc Ex v New search Assistant Acc Account Exec Account Exec
243. eating new charts OrgPublisher automatically creates a default graph reflecting the Summary information You can modify or delete this graph to suit your needs Graphs are displayed in published PluginX charts and EChart rich client and thin client Thin client charts display the graphs as GIF format below the Summary View Graph properties are not changeable in published charts but may be copied to the clipboard Graphs do not display when publishing as PDF HTML or when sending output to Microsoft PowerPoint Note Graph categories with a zero value do not appear in the graph OrgPublisher displays percentages in graphs with 2 decimal places U pW N e Property Graph Title Open the Summary View Select the Graphs tab Maximize the docked window Click New to open the Graph Properties dialog Modify the properties for your graph Description Type the text you want to display above the graph Graph labels section Show Categories Show Percentages Show Numbers Select this option to display the position type or group name for each chart element Select this option to display the percentage each chart element represents compared to the whole Select this option to display the actual count for each chart element Other Category section Category Name Maximum Categories Minimum Percentage Accept the default Other or type a different label This label must contain at least 1 character however if you type a ca
244. ecific manager or area within an org chart Note Orphan records and broken hierarchies can adversely affect summary and security functions Unexpected results can occur that may cause head count or other totals to be incorrect Head counts are displayed in the Status bar at the bottom of the window The starting point of a head count is always based on the point in the chart that is displayed For example if you have several departments within your organization that are higher in the hierarchy than the Development department but only the Development department is displayed in the chart the head counts shown in the Status bar are based on the counts in the Development department on down Position types displayed in the Summary View in OrgPublisher Premier can be excluded from the total head count but included as an individual position type head count For example you can exclude contractors from the total head count but insert a separate head count for contractors Note In conditional formatting the search feature and all calculations follow the conditional position type Formatting follows the group If you display the Summary View in a chart with conditional formatting you should hide either the group or position type of the conditional format If you don t head counts display in both areas 64 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts Selecting a Database Table View or Query When creating a chart from
245. eck box Click the down arrow to select the group you want to use as a filter Click OK The dialog closes and the filter button appears to be pressed in This indicates that a base filter is set for your search Click Search Now in the Search dialog or Go in the Search View If you chose a group filter OrgPublisher searches only the selected group and displays the matching records If no group filter was selected the entire chart is searched and matching records shown If you are looking for a certain record click on it OrgPublisher moves to that section of the chart and highlights the record you have selected If you are creating a new group click Save as group Type the name you want to use in the Enter a group name dialog Click OK to save the group You can also include search results in the side by side profile by clicking the Include the search results in Profile View button nE Side by side profiles are limited to 6 at a time if you auto pin the profiles in the Search View Searching by Job Title You can conduct a simple search in this tab by using the Match field options in the Search dialog or by using the Search View 1 Open the Search dialog by selecting Edit from the main menu then Search from the pull down options or open the Search View pane in the List View FO Search You can also click on the Advanced button in the toolbar Select the Job Title tab in the Search dialog If you are using the Se
246. econnect to the same database by opening the chart s ODB file Chart Window When you start OrgPublisher and open a chart the OrgPublisher window opens It contains a main menu and several toolbars which you can turn off if you choose The Style bar which displays the current chart style at the top the Status bar which displays the levels shown and the head count for those levels at the bottom of the window are always visible The main window section called the Chart View contains the chart components such as data and photos arranged in boxes The sample below includes telephone numbers departments and head counts The Chart View is always displayed regardless of how many other views you select Words On Time Chart title Words On Time Box title Manager title President CCO Manager name Terry M Janson Custom field Phone 2233 Assistant box Connecting lines Assistant for CEO Assistant title David Newhart Assistant name Phone Accounting Department Accounting Manager Lee S Kim Phone 0314 Marketing Department Publishing Department Phone 6363 rketin Accounting Secreta f Open Position Open Position Calvin O Simpson Phone 3338 Caney P Cramer Phone 0154 Aa Employee title Employee name Open position Box headcount Figure 51 You can move views except for the Chart View to display anywhere in your chart 52 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Creat
247. ect the Keep an archive of this chart check box Click Next Select e Publish now to publish your EChart immediately The Publishing Summary message displays the link or links if you also chose to publish a directory view chart to your published charts Click on the link to preview the chart e Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog where all publishing definitions are kept e Schedule now to set up a publishing schedule Click Finish Republishing Charts You can republish an updated chart or publish a chart you created previously but did not yet publish Note If you previously published a chart with a version earlier than OrgPublisher 8 you may want to modify your publishing definition to take advantage of the new functions If you are republishing an EChart originally published on a previous version of OrgPublisher you must delete the EChart DLL file before republishing using Version 8 and later Select File from the menu bar then Publish from the pull down menu You can also click the Publish button The Publish charts dialog opens All of your publishing definitions are listed Click the gray box to the left of the publishing definition you want to select Click Publish to republish the chart The chart is published and you are prompted to preview it Click Yes to preview the chart as it will be seen on the web Otherwise click No If you need to modify your chart before republishing click Update to walk
248. ected Select the custom field you want to drop into the chart Click and hold down the mouse button 4 Drag the mouse cursor into a box in the chart and release the mouse button The custom field is inserted in every position type in the chart 5 Repeat steps 3 4 for each custom field you want to add to all position types Formatting a Custom Field When you manually create a numeric custom field you can format that field by selecting the appropriate values You can also format a date field Property Value Leading symbol Select a symbol that precedes the numeric custom field for example or Trailing symbol Select a symbol to follow the numeric custom field for example a percentage sign o Decimal places When using the summary feature you can type the number of digits shown after the decimal 1000 separator Select a character to separate thousands within a numeric custom field for example a comma Negative values Select a symbol to represent a negative value for example a minus sign Show negatives in Select this option to display all negative numeric custom fields in red red Suppress zero Select this check box if you do not want to display zero values in your values chart Note When importing numeric fields make sure that you do not use any leading symbols such as dollar signs Also verify that decimal places are set the way you want them prior to importing those fields into OrgPublisher as they
249. ed day such as the First Monday You must also Select the time of day and Select the specific months such as January and April In the User ID dialog your login ID displays in the Type user name field Complete the Type password and Confirm password fields Click Next The last dialog displays if you have successfully completed the scheduling Click Finish You can also click Back and change your scheduling information Using the OrgHistory Archive Browser Once you have created one or more archive definitions you can access these definitions through the OrgHistory Archives dialog o Click Browse Larl Compare to open the OrgHistory Archive Browser e The left hand pane lists the OrgHistory Archive Definitions for the current chart 277 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts e When you double click on a definition it displays in the right hand pane View OrgHistory Archives Select the definition then click to open the archive e If you accessed the OrgHistory Archive Browser by clicking Compare in the Definitions tab you can use the Ctrl key to select archives then click Compare to view_a Change Report Using the OrgHistory Archives Dialog The OrgHistory Archives dialog opens when you click on the Manage OrgHistory Archives button in the Main toolbar or when you click Finish in the OrgHistory Archive Wizard after you have selected the Schedule
250. ed chart Click Next When you select the Enable Publish Notification E mail check box Click Next Select a color scheme for the published chart Click Next Select the toolbars and buttons you want to display in your published chart Click Next Note The Summary View is not available in the Real time published chart Select one or both of the planning options Enable Organizational or Succession Planning if you want to enable web based planning in the published chart Click Next Select the context menu commands for chart action buttons in the published chart Click Next If you are publishing your chart using a different top of chart than the actual top box in the chart you can select the Exclude positions above check box if you do not want your end users to drill up in the chart Select the Create directory view for chart check box if you want to publish an additional HTML file of the chart that contains only the Search View columns See the Publishing a Directory Version of the Chart procedure in this document for detailed information If you want to allow the rich client chart to be personalized by the end user select the Remember each user s navigation and interface changes check box 197 OrgPublisher 26 27 28 29 30 oA 32 33 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Select either the Open hotspots in the same browser window or the Open hotspots in a new browser window radio button bas
251. ed instances must be chosen to view the chart The information you select to display helps them make the right decision Publishing in Graphic Format A chart published as a graphic is in JPG format which can be read by most browsers and graphics programs L 3 Click the Publish button in the toolbar You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list The Publishing Wizard opens Select the Advanced Mode radio button Click Next Click Next again at the brief description dialog Type the Name of the published chart It can be the same as the chart name and does not need to include publishing information The name must however be unique and cannot contain any special characters such as slashes or colons asterisks 185 OrgPublisher ao oS 10 11 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts question marks quotation marks and greater than or less than symbols lt or gt The publishing definition name can be up to 255 characters Click Next Select the Org Chart Document radio button Click Next Select the Graphic radio button Click Next Type or Browse to the location where you want to publish your org chart Select the Send to web server FTP check box if you want to transfer your chart to your intranet Click Next Select the Chart Style you want the published chart to display first by clicking the down arrow and choosing a style from the
252. ed on how you want end users to access the chart s hotspots Choose what you want OrgPublisher to do in the case that a hotspot link is not found in the chart Navigate to the top box in the chart or Not display the chart You can choose to use your own PluginX help for your published chart by typing the file name and location in the PluginX Help URL field which users can access by clicking the question mark in the OrgPublisher toolbar Click Next In this dialog you can set the Maximum number of e mail recipients in Search View The default is 20 but you can change that depending on your system If you want to publish your chart for accessibility by JAWS assistive software select the Enable support for the visually impaired check box Click Next The next dialog contains several Thin Client default selections which you may override by clearing the options Click Next If you want to set up an archive schedule now select the Keep an archive of this chart check box Click Next Select e Publish now radio button to publish your EChart immediately The Publishing Summary message displays the link or links if you also chose to publish a directory view chart to your published charts Click on the link to preview the chart e Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog where all publishing definitions are kept To schedule your EChart Thin Client to publish at a later time use Microsoft Task Scheduler The Publishing Summary
253. edit the contents of a group dha Add 3 Remove Move Up 4 Move Down definition You can also reorder the components of And Or Search Field Compare Value Match Case the group Languages Any PartofField Chinese No A simpler way to create a group is to refine a search with the search dialog and then click Save as Group Displayed image for people in this group Large icons X F Hide this group in published chart Smal icons inne ail Name Job Title Box Title Emat Hired e m 0 people found Figure 151 4 Click Save The Groups tab redisplays with the new category name and the group name indented below it A New GB Assistant _Name Job Title Box Tale All Fields Groups T amp A a a Speaks Chinese Everyone Rh 1st Candidates he 2nd Candidates RR 3rd Candidates Search options Search undet vr selected box New Search 5 Add to fst below LO Search within list below AR High Performer Name Job Titie YeiP Kingston Writer So Wu Buyer Sandra Wright intern Coord Box Tiie Emai Print Media Yei Kingsto intern Progr Sandra Wri Print Media So Wu pa Name Job Tite Box Tale Alfie Groups tne a Search Now PB New AA Assistant Emai Fh Copy i Microsoft Excel fj Save as ae eee eee a Languages pesk Everyone hk 1st Candidates ak 2nd Candidates ak 3rd Candidates RR High Performer
254. edited a box has been added Print Media A Print Media Manager Gail Springfield Public Broade ashy Box has been moved and edited Producer Extraordinaire Producer Figure 137 Enabling the Copy Option in a Secured Published Chart The copy option is automatically enabled when you publish an unsecured chart However when you publish a PluginX or EChart rich client chart the browser print Alt Prnt Scrn and copy features are automatically disabled only if e the chart is secured and the PluginX copy option is disabled in the toolbar e the chart is secured and the PluginX copy option is disabled based on the user s role This prevents end users from taking a screen shot or copy of the published chart When the user exits the web page containing the published chart the print screen and copy functionality are restored This does not however eliminate screen captures by users who have Snagit or other 3rd party screen capture software installed If you want to restore the ability to copy the secured chart in the PluginX browser 1 Select File from the Main menu then Publish from the pull down menu You can also click the Publish button in the toolbar The Publishing Wizard or Publish charts dialog opens 2 Step through the wizard dialogs and select the options you want included in this publishing definition 3 When you reach the dialog for enabling toolbar options select the Enable PluginX
255. eft side of the toolbar provides Undo and Redo buttons for tasks performed in the planning chart 351 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Cross Browser Planning Charts The View section of the toolbar allows you to select a left Split ea or right view of the planning chart Using the Cross Browser Planning Action Button The Action button appears in each box of the cross browser planning chart when you hover over the lower right corner of a box Add direct report Remove box Figure 262 This button allows you to perform two tasks Add a direct report Remove a box Adding a Direct Report in the Cross Browser Planning Chart 1 Hover the mouse cursor over the lower right corner of the box where you want to add a new report 2 Click the Action button Action and select Add direct report The Add Direct Report dialog opens Add Direct Report Box Title Job Title New Job OK Cancel Figure 263 3 Type the Box Title and Job Title Click OK A box for the new direct report appears in the chart The job appears as an Open position Network Network Manager Leslie F Growwer Network Network Director Open position Figure 264 352 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Cross Browser Planning Charts Removing a Box in the Cross Browser Planning Chart 1 Hover the mouse cursor over the lower right corner of the box you want to delete 2 Cl
256. end users with the option to save their password information in OrgPublisher Executive Password field is selected from your custom field data User ID field is selected from your custom field data Sync data starting at option allows you the option to choose the level Sync data starting at defaults to Supervisor s box to you can instead specify Top of chart or User s box Require or Recommend sync every X days defaults to 15 days but you can select a specific timeframe cy Select a chart security option Select Unsecured and indicate if a PIN is Selec i GRAN security ophon r S iia Secunng your ong chart protects required Unsecured All users can view the entire chart sensitrre information from being read by unaihonzed modrmiduals oF Require FIN You may control who can access k Chart User enters user ID and password the org chart and what portion of the select Chart and indicate if user can cache hierarchy each user can ver save pa ssword To r inti access at the custom S Password field field level visit the Custom Field Edit Select Password field D alog wia the menu tern User ID field Data Custom Field Properties Select the User ID field Syne data starting at You may also require a syne after a 3 rE E specified infarval as an additional Select Sync data starting at chart I if a i Egi security measure location Select a Sync interval Sync irtera Require myncevern 15 A days
257. ens Copy the provided key from your e mail message and click Paste Key The license key displays in the Please enter a license field 5 Type your company name in the Registered Company field Click OK to accept the new key If an error message displays stating you have entered invalid information click the Back button and verify that the license key and company name are correct and retry 31 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Before You Begin Entering a New License Key Using Web Administration If you aS a server administrator for Web Administration request a license upgrade or a trial extension of OrgPublisher a new license key is provided by your sales associate 1 When you receive the new key a server administrator must log into the server and locate the installation folder The default path is c program files orgpub11 Run the OrgPub32 exe file in that root folder to open OrgPublisher and select Help in the Main menu Select License Information from the options list The Licensing Information dialog opens showing your license number and all features currently enabled as well as your Position Count and expiration date if applicable Click Enter new key The License Key Entry dialog opens Copy the provided key from your e mail message and click Paste Key The license key displays in the Please enter a license field Type your company name in the Registered Company field Click OK to accept the new
258. ens in the Split Chart View This format makes drag and drop tasks easier especially when working with a large chart You can switch to a single view at any time 350 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Cross Browser Planning Charts Opening an Existing Cross Browser Planning Chart i 2 In the planning enabled chart select the tab for the style you want z In the toolbar click the Organizational Planning button 5a The Manage Plans dialog opens In the Open Existing Plan section click on the plan name you want to open The progress graphic appears and the planning chart opens Modify an Existing Cross Browser Planning Chart 1 2 Select the tab for the style you want to use for planning In the toolbar click the Organizational Planning button 5a The Manage Plans dialog opens In the Manage Plan section click Modify Existing Plans The Modify Existing Plans dialog opens displaying a list of the current plans Select the section with the plan that you have just changed Last Meshified 0 Days Aga Directory New Plan 2 Levels Last Meafified 0 Days Age Last Methfied 0 Days Age Figure 260 5 Type a description of the modifications to the plan You can also rename the plan 6 Click Back to return to the Manage Plans dialog or click the close button X in the upper right corner to return to the planning enabled chart Using the Cross Browser Planning Toolbar Figure 261 The l
259. ent in the position type or group you want to show or hide Click OK 162 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas Summary View 1 To show or hide summary fields in the Summary View right click on a column name and select Show Hide columns The Show hide Fields dialog displays the names of the columns shown in the view Scroll to the summary column names and select the corresponding check box To move a column in the view click the Move Up or Move Down button To show or hide specific fields such as a group total or head count right click on a row in the Summary View and select Show Hide rows The Show hide Fields dialog displays the names of the field totals in the view Scroll to the summary field names and select the corresponding check box To move a field up or down in the view click Move Up or Move Down Click OK to accept the changes and close the text box The summary fields display in the Summary View Including Excluding Position Types in Summary View When you exclude or do not count a position type in the Summary View in OrgPublisher the summary amounts for these types are not displayed in the view and are subtracted from any totals except for group totals To exclude managers from their own totals 1 2 Select Options from the Main menu then Summary options from the pull down menu Select Exclude managers from their own totals The totals in the manager boxes no longer i
260. er be seen in the application Groups tab of the Search View and Search dialog Click Save then Close the Search dialog Complete the publishing steps When you open the published chart the selected group will not display in the chart or the Fi ter View Opening a Selected Group in the Chart View Your chart may contain several groups OrgPublisher displays only one group ata time but you can quickly select and open another 1 2 Click on the group filter label in the Style Bar The Filter View opens Click on the group you want to view The Filter View closes and your selected group hierarchy displays in the Chart View You can also use the group spotlighting feature accessed by right clicking on the group name in the Style bar and selecting Group filter in chart then Spotlight boxes in group Removing a Person from a Group You can remove or delete a person from a group by using the right click menu in the Search View L 2 Open the List View and select the Search View pane Click the Groups tab then click on the group you want to modify The group members display in the lower pane Right click on the name of the person you want to delete from the group The right click menu opens Select Remove person from group The name is removed from the group There is no Undo option for this process If you remove a person in error you can locate them in the chart and add them back into the group Sending E mail to
261. er Chart to PDF If enabled by the chart administrator you can print the published cross browser Silverlight chart as a PDF document A Click the Send to PDF button B The Send to PDF dialog opens 2 Select the chart Levels to show in the PDF chart 3 Select the Include Index check box if you want to add a list of all the boxes and associated fields at the front of the PDF document 4 Click OK to send the chart to PDF A progress bar displays while the PDF is created and the document opens when complete Cross Browser Planning Toolbar f O AA TE E Product logo View list of existing A i and version Source chart name DIN scree as charts D i O S CEN i chi and user guide F comments p a e if S Display right Uncle i Be Z OrgPubisher Pacific Eastern Organization Pacific Eastern Organization My Planning Charts ny view r nian Settings Tutorials Feedback 4 Corporate Delay ett chart Display left chart T Compact Q view only J i i A ooo mai 4 pee t _ a k r C Planning chart Dis ae s plit Display PERAE Redo y Generate a Type search name chart view compact view of the al change report eens 7 __ E chart if created by change a i x chart administrator sm Figure 278 If enabled by the administrator the cross browser toolbar provides options to Print the chart view through your print client Settings A A Personalize chart settin
262. er than or less than symbols lt or gt The publishing definition name can be up to 255 characters Click Next Accept the default Interactive Org Chart selection Click Next Select the EChart radio button Click Next The next dialog verifies that your chart will benefit from publishing an EChart If the wizard determines that your chart will not benefit from this option it is recommended that you click Back and select a different publishing format If your chart will benefit using the EChart option click Next In the Publish to location type or Browse to the location where you want to publish your org chart If you want to write over your existing information select the Overwrite existing HTML and JS files check box Select the Send to web server FTP check box if you want to transfer your chart to your intranet Click Next In the Client Type section select one of the options Rich client using PluginX Thin client or Both client options above Click Next Type the URL http SiteName of the virtual directory on your web server This is necessary to locate the EChart server for this chart Select the Maximum chart levels to display in your published EChart Click Next Select a chart security option to assign to your published EChart If you have already set security on your selected custom fields proceed to make your security selections in this dialog If you have not secured your custom fields and need to close the
263. er updates your chart built from data every time you open that chart You can also keep the data in your org chart up to date while you are working in your chart The following steps explain how to do this manually Detailed information about automating this process can be found in the OrgPublisher System Development Kit OPSDK 1 Open the ODB file for the chart you want to update Your database connections are automatically reestablished and your org chart is displayed 2 Select Data from the Main menu then Refresh from the pull down menu Any changes made to data in your HR database are applied to the chart data 235 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Undoing Changes If you make a change in your chart then decide that you do not want to keep the change you may be able to reverse or undo that change You can undo most content related changes such as adding deleting moving and copying information Formatting changes such as changes to box style text size or the color of chart components cannot be reversed e To Undo a content change click the Undo button in the toolbar Or e Select Edit from the menu bar then Undo from the pull down menu Using Click and Drag Scrolling When the mouse cursor sits over a blank area in the Chart View the cursor changes to a hand icon W Using the click and drag scrolling feature is another way to navigate through a large chart This option is always enabled an
264. ers aa tae Book style preview Book style printing separates afferent sections of the chart into logical pages l g is most commonly used to print large organizations in a book format A table of contents is avaiable with book style printing Show Preview Cancel Figure 191 282 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing 1 Select File from the menu bar then Print Preview from the pull down menu The Print Preview dialog opens and the chart displays as it will print for each page You can also click on the Print Preview button in the toolbar The Print Preview Type dialog opens Select the Book style preview radio button and click Show Preview The Book Style Print Preview dialog opens and the chart displays as it will print on each page The top pane displays thumbnails of each page The lower pane displays the selected page The Book Style Print Preview enables you to format individual pages Each page is displayed in a thumbnail 3 The Print Preview Menu bar contains buttons that enable you to print modify your Book Style print settings or cancel the preview Click on a button for its definition Button Print Print Setup Settings Cancel _ Select pages to print Printing Tips Action Performed Click this button to print the chart This button opens your system Print dialog Click this button to open the system Print Setu
265. ers user ID and password Can be used with portals for single signon Password field User ID Reverse proxy User ID is supplied in HTTP header ield level vis Edit Dialog via the menu item Variable USER_ID v Passed as a cookie Data Custom Field Properties User ID field User ID Format of User ID field User ID only Starting box in chart Top of chart _ Supervisor s box User s box Box ID in this field igh Performers V Allow users to drill up from starting box Figure 132 193 OrgPublisher Click Next OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts 3 Select the Chart Style you want to use and click Next 4 The Enable Planning dialog opens with the Enable Organizational Planning check box selected The Planning Style is the same as the Chart Style selected in the previous dialog You can modify this selection if applicable 5 If you have created a simpler or Compact Planning Style for the planning chart select it as well 6 Follow the Publishing Wizard dialogs and click Finish Formatting Cross browser Silverliqht Charts by Style and Position Type When you publish a cross browser chart for viewing through Microsoft Silverlight you can format the box and text by position type This formatting is style specific and can vary from one style to the next depending on your needs Follow the Publishing Wizard choosing the Cross Browser and Microsoft Silverlight options 1 Sele
266. erson button on the toolbar 2 Still pressing the Ctrl key move the pointer over each box title job or other person under which the new person will be inserted 77 OrgPublisher 3 4 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts Click the mouse for each person you want to insert To insert the last person release the Ctrl key and click the mouse over the last box title job title or person Making Several Insertions for the Same Position Type You can apply the format for the same position type to several boxes or jobs if you select a position type before you begin inserting boxes 1 Select Insert from the Main menu then Select position type from the pull down menu The Select Position Type for Insert dialog opens Click on the position type you want to insert and clear the Automatically assign Position Type check box If you are inserting multiple boxes with this position type or you want to make it the default position type when you insert a box click the Insert using this Position Type check box To automatically assign a manager position type to the first inserted box and an employee position type on the box dropped on that position click the Automatically assign Position Type check box If you do not select either check box OrgPublisher prompts you for the position type when you insert a job or person into an empty box Click OK The dialog closes Select the appropriate button from the toolbar a
267. erwrite existing HTML and JS files check box Click Next If applicable select the Send to web server FTP check box if you want to transfer your chart to your intranet Click Next In the OrgPlan dialog select the Enable Organizational Planning and or Enable Succession Planning check box Click Next If you want the planning chart to record the Windows NT user sign on ID and a comment if supplied for each change click the Enable revision history check box If you want planning charts password protected click the Require that all planning charts be password protected check box If you want an indicator in the chart where changes have been made select the Show visual indicator for changes check box If you want to edit the planning change report options click Set default options for change report to open the Change Report Options dialog Click Next Select the context menu commands for end user action buttons you want to make available Click Next If you are publishing your chart using a different top of chart than the actual top box in the chart you can select the Exclude positions above check box if you do not want your end users to drill up in the chart Select the Create directory view for chart check box if you want to publish an additional HTML file of the chart that contains only the Search View columns See the Publishing a Directory Version of the Chart procedure in this document for detailed information If you
268. es shorter wider charts Layout 2 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged in a vertical row This creates narrower taller charts a Layout 3 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged with the boxes side by side This creates more compact charts Layout 4 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of the chart displays only two levels arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level The number of boxes across is determined automatically or set to a specific number 292 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Select Print if you want to open the Print Wizard to print the chart or Close the print preview without printing Copying the Print Preview Chart You can copy the Wall style chart from the Print Preview window and paste it into another Microsoft Windows application The chart headers and footers are also copied Note This preview chart copy function copies with OLE embedding enabled which enables you to manipulate the chart if you paste it into an application that can edit metafiles such as Microsoft Word or PowerPoint 1 Open the Print Preview by selecting File from the Main menu then Print preview from the options list You can also click the Print Preview L
269. es are Center Tile or Stretch Click OK to accept the background choices and view the chart To remove a background image click Remove Image in the Value column then click OK Creating a Backup Style If you have taken the effort to format the chart and create a style you want to use as a Standard it is recommended that you create a backup of that style 1 Select File from the Main menu then Styles from the pull down menu The Styles dialog opens Select the existing style from the top left pane that you want to backup then click New OrgPublisher copies the existing style features into the new style and a new record line displays at the bottom of the list Select the text Copy of X style and type the name you want to use for the backup style Add any notes if appropriate in the Notes area in the center of the dialog If you are working with a secure EChart you can secure a style to a group by selecting the group name from the drop down list at the bottom of the dialog Click Close The open style in your chart reflects the changes you have just made Select File from the Main menu then Save from the pull down menu You can also click C the Save button in the toolbar 142 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Creating a Color Gradient and Style OrgPublisher enables you to create a gradient color and style for your chart background A gradient is a gradual difference in lightness o
270. ess of iPad and is recommended for large connectivity charbs To optimize parormance you may However downloading the photos to the iPad as iPad daia syr limits choose to lieve the rueniteer gi a np i Ta records and lueels that may ba sant needed provides much better performance and is kiiman number of records t anc co ihe cham dunng a syne recommended for large charts Mamun number of heels to sre 2 iPad data sync limits To optimize performance you may choose to limit the number of records and levels that may be sent to the client during a sync lt Back ancal Help Ei Click Next z HCR NE Figure 24 21 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide OrgPublisher Executive on Apple iPad OrgPublisher Executive Chart Security Dialog You can select the type of security to assign to OrgPublisher data on iPad In addition to the options listed below you can use the OrgPublisher hierarchical custom field and style group security options Chart security options Unsecured All users can view the entire chart enables anyone who has access to the OrgPublisher Executive application to view the chart data Require PIN restricts access to OrgPublisher Executive only to those users with your authorized PIN Personal Identification Number Chart User enters user ID and password only allows users with assigned IDs and passwords access to the OrgPublisher Executive data Allow user to cache password option provides
271. etween boxes or select View 5 Click on the Print button eS in the toolbar The system Print dialog opens with the default printer and settings Your dialog options may vary Verify the selected printer or select a different printer Specify a range of pages or select All to print the entire document Specify the number of copies to print Click OK to print the chart Printing in Wall Chart Style The Wall Chart Style printing option is available from the Print Wizard or the Wall Chart Print Preview This procedure describes printing your chart using the Print Wizard If you want to modify your Wall chart in more detail see the Previewing a Wall Style Chart procedure Buttons on the toolbar enable moving boxes changing box layouts and switching between zoom and grab modes When in grab mode clicking on boxes selects the box rather than zooming in out 1 Open the Print Wizard or if you have turned off the Print Wizard option select File from the main menu then Print from the pull down list You can also click the Print button 2 in the main menu 2 If you selected File then Print the system Print dialog opens Verify the printer options and click OK The portion of the chart displayed in the Chart View prints If you are following the Print Wizard and additional views are displayed in your chart you can select the views you want to print Click Next 3 Following the Print Wizard select the Wall Chart radio button Clic
272. evel of each branch in the chart arranged with the boxes side by side This creates more compact charts Layout 4 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of the chart displays only two levels arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level The number of boxes across is determined automatically or set to a specific number 4 Click Print if you want to print the chart or Cancel the print preview without printing 289 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Advanced Page Optimizer Settings In some cases the default criteria used by the page optimizer may not produce the fewest pages possible for printing your Book Style chart You can adjust those settings using the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog selecting the maximum number of reporting boxes and the layout to display per page When a page fits none of the criteria selected in the Advanced Settings dialog OrgPublisher prints the chart using layout 4 with two levels displayed Sending the Chart to Microsoft PowerPoint With OrgPublisher you can copy the chart directly to Microsoft PowerPoint This provides enhanced chart graphic quality and flexibility within PowerPoint presentations All the information you can see in the OrgPublisher chart is sent to PowerPoint Note This feature disables the header and footer options as well as th
273. ew 375 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 Enhanced What if Planning Profile View Security 11 7 Enhanced What if Planning Profile View Security The ability to configure the Profile View in what if org model or succession planning has been disabled This prevents a planning chart administrator from inadvertently displaying fields in a planning chart that should remain hidden Only the Copy right click menu option iS available OrgPublisher S Planning Q amp j Look for And names titles etc v Search 100 5 amp Show 2 chart levels 2 i la E an P Hep Contact Infomation Contractors Directory Open Positions Org Chat OrgC Y4 gt Pacific Eastern Pacific Eastern Russell O Heis Email Address Russell Heis pacificeastern com Phone Number 123 456 7999 Russell Heis pacificeastern com President lt gt For Help press F1 Levels shown 2 Shown head count 8 Figure 321 376 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Web Administration Web Administration There are some things to remember when you work with Web Administration e The Web Administration Server chart design templates work if the web administration server remotserver dll and the OrgPub32 exe installed on the server are both the current version If one of these pieces has not been updated OrgPublisher cannot pull the data it needs and a blank list of quick formats appears in the dialog
274. ew Type or Browse to the file into which you want to export your groups such as a file in your network drive Type a name for the group files and click Open The file extension is OCG Group Data Files Click Export to send the groups to the selected file A message displays to let you know if your groups were successfully exported Import Groups L Open the Search View or Search dialog Click on the My groups tab if you re in a published chart or the Groups tab if you re in the application Click the Import groups button A The Select Groups to Import dialog opens Type or Browse to the file from which you want to import your groups The names of the groups in the selected file display 323 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 4 Click Select all to import all of the displayed groups to your PC You can clear the groups you do not want to import or click Clear all if there are many groups and you want to select just a few Ul Click Import A message displays that your groups have been successfully imported The selected groups display in the published chart My groups tab Preview and Print Published Charts Tasks listed here are also applicable to Organizational and Succession planning charts Topics Pertaining to this Section Creating and Editing a Book Style Page Printing a Workforce Analysis Graph Customization List Customizing the Printed Header and Footer Printing the Pu
275. ew At least 1 category and no more than 12 must be selected Click OK Select Colors Click this button to open the Select Colors dialog Choose a color for each category displayed in the graph Click OK Show Legend When this check box is selected a legend displays for the graph The default is selected Legend Options This option is enabled when Show Legend is selected Click this button to open the Legend Options dialog Select background color a border around the legend font and placement of the legend within the graph area Click OK Zoom to Fit If only one graph exists select this check box to expand or shrink the graph to fill the entire graph area If there are multiple graphs the graph expands horizontally when the graphs are vertically aligned and expands vertically when they are horizontally aligned If this option is selected you cannot resize the graph by dragging the borders Graph Appearance section Type Select the type of graph you want to display The default is a pie chart graph When a horizontal or vertical bar graph is selected the Bar Graph Options button is enabled Click to open the Bar Graph Options dialog and modify the display of the bar chart You can display background lines and data axis values The maximum value displayed on the data axis is determined by adding 5 to the category with the highest value An adjustment is made to the value to provide open space between the highest value and the e
276. ey display in the appropriate language Save your chart and then follow the appropriate publishing procedure Expanding or Collapsing Levels in Tree View L 2 Select Options from the Main menu then Tree View options Select Expand or Collapse from the options list Expand shows each level of information Collapse shows only the top level with plus signs to indicate where additional levels are available The Tree View immediately reflects your change Managing Data Sources After you have created a chart from a multiple sources text XML or ODBC you can manage those sources through the Data menu Note Web Administration supports opening multiple data base charts OCB CSV as long as those files exist in the SourceCharts folder Web Administration however does not support creating multiple data source charts from these file types neither does it Support editing the text file charts using the Data sources dialog e Click Data from the Main menu then Manage data sources from the options list The Data sources dialog opens This dialog displays a list of all databases used to create your chart You can delete a data source add a new data source or modify the properties of a data source Add a Data Source 1 Click the New NE button to add another data source to your chart The New Chart Wizard opens at the Additional data source dialog Follow the wizard prompts to add the data source Click Finish to close
277. ey Julie a lt Back Next gt Cancel Help Figure 57 5 Review the data to determine that it is the data you want and then click Next 59 OrgPublisher 6 7 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts Note If the data shown is incorrect click Back to connect to a different database The next option allows you to accept the standard OrgPublisher field order or specify a custom order xi Use standard OrgPublisher field order Use this For data sources created for OrgPubisher C Specify custom Field order Figure 58 Select the appropriate option for your field order The default selection is Use standard OrgPublisher field order If the table view or query selected is not laid out in the field noted in the Input File Layout see the Specifying a Custom Field Order procedure This provides the mapping option Click Next When you select the default field order OrgPublisher displays the following dialog box Wizard a O ODBC database You have finished setting up the data for your chart Click Finish to display the chart The style wizard sigh dehy tps PERNO POETEN pal asap chart styles can be added later by running vided ald ERCA AA K IV Launch the style wizard gt Figure 59 If you do not want to Launch the style wizard clear that check box Click Finish OrgPublisher displays your org chart Creating an Org Chart from an XML File The New Chart Wizard enables you to create a c
278. f a certain group High Performer z Note Fields will be visible only when all of the above criteria are satisfied For Cona Ea EN E reeds dol Eaa imei eaemia esc Ty the field wil only be visible in subordinate boxes of users who are in group x x cancel Figure 77 If the end user can see all records in the chart the secured field data displays for the group identified in Step 4c1 If the end user can only see within their designated span of control the secured field data in boxes only within that span of control Example Unpublished chart where all fields are viewable amp D Q Figure 78 Example Published chart with HR Specialist logged in and viewing sensitive data for their area of responsibility User s box and subordinates selection Figure 79 97 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview Example Published chart with user logged in and viewing sensitive data for a specific group role based security Below Average Performers Below Average Performers ic Figure 80 Setting Search Properties for Custom Fields You can specify suggested values on which users can search custom fields 1 Click the Custom fields button in the toolbar to open the Custom Field Properties dialog 2 Select the custom field for which you want to set search properties for instance Birthdate Click the Search Properties button to open the Search
279. f applicable type or Browse to the Base photo file path or URL If you browsed to the photo file name the base path automatically displays in this field The base file path or URL is the lowest level of the path to the directory where the linked document is saved such as file servername profiles If applicable you can select the Photos located in the same folder as chart check box Click Next Note If a full path is passed in with a photo file in field 15 the base URL is overridden and the full path name is used You must include the trailing forward slash in the base URL A preview of the photo is shown in the last dialog If the photo is correct click Finish OrgPublisher inserts the photo or graphic into your org chart Click Back if you need to change the photo or graphic then repeat these steps and click Finish The photo displays in the selected box If necessary resize the photo by adjusting the Width or Height As you adjust one dimension the other automatically changes to maintain the aspect ratio If you are not satisfied with the new size click Reset to actual size and begin again If you are using very large photos you can select the Shrink preview to fit check box 123 OrgPublisher 8 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview Click Finish A message displays asking if you want to make the size of the selected photos the default size for all photos in the chart Click Yes for best results P
280. f this field and type your data for example a phone number Press Enter If you want to format the new custom field right click on the field and select Format from the drop down menu 72 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts Inserting a Person Job Box When you create a chart you must insert a box before you add any other components This box must contain a person and a job To insert these two components at the same time select the Person Job box button from the Insert toolbar You can also add the person and job chart components individually Inserting Additional Person Job Boxes Once you have inserted the first box into your chart you can begin building your chart levels by adding additional boxes Click and release the Insert Person Job Box button 2 Move the pointer over the box to which the new person job box will be reporting and click to insert a person job box beneath the box you selected 3 Type over the Box title Job title and Name text with the appropriate for the person for the new box Inserting Multiple Person Job Boxes Once you have inserted your first box into your chart you can add several boxes at once Press and hold the Ctrl key Click and release the Insert Person Job Box button 2 Still pressing the Ctrl key move the pointer over each box under which you want to place a new box Click the mouse once for each box you want to insert 3 To insert the last box release t
281. familiarizing yourself with information about licensing system requirements directory structure user roles and several other topics covered in this section Licensing Information Dialog 1 Access this dialog by clicking Help in the Main menu then License Information in the options list The Licensing Information dialog lists your license key the features enabled by your license the position count you are licensed to chart and the license expiration date Licensing Information License Key Key Enter new key Licensed To Features Name v Side by side Profile v 9 Box V Succession Planning Modeler v Web Administration OrgPublisher for SAP v Access Control Lists V OrgPublisher Executive Position Count 1000 Expiration Application and published charts Close Figure 44 2 Click Enter new key to enter a newly obtained OrgPublisher license key Entering a New License Key If you aS an administrator request a license upgrade or a trial extension of OrgPublisher a new license key is provided by your sales associate When you receive the new key open OrgPublisher and select Help in the Main menu 2 Select License Information from the options list The Licensing Information dialog opens showing your license number and all features currently enabled as well as your Position Count and expiration date if applicable 3 Click Enter new key The License Key Entry dialog op
282. for information If you are using Microsoft Windows the User ID dialog prompts you to type a valid user name and password in order to automatically archive your chart You must be an authorized user of Windows to archive your charts using the scheduler wizard Click Next The Scheduling dialog displays a recap of your archive selections If the information is correct click Finish If you need to modify information click Back until you reach the appropriate dialog and repeat steps above to complete your scheduling Note If you are working with the OrgPublisher Web Administration server all archived charts will be created in the server ArchivedCharts folder In addition if end users must access archived charts they must be stored in the SourceCharts folder Photo Wizard The OrgPublisher Photo Wizard walks you through the process of inserting or modifying the URL for photos or graphics in your chart To insert a photo 1 Right click on a name if you are working with a planning chart and select Photo Wizard from the options list Select Insert from the menu bar then Photo from the pull down menu The Photo Wizard opens If you are working with a chart from data place the photo file name for example jasmith jpg in field 15 of the input file You can also click the Insert Photo button on the Insert toolbar and click in the box where you want to add the photo The Photo Wizard opens Type or Browse to the Photo file name I
283. from the Styles View OrgPublisher displays available styles with tabs across the Style bar r The last tab in the application contains a New Style button which launches the Style Wizard when selected The tabs display in alphabetical order e Click on a tab to look at the selected style The application tabs look like this Language Skills Planning Sales 7 Figure 103 The published chart tabs look like this enge SRE Plenring Sales Figure 104 Note The Edit Style Bar label option is not available if the Show styles in tabs option is enabled Viewing Available Styles If you have created more than one style for your chart you can quickly view the style list with the Styles View Note This option is not available if the Show styles in tabs option is enabled 147 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 1 Click on the Style View button in the toolbar or if you have pinned the Style View click the drop down arrow next to the style name in the Style bar The Styles View opens on the left side of the OrgPublisher window Select the style from the list by clicking on the style name in the list Using the Format Dialog You can define chart characteristics such as title box shape and color connecting lines and much more The format dialog provides options within tabs to choose individual formatting items Topics Pertaining to this Section Formatting Chart Boxes Formatting the Ch
284. from those secured fields in the archived chart Select the Remove secure field data check box Click Next OrgPublisher defaults to Sign archived charts If you do not want to archive the chart with a signature clear the check box See the Working with Signed and Read Only Archive Charts section for more information OrgPublisher also defaults to Mark archived charts as read only You can clear the check box if you do not want to archive the chart as read only Click Next Note You can create a read only archived chart just once a day using the One time only scheduling option If you want to archive an updated version of your read only chart you can schedule it to run the next day If you highlighted a box other than the top of chart in OrgPublisher you can select the Exclude positions above check box to archive the chart only from the selected box down If you navigated through the chart you want to archive and left the cursor at a box other that the top box in the chart you can click Reset Starting Box Click Next You can select to archive your chart immediately or later Select the appropriate radio button e Execute now archives the chart immediately placing it in the folder you designated in the wizard The Archive Charts dialog opens to display the names of all your archived charts A message displays verifying that the chart has been archived with a link you can click to preview the archived chart e Execute later pl
285. g Standard or Custom Field Order Database Creating an Org Chart from an XML File Selecting a Database Table View or Query Creating an Org Chart from a Text File Mapping to Multiple Field Types Running the New Chart Wizard OrgPublisher provides a wizard to help you begin creating a new chart The New Chart Wizard can also launch the Style Wizard to help you create your first style Real time publishing is not available when building a chart from multiple data sources 1 Open OrgPublisher and select Run the New Chart Wizard or click the New Q button in the toolbar 2 To create a new chart using the Prebuilt Reports feature click here Select Organizational chart then click Next New Chart Wizard Organizational chart Organizational charts represent reporting relationships in your organization Select this option to create a chart using your own data mapping and formatting Controller B Greta Johannson Organizational chart using Prebuilt Reports Prebu Reports allow you to select from a variety of display formats which leverage the Universal File Layout UFL Select this option to associate a Prebuilt Report with your organizational chart by mapping your available data fields to Pacific Eastern comesponding UFL fields Preakient Russel 0 Hes Head Touri C a O Figure 52 5 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts 3 In the Select a data source dialog
286. g Wizard The OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard opens Click Next 2 Follow the wizard prompts until you reach the Schedule Frequency dialog Select the Weekly radio button Click Next 3 To Select a weekly frequency use the up or down arrow to choose Every x week for instance every 2 weeks 4 To Select the time of day to run the scheduling job use the up or down arrow to choose the time for instance 1 00 00 PM 5 To Select the days of the week you want the job to run select the appropriate check box for instance if you want the job to run at the beginning and middle of the week you might select Monday and Wednesday You can also schedule the job to run on weekends by selecting Saturday or Sunday Click Next 6 Continue with the Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard The last dialog displays if you have successfully completed the scheduling Click Finish You can also click Back and change your scheduling information User ID for Automatic Task Scheduler When scheduling a publishing or archive task the OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduler wizard presents a user name and password dialog Depending on your company s operating system requirements you may be able to bypass this dialog without typing the asked for information If you are using Microsoft Windows the User ID dialog prompts you to type a valid user name and password in order to automatically publish or archive your chart You must be an authorized use
287. g boxes or a selection of boxes or changing the chart layout L If you have Print Wizard selected in the Print Options and you select File Print Preview the Print Preview Type dialog opens requiring a selection of either Wall chart preview or Book style preview Open the Print Preview by selecting File from the menu then Print preview from the options list The Print Preview Type dialog opens You can also click the Print Preview button L in the toolbar The default selection is the preview type you used last If you are not using the Print Wizard OrgPublisher assumes you will print as a Wall style chart Click OK to accept the default Wall chart preview type The Print Preview opens Print Print Setup N i One Page Close Resetto default Printina Tips Show 2 chart levels Page optimization options w Show Advanced Options Figure 197 The preview now displays the Menu bar as well as thumbnails for preview layouts The thumbnails display a tooltip showing the percent zoom necessary for the chart to fit the page The first thumbnail shows the current default setting for the preview The thumbnails are sorted by the largest percent least shrinkage first However if a 294 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing thumbnail is within 5 of the thumbnail preceding it then OrgPublisher checks to see which thumbnail is squarer that one will be the first in the list
288. g definition is saved e Schedule now to set up a publishing schedule After the PDF conversion is complete a message displays the number of chart pages created The PDF chart file is saved to the WEB folder in the OrgPublisher directory End users can view and print the chart as a Book style PDF Click Finish Choosing PDF Font and Image Settings When publishing your chart in PDF format or printing an EChart thin client chart OrgPublisher defaults to several settings These include chart paper font and image choices Font embedding and images can affect the size of the PDF file which in turn can affect the response time Settings Description Font Embedding OrgPublisher defaults to the Font Embedding check box Embedding fonts used in the creation of the chart into the published PDF ensures that the end user sees the chart text just as it is in the Original chart If you have concerns about the size of the file font embedding significantly increases the file size you can clear the option Printer Resolution The default Printer Resolution is set to 600 DPI but you can select another option from 72 DPI to 1200 DPI 188 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Settings Description DPI means dots of ink or toner printed per inch of full color and gray scale images The higher the resolution the more detailed the image Remove Duplicate If you accept the default OrgPublisher will Remove Dupli
289. g displays if you have successfully completed the scheduling Click Finish You can also click Back and change your scheduling information Scheduling a One Time Only Job When you schedule a chart to publish or archive you can select how often and at what time you want the job to run To run the publish or archive schedule only once L Select the Schedule now radio button and click Finish in either the OrgHistory Archive Wizard or the Publishing Wizard The OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard opens Click Next Follow the wizard prompts until you reach the Schedule Frequency dialog Select the One time only radio button Click Next Use the up or down arrows to Select the time of day you want the schedule to run such as 1 00 00 PM Use the down arrow to Select the date you want the schedule to run such as 11 16 2005 Click Next 203 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts 5 Continue with the Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard The last dialog displays if you have successfully completed the scheduling Click Finish You can also click Back and change your scheduling information Scheduling a Weekly Job When you schedule a chart to publish or archive you can select how often and at what time you want the job to run To run the publish or archive schedule on a weekly basis 1 Select the Schedule now radio button and click Finish in either the OrgHistory Archive Wizard or the Publishin
290. ge customization list in order to delete any as a top of page box Deleting the box from this list does not remove the box from the chart Click OK 305 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Boxes across on book style pages You can allow OrgPublisher to determine the chart row size or manually select the number of boxes in a row Setting Description Automatically set Select this radio button to let OrgPublisher set the number of boxes per row size row and size these boxes to fit each page Specify maximum Select this radio button to manually set the maximum number of boxes row size to be printed in a row The minimum number of boxes across is 4 The chart style is automatically stacked which means there are two levels of the organization per page and the lowest level is arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level Organizational levels to print Accept the default to show all levels in the printed chart or select a specific level option Setting Description Show all levels Accept this default or click the down arrow to choose the number of levels you want to print 1 Choose Print index to print an index of pages to accompany your book print 2 If you are not already using the Book Style Print Preview select the Show the print preview check box in order to view each page before you print the chart 3 If applic
291. ged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level The number of boxes across is determined automatically or set to a specific number Click this button to select the number of levels from the drop down list that you want to display Printing All Levels is now an option in Book Style default is Zoom to fit 283 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Button Action Performed TI Click this button to place employees in individual boxes below the supervisor box Same as Auto Build option Click this button to place employees in a box below the supervisor box Same as Auto Build option Click this button to place employees in the same box as the supervisor Same as Auto Build option a Click this button to use the Compact Build Mode in the print preview Reset to default Click this button to reset the chart boxes with employees and Supervisors in normal build Same as Auto Build option Click Print to print the chart This button opens your system Print dialog 4 Or you can close the Print Preview without printing the chart by clicking Cancel Print Enhancements Using Print Preview The OrgPublisher Print Preview features have been enhanced to provide more chart printing options You can see detail of all the enhancements in the Previewing a Book Style Chart and Previewing a Wall Style Chart topics
292. group you want to use as a filter Click OK The dialog closes and the filter button appears to be pressed in This indicates that a base filter is set for your search Click Search Now in the Search dialog or Go in the Search View If you chose a group filter OrgPublisher searches only the selected group and displays the matching records If no group filter was selected the entire chart is searched and matching records shown If you are looking for a certain record click on it OrgPublisher moves to that section of the chart and highlights the record you have selected If you are creating a new group click Save as group Type the name you want to use in the Enter a group name dialog Click OK to save the group You can also include search results in the side by side profile by clicking the Include the search results in Profile View button nE Side by side profiles are limited to 6 at a time if you auto pin the profiles in the Search View Adding to a Search Result List You can combine two or more search results in order to create the unique group that you want In addition you can view the search results list in Microsoft Excel L In the Search dialog select a tab to begin your search such as Name or Job Title Or if you have an existing group that you want to search click the Groups button in the toolbar to open the Group Editor dialog 259 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching
293. gs Tutorials Access video tutorials and user guide Send comments and feedback on product experience mm display left chart view only m Display split chart view Each side is independent of the other allowing you to drag people or boxes from one view into the other Display right chart view only C ct Compact Displays a more compact view of the chart if created by the chart administrator 359 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements Undo recent changes Redo the reversed change Generate a change report Printing the Published Cross Browser Chart If enabled by the chart administrator you can print your published cross browser Silverlight chart in wall style one displayed page at a time 1 Click the Print button The Print this page of the Org Chart dialog opens Print this page of the Org Chart Set orientation to Landscape to maximize print area W Shrink to Fit Content may be truncated if checked off Print Cancel Figure 279 2 Accept the default of Shrink to Fit recommended or clear the check box 3 Click Print to print the displayed levels in the chart view Personalizing Settings in the Cross Browser Chart If enabled by the chart administrator you can personalize settings in your published cross browser Silverlight chart The Search settings are described above 1 Click the Setting
294. hart from a single source such as text XML or ODBC You can also create a succession planning chart see Mapping Succession Planning Fields for additional information 1 Open OrgPublisher and select Run the New Chart Wizard radio button from the OrgPublisher dialog You can also select File from the Main menu then New from the pull down menu or click the New button in the toolbar The New Chart Wizard opens Select the XML file button and click Next Type or Browse to the chart XML file Click Next The Data Preview dialog lets you verify that you have the right source and that your records contain the appropriate data See the Specifying a Custom Field Order procedure for additional information Click Next 60 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts 5 You can accept the default in the last dialog to Launch the style wizard to format your chart or you can clear the check box and click Finish to open your chart Creating an Org Chart from a Text File The New Chart Wizard also enables you to create a chart from a single source such as text XML or ODBC 1 Open OrgPublisher and select Run the New Chart Wizard radio button from the OrgPublisher dialog You can also select File from the Main menu then New or click the New button in the toolbar The New Chart Wizard opens Select the Text file button and click Next Type or Browse to the Chart Text File Click Next 4 The Data preview dialog lets
295. he chart If you want to search the entire chart click the Search under selected box check box to clear it If you are using the Search View and want to start your search from a specific box in a chart you must first select a box in the Chart View and then select the Search under check box This begins the search at that point in the chart Select the All Fields tab In the Search field click the drop down arrow to select Successor s in a box You can also press the key of the first letter of the field you want to navigate through the list 340 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 6 In the For field type the number of successors in a box you want to find For instance if you want to see all boxes that contain more than one successor type 1 7 Inthe Match field click the down arrow to select Whole Field FD 8 Click Search Now or Go OrgPublisher performs the search and displays the matching records successors and managers in the box in the lower pane 9 You can save the search results as a Spotlighting Succession Groups or perform an additional search You can use the spotlighting a group feature with succession groups OrgPublisher Premier you have created You can use this feature alone or you can use it in conjunction with spotlighting search results 1 To enable the spotlight group feature select a succession group to display in the chart from the Filter View
296. he Ctrl key and click the mouse over the last box under which the new box will be inserted Inserting a Staff Function Box Unlike the process of inserting other chart components from the OrgPublisher toolbar inserting a staff function box to an existing chart requires that you first create a staff function position type Note Only Staff Function position types can reside in Staff Function boxes If you are working with an empty chart the position type is already available in the Position Type Wizard The actual box type does not contain special formatting by default but you can format the box to your specifications 1 Once the position type is created you add a box with a person and job into the chart where you want to place the staff function 2 Double click on the name field to open the Update Person dialog and select the Staff Function position type 73 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts 3 The staff function box title displays and the box may be repositioned Double click on Staff Function to change the box title If you add reports to this box a drill down button displays and you must drill to view those reporting boxes Inserting Assistant Boxes An assistant is a special type of box that is inserted below and to the right of a selected box If you insert more than one assistant box these boxes alternate from the right and then to the left of the reporting box The text Assistant Box followed
297. he EChart server PluginX Binary chart template file combined OTM Template formatting file OTM file matches the ODB ODBX or OCB chart file Contains all formatting custom field labels publishing definitions styles and groups HTM HTML code page main chart page that determines the browser type and invokes the JS file for downloading the ActiveX Plugin Also applicable to EChart both thin and rich client OCB HTML code page contains chart data ASCII file comma delimited text file in OrgPublisher format Contains static snapshot of the data not dynamic data ODB Database connection file contains ODBC connection and DSN information only no chart data DLL EChart chart file contains DLL for both thin client and rich client DLL file is named the same as the published chart file and must be in the same directory as the EChart OCP file Needs to be configured in ISAPI Filter setup IIS6 or Handler Mapping IIS7 44 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data File File Contents Extensions OCS EChart file for both thin and rich client types contains EChart data must be in the same web directory as the EChart OCP file BAT EChart file for both thin and rich client batch file that can be used for automated EChart publishing See the Publish ECharts section of this document for detailed information OPW Web Administration file ODBX Multiple sources chart file also pertains to singl
298. he Move up or Move down button The box displays at the new level 5 You can also select Edit from the Main menu then Move up a level or Move down a level from the pull down menu 6 Save your chart Some things to note about the Multi level Peer display feature e Works in View Mode e The top box cannot be moved e The first level below the parent box does not move up because it is already at the highest level in relation to the parent box e If you move a parent box all reporting boxes move with it e Partners move with their attached boxes e You can move up or down 10 levels in relation to a parent box 86 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview Custom Fields Overview OrgPublisher can display custom field data extracted from your database The required layout for org chart information is defined in the OrgPublisher Input File Layout Custom fields automatically begin in column 20 of this file and summary custom fields begin in column 26 The first time a chart is created from data open the Custom Field Properties dialog and assign your custom fields to the appropriate position types Topics Pertaining to this Section Adding a Custom Field Hiding a Custom Field Label Changing the Contents of a Custom Field Inserting a Custom Field for a Single Position Type Changing the Custom Field Label Inserting a Custom Field for all Position Types Custom Field Properties Dialog Inserting a
299. he Prebuilt Reports features you must map your data using the Universal File Layout UFL Note A conditional formatting position type is used for formatting purposes only and does not override a position type pulled from your data source Fields 1 Each input record must be laid out according to the Input File Layout or Universal File Layout 2 The first two fields in each record must contain the correct reporting relationship information before a chart structure can build successfully 3 The first 10 fields in each input file must be mapped correctly matching the OrgPublisher layout although only the first two fields are required to contain data 4 Field 5 must contain a unique person or employee ID if you intend to display multi relationship icons in your chart This ID should not contain sensitive information because it is displayed in the Update Person dialog and is searchable by end users 5 Fields 11 16 17 and 19 are reserved fields for use by OrgPublisher Populating field 17 with a unique position ID is strongly recommended when using OrgHistory 6 Fields 12 13 and 14 can contain sequence numbers integers only used by OrgPublisher Field 12 is used to Sort by box ID in the Sort Options feature Field 4 contains the record type The record type defaults to E employee when blank Use Field 18 for level numbers if you want to use the Multi level Peer Display feature The Multi level Peer Display feature is not app
300. he Publishing Wizard Select the Advanced Mode radio button Click Next Click Next again at the brief description dialog Type the Name of the published chart It can be the same as the chart name and does not need to include publishing information The name must however be unique and cannot contain any special characters such as slashes or colons asterisks question marks quotation marks and greater than or less than symbols lt or gt The publishing definition name can be up to 255 characters Click Next Accept the default Interactive Org Chart selection Click Next Select the EChart radio button Click Next Click Next again Type or Browse to the location where you want to publish your org chart If you want to write over your existing information select the Overwrite existing HTML and JS files check box Click Next If applicable select the Send to web server FTP check box if you want to transfer your chart to your intranet Click Next Select the Both client options above radio button Click Next Select the Use Real Time Data check box If you want to improve searching performance you can choose the Use static cached data for searching check box This allows OrgPublisher to perform all searches using a Snapshot of the data as of publishing time only If you do not select this option end users will search using real time data This may affect response time 196 OrgPublisher 12
301. he chart The maximum range is between 5 and 100 This field must be changed from the default setting in order to place text outside the boxes using the Advanced Box Layout Editor Change the width to a number wide enough to accommodate the text Height Type the minimum box height for the selected position type in the current style If the wrapped text is taller than this setting the box height automatically increases to fit the text This setting applies to all boxes in the chart for this position type The maximum range is between O and 500 148 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 5 WELLS Description Show outline Select to show the box outline for the selected position type in the current style or clear the selection to hide the box outline If you hide the outline other box components such as background color and shadow still appear Outline width Type the width of the line surrounding the box for the selected position type in the current style Background color Select a predefined or custom color for the box background for the selected position type in the current style Shadow color Select a predefined or custom color for the box shadow for the selected position type in the current style Outline color Select a predefined or custom color for the box outline for the selected position type in the current style Gradient Color Select a predefined or custom color for the box gradient for the selected pos
302. he link into an e mail message and send the e mail to a supervisor who should review information in this person s chart box The supervisor clicks on the link and the chart opens at that person s location in the chart 225 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Note If the link is pasted into Microsoft Word or an e mail and the published chart is accessed through the file system such as C Program Files x86 OrgPub10 Web OPDev htm the target box is not located The link will instead open at the top of the chart Copying a link feature works as designed when the published chart is accessed through HTTP even if pasted into a Microsoft Word document or an e mail Copying Job Titles You can copy job titles and paste them to other boxes in the chart 1 Press and hold the Ctrl key Press and hold the left mouse button over the job to copy 2 Drag the pointer to the new box or job title Release the mouse button and then the Ctrl key The job title is inserted below the selected location OrgPublisher automatically inserts an open position below the job title Copying the List View You can copy information from the List View and paste it into other Microsoft Windows applications Note When working with a published EChart the Copy whole list option is not available because ECharts are typically very large charts You can however use the Search feature and select the Everyone group then copy t
303. he list to the clipboard To copy a record 1 Highlight the record in the List View and right click 2 Select Copy selection from the options list 3 Click the Copy button Lal in the toolbar 4 Open the Windows application and click the Paste button ej The selection appears in the new application To copy the entire list 1 Right click in the List View 2 Select Copy whole list from the options list 3 Open the Windows application and click the Paste button e The selection displays in the new application 226 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Copying the Summary View You can copy information from the Summary View to other Microsoft Windows applications Note The Summary view is not available in a published real time chart Right click in the Summary View Select Copy Summary from the options list Click the Copy 8 button in the toolbar Open the Windows application and click the Paste e button The summary information displays in the new application Displaying a Direct Report Count With the levels and span of control feature in OrgPublisher Premier you can show the direct report count for each manager director vice president and president by creating a custom field and assigning the Direct Count custom field type When you make a change to a summary field OrgPublisher recalculates the field from the top of the chart through the bottom level 1 Select Data from the menu
304. he middle pane click the down arrow and select how you want to show names In the last pane select where you want to view the report either in the web browser of in Microsoft Excel Click OK See the Exporting Change Data for detailed information about the Export Change Data tab The change report runs and when complete the report opens Exporting Change Data in Archived Charts When you generate change reports you can choose to export data that has changed in order to create a comma separated file reflecting changes to upload into a source HR system You select the desired fields and the resulting Microsoft Excel file contains three tabbed worksheets e Added position data records e Removed position data records e Edited data records field data modified or movement in the chart 274 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts After you have archived at least 2 versions of your selected chart click the Manage OrgHistory Archives button aj The OrgHistory Archives dialog opens Click Compare The OrgHistory Archive Browser dialog opens Select the chart files you want to compare from the OrgHistory Archives panel on the right Click Compare The Change Report Options dialog opens If applicable select the report data you want to see in the Generate Report tab Click the Export Change Data tab Change Report Options Generate Report Export Change Data The export option will generate a Microsoft Excel fil
305. heck box if you do not want to allow end users to search on this field name If you are publishing your chart as a secured EChart you can also secure customs fields See the Securing ECharts procedure for details Note Published real time charts use IIS security only Custom field group and styles security do not apply Click OK to accept the change and return to the Custom Field Properties dialog Click Apply to accept the change in the current chart and continue to work in the dialog Click Close to exit the Custom Field Properties dialog Note Keep in mind that when you choose to show or hide information you can view in the OrgPublisher chart or search results list that the information is also displayed when you copy the chart to Microsoft PowerPoint or copy the search results list to Microsoft Excel Making a field not searchable does not hide it in the chart or other views Displaying a Custom Field The Assigned To field in the Custom Field Properties dialog determines where the custom field is displayed in the chart EChart field security such as securing a field hierarchically or by group also affects whether or not end users can view custom fields 1 3 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu The Custom Field Properties dialog opens You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar Position the cursor on the custom field and press the TAB key to mo
306. hedule tab Select a schedule from the displayed list and click Update The OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduler opens If your selection was Schedule Now in the OrgHistory Archive Wizard the scheduler opens when you click Finish You can also access the task scheduling in the Archive Schedule tab by selecting the archive definition and clicking Update or New Click Next In the Schedule Name dialog the archive Name you selected displays You can type a new name Click Next Select the scheduling definition from the displayed list you want to archive If this is your first archive only this definition displays in the list pane of the dialog Click Next In the Schedule Frequency dialog select the radio button that fits your scheduling needs Options are One time only Daily Weekly and Monthly Click Next If you selected One time only the next dialog prompts you to Select the time of day and Select a date using the drop down arrows Click Next e If you selected Daily the next dialog prompts you to select a frequency to archive such as every 2 day or Every weekday You must also Select the time of day and Select the date to begin Click Next e If you selected Weekly the next dialog prompts you to select a frequency to archive such as every 3 weeks You must also Select the time of day as wells as Select the days of the week to archive Click Next e If you selected Monthly the next dialog prompts you to select the Day or specifi
307. humbnail you want to use and it layout is displayed in the preview pane Print Print Setup Nec Pev One Page Close Reset to default Printing Tos Show 4 chart levels Page optimization options Hide Advanced Options Pad re ee ee M 35 i gt Sek te Sanat ote ee mR S amp Eee Ne t Zoom 7 Ba A Date Time 11 02 2010 10 52 40 hd Eui PAN RA Y TE DEut GALE URTU E i l E la halki Pi Pi Ppi Jai ie Tits C Program Files OrgPub 10 Samples Performance ocb Shown head count 74 Open positions 0 Planned Figure 193 The default chart layout in Wall Style preview is based on the number of levels displayed in the Chart View e If 2 levels are displayed If there are 8 or fewer direct reports chart layout 1 is used If there are more than 8 reports chart layout 4 is used e If 3 or more levels are displayed chart layout 2 is used If you accept the default Wall Style preview settings then no check is performed on the size of the chart when the preview is opened Copyright 2015 PeopleFluent All rights reserved Proprietary and confidential PeopleFluent and the PeopleFluent and OrgPublisher logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of PeopleFluent All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders NOs AD IDNIAC 08 12 2015 dae OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 U
308. ialog based on your machine fonts 6 Select the Font scaling option You can choose Automatic recommended to let OrgPublisher do the scaling or Manual if you want to do the scaling yourself Selecting Advanced Cross Browser Viewing Options When publishing your cross browser chart to Microsoft Silverlight you can enhance the end user experience These options are all selected by default but you can clear the check box for the option you do not want to use You can Animate chart navigation this feature provides motion to certain tasks such as when you open a chart it appears to fly in from the bottom of the window when you open a style it appears to fly in from the style tab in toolbar when you drill through the chart the top box appears to float up or down Use reflective photos this feature displays chart photos with a slight downward window reflection effect Animate the Profile View this feature provides motion when the chart box flips to reveal the profile Showing or Hiding Toolbar Buttons in the Silverlight Chart When you publish a chart for viewing through Microsoft Silverlight you can choose to show end user options on the toolbar or in a drop list Select your menu options when you reach the Toolbars dialog Use the grid below to select the buttons to display in the Silverlight chart toolbar V Show style selector Figure 134 1 Clear the check box in the Inclu
309. ible top of chart Reset search results to default size OK Cancel Figure 251 Three configuration options are available Hide Search Results window after each selection the default selection hides the view once you have made a selection from the results list You can clear the check box if you want the view to remain open Unless you resize or move the view this option may actually hide the chart box you want to view Begin search in currently visible top of chart this option limits the search area to the selected top of chart and levels below Reset search results to default size if you have modified the size of the search results view this option is enabled to reset the view to the default size If the default size has not been changed this button is not enabled 3 Make the selection you want and click OK The chart displays your choices Moving the Cross Browser Search Results View If enabled by your administrator you can search fields in a published cross browser Silverlight chart Once the search results view opens you can drag and drop the search results view to another location in the chart 345 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 1 Click the mouse button and hold on the blue bar at the top of the view Figure 252 2 Drag the view to the location you want in the chart and release the mouse button to drop the view Personalizing Settings in a Published Silver
310. ic appears then if the login data is correct the cross browser chart opens Cross Browser Planning Manage Plans Dialog The Manage Plans dialog opens when you click the Ge button from the planning enabled cross browser chart This dialog allows you to e Create new cross browser plans e Open existing cross browser plans e Modify existing cross browser plans Creating a New Planning Chart in the Cross Browser 1 Select the tab for the style you want to use for planning 2 In the toolbar click the Organizational Planning button oa The Manage Plans dialog opens 349 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Cross Browser Planning Charts 3 In the Manage Plan section click Create New Plan Manage Plans Manage Plan Open Existing Plan ee Create New Plan i HeadCountCompact Modify Existing Plans i HeadCount i PacificEasternPlanningCBHeadcountsOpen i HeadCountwOpen Figure 258 The New Plan dialog opens Plan Name Preview 2 Levels Description Optional Create Cancel Figure 259 Type the new Plan Name Type a Description if applicable Select the number of Levels to use in the planning chart Click Create aR a et If your chart contains multiple positions in chart boxes a notification message appears letting you know that drag and drop is disabled for those boxes 8 Click the new planning chart name to open it By default the planning chart op
311. ically from data and to ensure compatibility with future versions of OrgPublisher leave this field blank Field 12 is the box sequence number and accepts only numeric integer only characters It can be used but is not required to override the default positioning of the boxes By default boxes are positioned from left to right level by level in your chart alphabetically by box ID This field is used when you select the Sort by box ID option of the OrgPublisher Sort feature The job sequence number accepts only numeric integer only characters It can be used but is not required to override the default positioning of the job title By default job IDs are used for sorting multiple jobs within a single box such as people in the same box as their manager The position sequence number can be used but is not required to override the default positioning of the employee name and must be numeric integer only characters By default multiple employee names are sorted alphabetically within a single box The file names of the photos in your chart are stored in the photo field Add photos with the Photo Wizard so that you can specify a common path for all of your photo files If photos are stored in different areas you must put the full path name in this field Fields 16 is reserved for use by OrgPublisher To avoid problems when you are creating an org chart automatically from data and to ensure compatibility with future versions of OrgPublishe
312. ick Apply or Close Note In OrgPublisher the Summary Wizard inserts placeholders if necessary which display in the Custom Field Properties dialog These fields within OrgPublisher occupy sequences 20 25 and are designated as field types other than summaries such as Text Hotspot or Email As you create summary fields OrgPublisher starts placing them in sequence 26 When importing numeric fields make sure that you do not use any leading symbols such as dollar signs Also verify that decimal places are set the way you want them prior to importing those fields into OrgPublisher Changing the Contents of a Custom Field You can modify the contents of a custom field at any time 1 Double click on the contents of the field in the chart box to select it for editing 2 Type new field information and either press Enter or click elsewhere in the Chart View The new information displays in the box Changing the Custom Field Label You can change the custom field label or name within the body of the chart or by using the Custom Field Properties dialog Custom field labels change in all the views Double click on the custom field label in the Chart View 2 Type the new name and press Enter The label is changed throughout the chart or 1 Select Data from the menu bar then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens 2
313. ick Next Indicate the Levels to Display in the chart from the drop down list If you have several levels in your chart and you choose to display just a few you can select Enable Drill up Drill down buttons so that your users can navigate through the chart levels Click Next Select the check box next to each view you want to display in the chart Click Next If you selected the Chart Design Template option in Step 6 the next dialog displays thumbnail layouts of preformatted templates available Select the layout you want then click Next 140 OrgPublisher 15 16 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts From the thumbnails select the format you want for the Chart View Click Next You can click Back in order to modify any of your choices or click Finish to close the wizard and open your chart in this style Applying a Chart Design Template ae eS oe Note Applying a formatting template overwrites any Advanced Box Layout settings you may already have in your chart Select Tools from the Main menu then Style Wizard from the options list You can also click the Chart Design Templates button in the Format toolbar The Style Wizard opens Select the New Style radio button Click Next Type the new Style name Select the Use this wizard to create a new style radio button Click Next Select the Selecting a chart design template radio button Click Next Use the scroll bar to view the thumbnails for available wi
314. ick OK once you have selected all the options you want to use Microsoft PowerPoint opens with the chart embedded in the slides 290 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Wall Style Changing the Chart Layout in Wall Style Print Preview The Wall Chart Print Preview window enables you to modify your chart by changing the chart layout to better fit on a printed page Note Changing the chart layout can nullify previous modifications made in Print Preview so you should select your layout before performing other tasks such as showing hiding the header Thumbnail selection The Wall Style Preview has been configured with thumbnails that give you an idea of what your chart will look like when you select a specific layout a 0e p 2222 22g 3 gt 9 z5 escemeg ensn oom gt a s a Se S m gt e n moeone rt abiabide e a aM Ml ES 5 3 1S oW SE ss ay r Layout 2 Narrow Font 31 Zoom Zoomtofit v j Figure 195 The thumbnails display a tooltip showing the percent zoom necessary for the chart to fit the page The first thumbnail shows the current default setting for the preview The thumbnails are sorted by the largest percent least shrinkage first However if a thumbnail is within 5 of the thumbnail preceding it then OrgPublisher checks to see which thumbnail is squarer tha
315. ick on the right hand side of this field and type your data for example a phone number Press Enter If you want to format the new custom field right click on the field and select Format from the drop down menu Inserting a Custom Field for all Position Types You can insert a custom field for all position types by dragging it from the Custom Field Properties dialog i Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields E button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens In addition you can use the Insert Custom Field button in the toolbar and move the mouse pointer to the place within an existing box where you want to insert the custom field Click the mouse to add it Make sure the field Drag and Drop for All Position Types is selected Click Close If the check box is not selected select it and click Apply Position the cursor in the column to the left of the Field label of the custom field to be added to a position type Click in the column and hold the mouse button down as you drag that custom field into the chart and place it within an existing box Release the mouse button to add the custom field Double click on the label for this custom field and type the new name if applicable Press Enter The new field displays in the dialog and with every position type displayed in the chart Double click on the right hand side of each occurrence o
316. ick the Action button HEN and select Remove Box A message appears verifying that you want to delete the selected box Click Yes The box is removed from the chart You can select the check box to not show this message in the future before you click Yes or No Dragging and Dropping a Box in the Cross Browser Planning Chart 1 Select the box you want to move A purple glow appears around the box Finance Controller A Ryan Dozier EE o M Figure 265 2 Begin dragging the box in the direction you want to move it The box turns translucent and green boxes with directional arrows appear in the chart Pacific Eastern ew Rustall O Hai 127450 Po0G Massel Nem g CEATEC ON E Exeruti Assistant i aale Gusan M Heroin Wine Pres cert Grogu E Fink inler 123 456 7000 EET kaisi TII aP Ang SecA E Haman kesma oes Edward P Rodriguez 123 456 7014 Sam Patel L 3 4 560 8000 Sam Patel gael menace ih Figure 266 These indicate all of the possible locations where the selected box can be dropped 353 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Cross Browser Planning Charts 3 Hover the box over the destination box All of the green boxes disappear except for the one in the destination box Pacific Eastern Russell O Heis 123 450 7999 Information Technolo Director of Technology Greqory K Fink 173 456 70 firepor Pinktipaciiccastcnm oo
317. ick the Publish button in the toolbar If this is the first time you are publishing a chart the wizard opens to the first dialog which gives you a brief overview of the Publishing Wizard 4 Accept the default Express Mode if you want to publish a basic chart Select Advanced Mode if you want to make detailed option selections Click Next 5 Accept the default Interactive Org Chart selection if you want to publish to PluginX or EChart Select the Org Chart Document radio button if you want to publish a PDF HTML or Graphic Click Next 6 Follow the publishing procedure for the publishing format you want e EChart Rich Client Format make sure that you add publishedcharts to the URL Publish to location e EChart Thin Client Format make sure that you add publishedcharts to the URL Publish to location e Graphic Format e HTML Format e PDF Format e PluginX Format 379 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Web Administration 7 If you publish an EChart to a server the EChart Link Summary text box displays the published EChart link Click on the link to open the published chart You can also republish a chart in Web Administration Note Web servers do not allow clients to schedule tasks The OrgPublisher Web Administration Server allows you to publish charts manually You can however open the desktop OrgPublisher version and schedule the publishing definition in the Publish charts dialog using the Web Administrati
318. ick the button again to close the Profile Paul M Melbram Position Name T Figure 306 Section titles in the Profile are displayed in bold font such as Position in the above sample Editing a Profile Field 1 Select an editable field in the Profile Editable fields display within an accessible field Base Salary Contact Tnfn 109 000 00 Figure 307 When you place the cursor within an editable field with no formatting such as a numeric field the value displays just below the field showing the associated format 2 Type the new value in the Profile field Once an editable field is modified the Profile displays Save and Cancel buttons at the bottom right of the dialog 3 Click Es to accept your changes The Planning chart refreshes to display the new value Protected fields that cannot be modified display the value as though it is part of the background in the Profile Counts Total FTE Head Count Figure 308 370 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements You can also select dates such as Hire Date using a calendar selector as shown in the sample below Hire Date Base Salary 4 October 2014 Contact Info Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Email Address 768 79 30 1 2 3 3 6 amp 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 25 30 431 2 3 4 5 Figure 309 Viewing Multiple Positions People in the Profile 1 Hover the
319. icrosoft Task Scheduler to create a publishing schedule 201 OrgPublisher 10 11 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts If you select Schedule Now in the OrgHistory Archive Wizard the OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard opens when you click Finish Click Next In the Schedule Name dialog type the Name you want to assign to the chart Click Next Select the scheduling definition you want If this is your first schedule only this definition displays in the list pane of the dialog Click Next In the Schedule Frequency dialog select the radio button that fits your scheduling needs Options are One time only Daily Weekly and Monthly Click Next If you selected One time only the next dialog prompts you to Select the time of day and Select a date using the drop down arrows Click Next If you selected Daily the next dialog prompts you to select a frequency such as every 2 days or Every weekday You must also Select the time of day and Select the date to begin Click Next If you selected Weekly the next dialog prompts you to select a frequency such as every 3 weeks You must also Select the time of day as wells as Select the days of the week to archive Click Next If you selected Monthly the next dialog prompts you to select the Day or specified day such as the First Monday You must also Select the time of day and Select the specific months such as January and April In the User ID dialog your
320. id passing in extra or repetitive data 4 Or you may want to type the Web browser Target frame name if applicable If you use HTML frames to display the results of all your hotspots specify the target HTML frame name If you are not using HTML frames then accept the default _parent 5 Click OK The Define dialog closes and the file is saved Accessing Smart Links End users can select from multiple hotspots attached to a single field When the end user clicks on a custom field a list displays the names of all the hotspots attached to that particular field This feature enables end users to access multiple applications or web pages from within a chart Access Smart Links from the published chart 1 In the PluginX or the published chart place the cursor over a field such as a name job or department If there is a link or hotspot attached to the field the cursor changes Click on the field A list of the hotspots or Smart Links attached to that field appears Click on the link you want OrgPublisher opens the appropriate web page document or e mail client 114 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview Wizards Overview The Wizard View displays buttons that open a wizard to perform OrgPublisher tasks although some wizards do not display in this view The Wizard View defaults to the left side of the window but you can drag it to another location Click the Wizard View button from the toolbar to
321. idates as well as the current person holding the position they may inherit 46 OrgPublisher Boxes and Position Types OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Each box type has a designated position within the chart in relation to other box types By placing position types in specific box types it ensures that the position type appears in its correct hierarchal position in the org chart Normal Box Employee Box Assistant Manager Contractor Indirect report Succession Candidate Assistant Partner Staff Box Box Partner Staff Function An open position type will occupy the same box type as the original position Creating and Using a Semantic Dictionary for Intelligent Searches You can add values associated with specific fields in order to expedite searching on box and job titles The Semantic Dictionary Editor enables you to create associations between the titles and any value you enter for it 1 Select Options from the Main menu Search options and then Semantic Dictionary Qptions Help v Use Hotspot Wizard v Messages Synchronize navigation between styles Photo wait b Sort options Color scheme options Text encoding options EChart security options Real time connection configuration _ Search options Tree View options Customize Search dialog Semantic Dictionary List View options Prompt before searching past the displayed levels Profile View opti
322. ide Groups and Searching Saving a Group 1 Conduct your search using one of the Search dialog tabs or by using the Search View pane in the List View When your search result is the way you want it click Save as Group The Enter a group name dialog opens Type the name of the group Click OK The Search dialog or Search View displays the Groups tab with the new group Shown If an end user has conducted a search in the published chart the saved group displays in the My groups tab of the Search View If you are using the Search dialog close it Click on the down arrow in the Styles bar A Filter View displays your group names Click on the name of the group you want to chart The Chart View displays the group members within the original hierarchy For instance if you searched your chart to find all open positions and saved the group the charted group shows the boxes containing open positions and the parent boxes those open positions report to Auto Pinning Group or Search Results as Side by Side Profiles You can use new search results or a search result from an existing group to automatically pin profiles maximum of six records at a time to the Profile View 1 2 Conduct your search in the Search View or Search dialog Click the Show the search results in the Profile View button ae If there are more than six records in the Search Results pane OrgPublisher selects the first six to display in the side by side prof
323. idth you want and release the mouse button Selecting Summary Types There are several types of summaries you can insert in your organizational chart You can use the Summary Wizard to create the summary field and select the summary type You can also assign summary type in the Custom Field Properties dialog When building from data OrgPublisher writes and rewrites as data refreshes to these fields based on calculations When selecting a summary field you are prompted to select a field type for instance Average or Percentage and what population position types total head count or planned head count you want to include in the calculation When your chart is republished or refreshed these data fields may change depending on your source data 164 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas The summary field types are Summary Field Type Example Sum Total sales per district Average Tenure in company Minimum Training hours for all employees Maximum Sales by or for all employees Percentage Department sales to total sales Selecting Summary Types in Custom Field Properties Dialog 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom field properties from the pull down list The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Select the summary field record by clicking inside the box to the left of the Field label column Tab to the Type column and click inside the field Use the scroll bar to locate the field
324. ield Note Profile View hotspots do not work in the published PluginX or Planning charts when the hotspot data points to a data file from the local drive Web pages even those served from the local file system are not allowed to access open or otherwise touch the local file system This is a security measure as web pages shouldn t be allowed to do anything with your local files 1 While in Build Mode verify that you have correct URLs in your hotspot fields 2 Select Data from the Main menu and Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu or click the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens 3 Select the hotspot you want to attach to a field Only fields with a designated Type of Hotspot can be attached to another field 4 For instance if one of your custom fields is an e mail address hotspot instead of displaying the e mail address in the published chart you can attach the hotspot to the Name field When users click on a name in the published chart the e mail client opens Click Hotspot Attachment The Attach Hotspot dialog displays Click the down arrow in the Select field to attach hotspot field From the pull down list select the field you want to be the clickable link in your published chart for instance the Box Title or Name 8 Click OK The text box closes 9 In the Custom Field Properties dialog click Apply Continue working in the dialog or click OK to close the dia
325. ield in the chart containing the password information This must be stored in an Input File custom field record No matter which security option you choose click the down arrow in the User ID field and select the field in the chart that holds the unique user ID Click the down arrow in the Format of User ID field to select the user ID format In the Starting box in chart section select the box where you want OrgPublisher to display as top of chart e Top of chart Select this radio button to open the chart at the original top of chart box displaying all levels in the chart e Supervisor s box Select this radio button to open the chart at the user s Supervisor s box displaying all levels from that point downward 192 OrgPublisher 21 22 23 24 25 26 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts e User s box Select this radio button to open the chart at the user s box displaying all levels from that point down e Box ID in this field Select this radio button to open the chart at a top of chart box other than the previous options Click the down arrow in the adjacent field to select the field you want to use The Allow users to drill up from starting box check box is the default selection and allows users to navigate to levels above their box in the chart Clear the check box if you do not want users to navigate above their own chart level Accept the Chart Style displayed or click the down arrow to se
326. ields are now enabled for editing 3 Modify the connection information as needed and click Verify 4 Click OK when you have finished configuring the database connection to close the dialog Setting the Default Template A default template contains one or more styles and all of the formatting options within those Styles 1 Open the chart that contains the styles you want to use regularly or create a style that includes colors views and data layouts that you want 2 Select File from the Main menu then Set Template as Default from the pull down menu These styles will be active the next time you open a new chart 3 To remove a default template you can either rename or delete the file Default OTM in the OrgPublisher directory Note There is no option to set a default template when using Web Administration thin client publishing format because setting the template on the server would set the same default template for all chart administrators charts Setting the Top of the Chart When you set the top of chart for the current style the selected box and reporting boxes are shown in the Chart View To set the top box in the chart style 1 Click on the Box title you want to display as the top of your chart 2 Select View from the Main menu then Set Top of chart from the pull down menu 82 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide General Chart Activities You can also use the Set top of chart button in the too
327. if applicable and the position type you want to modify from the left pane Select the Use advanced box layout for this position type check box The advanced box layout options appear Click Add The Add Item to Layout dialog opens Three types of fields are available Box field Job field and Name field Associated custom fields display for each field Select the field you want to add such as a photo or e mail address If you want the field label as well as the field data to display in the box select the Automatically add label item check box at the bottom of the list box Click Add item The item is added to the Advanced box layout tab Arranging Sections in the Box Layout The default order of the primary three fields in OrgPublisher chart boxes is Box first Job second and Name third 154 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 1 You can modify the sequence of the name job and box title fields by clicking Arrange at the bottom of the dialog The Arrange Sections dialog opens x Select the order in which you want the field sections to appear in the box layout Field section order Box Job Name Box Name Job C Name Job Box Job Name Box Figure 106 2 Select the field sequence you want to use and click OK IV Use advanced box layout for this position type Job Title Figure 107 Sizing the Chart Box Section Place the mouse pointer on the section sizing handle
328. ific hierarchical tree with these buttons A button containing an arrow pointing downward moves down through the chart If there are tiers of the chart above the viewed area an arrow pointing upward moves toward the top 1 To use drill up and drill down custom levels first set the number of custom levels to Show 2 chart levels 7 display Click on the Drill up drill down button to turn this feature on or off Scroll through the chart until you see the drill down arrow LY 2 3 4 Click on the arrow to move down the chart 5 Click on the arrow pointing upward A to move back up the chart Other ways to navigate around a chart are e Find Next Look for Find names titles etc_ v e Top of Chart gt e List View e Search 314 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts e Scrolling Sorting the List View Open the List View by clicking the List View button in the toolbar 2 Click on the column heading that you want to sort by The sort order is retained when you publish the chart For instance click on the full name to sort the list alphabetically by last name 3 Click on the heading for a numeric field such as telephone number to sort the list numerically or on a date column to sort the list by date The date format must be YYYY MM DD In addition the Search View is available within the List View and offers features much like the Search dialog Columns shown in the List View
329. ile Click the button again to add the next 6 records repeating the process if applicable until all the records you want are in the pinned Profile View If the search results in less than 6 pinned profiles you can manually add and pin additional records by selecting a record that matches your original search criteria 264 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Saving Side By Side Profiles as a Group You can create groups from the displayed and pinned side by side profiles 1 2 Select the profiles you want as a side by side profile then click on Save button Hl x Profile View s Hj H E 1 pinned Photo g a Name Susan N Hester Russell O Heis Job Tte TT Marketing Vice President President History Previous Position Account Executive Prior Positions Product Specialist IndustryY ears 20 20 Dates Birthdate 01 30 1964 05 30 1954 Hired 12 15 1996 03 05 1996 Est Retirement Da 01 30 2029 05 30 2019 Est Yrs to Retire 20 10 Education Degree MBA MBA l Inivergihr Wake Fn Forest iniversitw Harvard iniversity Figure 183 The Enter a group name dialog opens The default group name displays as Profile Group You can keep this name or type over it with the name you want to use Click OK The dialog closes and the new group is included in the Filter View in the chart Searching within the Group Results List After you have done a search and a list displays in the Se
330. in the First name Second or Last name fields You can also update the ID field in this dialog if required Select the Position type from the list if the chart box does not designate one already Click OK The open position text in the chart box is replaced by the person s name If the chart box is an assistant or partner box the position type changes automatically when you enter a person s name Changing the Open Position Label 1 3 Select Edit from the Main menu then Define from the pull down menu The Define dialog opens to the Positions tab Select the record line for Open position and in the Position type field type the label name you want to use Click OK All open positions in your chart will display the new text Copying a Hyperlink to a Person With OrgPublisher you can copy the link to a person in the published chart if you publish to and access the published chart from a server 1 2 3 Note If there are multiple people in a box OrgPublisher opens the box and selects the first person listed Open the published chart and right click on a person s name the job or the box title A list of menu options appears Select the Copy hyperlink to person or Copy hyperlink to box option Open an application that can recognize and use hyperlinks such as an e mail client and paste the link into the application The hyperlink text appears For instance you can copy a link to a person in a chart paste t
331. in the definition name Run the three separate batch file commands individually on the command line and verify the results The data should be unloading and reloading each time you publish Look for generated errors in Task Scheduler gt Advanced gt View Log Check the c Program Files OrgPubxX directory for the ORGPUB32 log to review any errors that may have been generated at publishing Verify that the chart administrator has authority to write to all folders in the tree path to the directory if you can t find a log Go to Windows Explorer and right click on the appropriate folder Select Properties then the Security tab Select the name to view the permissions Verify the time and date stamp on the output file coincide with the time you published the chart 392 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 Sortable Columns in Errors Found in Data dialog Stop and restart Microsoft IIS through the Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Services gt World Wide Web Publishing Service Right click on Restart Verify that there are no ORGPUB32 hung instances by looking in the Task Manager There must be no OrgPub32 processes running before the next one can start Reboot your server Print troubleshooting If you want to override the print default of 5 000 records you can manually adjust the registry setting in the client s machine registry Select Start gt Run gt regedit and locate HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE gt SOFTWARE gt Aquire gt
332. in the toolbar 2 Select the Style from the drop down list for which you want to show or hide components A check mark next to a position type means it is displayed An X means the position type is hidden Note Keep in mind that when you choose to show or hide fields all information you can view in the OrgPublisher chart or search results list is also displayed when you copy the chart to Microsoft PowerPoint or the search results to Microsoft Excel 3 Click the plus sign to expand and view the components of a position type Click on a component to display green check mark or hide red X it 5 Select the group displayed in the style from the drop down list if applicable The default group is Everyone 6 Click Apply to update the chart and keep the dialog open for further changes or click OK to update the chart and close the dialog box 83 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide General Chart Activities Note In conditional formatting the Search feature and all calculations follow the conditional position type Formatting follows the group If you display the Summary View in a chart with conditional formatting you should hide either the group or position type of the conditional format If you don t head counts display in both areas Showing or Hiding Chart Levels You can choose to show just a specified number of chart levels or you can show all levels You can also hide the lowest level of boxes When you sele
333. inX Copy check box The default is not to allow any copies in the browser while the PluginX chart is open unless a third party copy software is used The default is not to enable this function This makes the published chart unavailable for copying although end users can use the browser copy and paste functions Choose Enable opening the search results in Microsoft Excel to allow end users to send the search results list to Excel The default is to enable this feature Note If you are working with a published EChart end users will be limited to the size of the chart they are able to save Enabling Action Buttons Chart action buttons are an easy way to view and access what were previously the right click menus for each data field in the Chart View When this option is enabled in OrgPublisher the chart administrator chooses the Action button options for published charts and can enable or disable the action button feature in the chart 1 Click View in the Main menu 2 If the Show Action Buttons option is not selected click to enable the feature in both the application and published chart 3 Click the checked option to disable the feature 206 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Enabling a Visual Change Indicator in the Planning Chart The Show Change icon is a visual indicator that change has occurred in the planning chart You determine if this feature is available in a planning chart The pl
334. information XML OrgPublisher matches data in the XML format to the OrgPublisher input fields If your XML data file contains an x schema reference to the product schema this reference must point to the downloaded OrgPublisher schema or the OrgPublisher schema must be copied to the directory containing your XML data file Text OrgPublisher uses existing data in a comma delimited text file for building an Organization chart Multiple data sources OrgPublisher allows you to build a single chart from more than one data source choices include ODBC XML and Text Blank chart This option allows you to open a blank chart to build your hierarchy manually Extracting Your Data Once you have established person to person position to position or department to department relationships you can begin building your charts automatically from data by mapping data in your HR system to the OrgPublisher input fields 1 Map the fields in your database that link managers to their direct reports or reporting departments to managing departments to the following OrgPublisher input fields Input Field 1 PARENT_BOX_ID Input Field 2 BOX_ID 41 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data You can map an Employee ID field from your database to BOX_ID and a Reports To or Supervisor ID field to PARENT_BOX_ID This creates an org chart where each person appears in their own box 2 Define each input record with a default
335. ing multiple data base charts OCB CSV as long as those files exist in the SourceCharts folder Web Administration however does not support creating multiple data source charts from these file types neither does it support editing the text file charts using the Data sources dialog The next dialog asks you to either accept the default name Primary data source or type a nickname for this data source Click Next The next dialog verifies that you want to use another data source Select the Yes radio button and click Next The Multiple data sources dialog allows you to identify what the additional data source contains If you select Additional boxes positions and persons you can also select the All new positions have the following position type check box and select the corresponding position type If you select Additional fields for existing records choose the corresponding data element from the Link to pull down list Click Next In the next dialog click Select an additional data source then click Next Follow the wizard prompts to add the additional data source ODBC database XML file or Text file Click Next Either accept the default name Secondary data source 1 or type a nickname for the additional data source Click Next You can again access another data source by selecting Yes and repeating Steps 4 11 Select No to complete the wizard You can accept the default in the last dialog to Launch the style wiz
336. ing the Font tab of the Format dialog will also reduce the chart width Using the Drill up Drill down features in OrgPublisher can also solve this problem because it limits the number of organizations levels displayed at any one time As a last resort break up your org chart into smaller more manageable charts 383 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Troubleshooting Message 4 OLE 2 0 initialization failed Make sure that the OLE libraries are the correct version This message is displayed when OrgPublisher is unable to locate a required OLE2 file on your PC During the OrgPublisher setup process OLE2 files are copied to the Windows System directory Check that these files have been installed Try rebooting your PC and then reinstalling OrgPublisher If your PC is connected to a network ensure that you are able to write to the Windows System directory If you do not have the necessary network access request that your networking group install the product for you Message 5 Failed to allocate space for objectName OrgPublisher has run out of available memory Close OrgPublisher and all other programs Restart OrgPublisher and open the org chart again Also try restarting Windows before running OrgPublisher If the situation persists try adding more memory to your PC or reduce the size of your org chart Message 6 Warning The maximum number of organization levels has been exceeded The org chart has exceeded 499 level
337. ing the Smart Search Option The toolbar Quick Search Results_dialog can be used in a Smart Search option when you pin the search results into the Search View Type a single or multiple words or initials in the Look For toolbar field Look for Find names titles etc w 261 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching 2 Click the Go button to begin the search navigate around the chart this feature searches on a box to box basis for the next instance of a matching record A list of matching results displays in the Quick Search Results dialog below the toolbar the characters entered for the search are in bold font Quick Search Results x Broadcast Media Assistart Clark Sullivan Broadcast Media Assistart Jerome Smith Broadcast Media Assistant Linda O Washi Broadcast Media Director Broadcast Media Planner Hames Bates Broadcast Media Planner Kimberly Ojohn Broadcast Media Planner Open position Media Buyer Kick P Rodnquiz Media Buyer Margaret P Scott Media Buyer Michelle Ward Media Buying Manager Media Coordinator Emily Abbott Figure 177 3 Click the Pin button 2 in the upper right corner of the dialog The Search View opens displaying the Quick Search Results list Search View Search Groups meda Broadcast Media Assistant Clark Sullivan Broadcast Media Assistant Jerome Smith Broadcast Media Assistant Unda O Washington Broadcast Media Director Broadcas
338. insert any photos or graphics you should e Move all of your picture files into one directory By keeping all of your photos in one directory you can type the base URL or path for photos in the field Base photo file path or URL in the Photo Wizard and it is saved for future photo insertions e Seta default size for your photos If you insert a photo that is larger than the chart box the box automatically widens to fit the photo The width of a chart box is the same for all boxes in the chart which means that all of the boxes in the chart change to the same width as the box with the photo e Once you have moved all of your photos and graphics to the same directory and have modified them to be the same size run the Photo Wizard Resizing Photos in the Chart Using the Photo Wizard you can resize the photos in your chart at any time 1 Double click on a photo in your chart The Photo Wizard opens to display the file name and path Click Next Type the new size or use the up and down arrows to adjust the Width or Height As you adjust one dimension the other automatically changes to maintain the aspect ratio If you are not satisfied with the new size click Reset to actual size and begin again If you are using very large photos you can select the Shrink preview to fit check box This will not change the actual size of the large photos in the chart Click Finish A message displays asking if you want to make the size of the
339. ion select Paste from the pull down menu A copy of the chart displays in the document Enabling the Hover Profile 1 Select Format from the menu and Chart from the options list The Format dialog opens at the Chart tab 2 Scroll down to the Show Hover Profile field and select the corresponding check box 228 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts 3 Type the time in milliseconds in the Hover Profile Delay ms field that the mouse cursor must remain in the field before the Hover Profile opens The range is 1000 milliseconds 1 second to 20 000 milliseconds 20 seconds 4 Click OK to save the change and close the Format dialog Going to the Top of the Displayed Chart You can return to the top of the current chart level in the Chart View after you have scrolled to a specific box or after you have performed a search e Select View from the Main menu then Go to top of displayed chart from the pull down menu e You can also use the Go to top of displayed chart button from in the toolbar OrgPublisher displays the box at the top of the current drilling level and its reporting boxes Moving Boxes with Cut and Paste When you right click and cut a box the box span of control remains in the chart with diagonal lines drawn across the box _ dy ALLY Hired sini 08 2 1999 73 000 A Wh Ws Figure 147 The box stays in its current position until you select a box on which to paste move
340. ion and allows users to navigate to levels above their box in the chart Clear the check box if you do not want users to navigate above their own chart level Continue with the Publishing Wizard Scheduling an EChart You can schedule or reschedule an EChart to automatically publish using Microsoft Windows Task Scheduler Task Scheduler prompts you to provide a user ID and password which verify that you have the necessary access rights to run the scheduled task You must be a member of the local Administrators group on the computer executing the task The EChart htm file must be closed in order to publish successfully If it is open when you attempt to publish the EChart an error message displays stating that access is denied Simply close the file and publish again 1 Publish your EChart Rich Client or Thin Client using the Publishing Wizard This creates a batch file Run the batch BAT file This file assumes that publishing and server processing occur on the same machine You can modify the batch file BAT produced by the Publishing Wizard in order to publish to a location other than the web server Doing this may minimize chart down time if your chart is extremely large 200 000 records or if resources are limited on the web server EChart publishing is very CPU intensive and may affect other processes running on the server The batch file must be modified after you publish so that the following steps occur in thi
341. ion Planning The Organizational Planning Charts dialog opens Click O New The dialog indicates where the planning chart begins such as This chart will include boxes from name and down For instance your chart administrator may publish the chart for you to work only from your box down The planning chart name defaults to OrgPlan for and names the top person in the chart as well as the name of the original chart Type a name for the chart if you do not want to accept the default name If not already enabled by the chart administrator you can select the Password protect this chart check box to require typing a password whenever the chart is opened Type the Password then Retype password If you want a shortcut to the planning chart to display on your desktop select the Create a shortcut to the chart on my Windows desktop check box Click The browser opens the Organizational Planning chart with the Insert Toolbar the Generate a change report al and email iS buttons enabled File Report Edit View Insert Help k OrgPubisher bel Look for Hnd names nies etc Show 2 chart levels v WORE a amp Figure 218 The planning chart saves to the folder specified when the original chart was published PluginX planning charts can be saved to the local hard drive or the web server Note If you save multiple planning charts to the same web folder you must specify separate storage folders in order to maintain user na
342. isher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Web Administration Publishing a Chart Using Web Administration You can publish charts in the OrgPublisher Web Administration Server just as you do in the desktop OrgPublisher You can download the OrgPublisher Software Development Kit OPSDK for additional information about using the Web Administration server Note You cannot change a publishing definition when using Web Administration The publishing definition and name of charts published with Web Administration must be identical 1 Open OrgPublisher in your browser The Select a Chart to Open dialog opens The columns in this dialog are defined below e Chart name The name given to the chart in Web Administration e Modified by The login name of the person who last modified the chart in Web Administration e Modification date The date and time the chart was last modified in Web Administration e Lock Status Indicates whether the chart is Locked or Not locked in Web Administration e Locked by The login name of the person who has locked the chart in Web Administration e Locked on The date and time the chart was locked in Web Administration 2 Select a chart to open from the list or select New Chart Click Open The selected chart opens in the browser If you try to open a locked chart a box displays the message The Chart is Locked by Another User and gives you an option to Open Read Only or Cancel your request 3 Cl
343. ist Each option displays a check mark when selected 2 Click Head count to show the actual head count for the displayed portion of the chart Or clear it to hide the actual head count Shown Head count displays in the lower right section of the Status bar Showing the Entire Chart You can display the entire chart in the Chart View from any location or level within your chart The Display whole chart option is available only after you have invoked Set top of chart e Select View from the Main menu then Display whole chart from the pull down menu e You can also click on the Display whole chart button in the toolbar OrgPublisher displays as much of the entire chart as the window and the size of your chart allow Showing a Portion of the Chart When you set the top of chart the selected box and reporting boxes are shown in the Chart View This option is useful for working with company divisions or other areas of an organization or for printing a portion of a chart You can also create styles using the set top of chart feature 1 Click on the Box title where you want the portion of the chart to begin 2 Select View from the Main menu then Set Top of chart from the pull down menu You can also click the Set top of chart 3 button 3 Save the style or create a new style using the selecting portion of the chart Using the Multi level Peer Display OrgPublisher provides the option to display all reports at the same char
344. istrator for Web Administration request a license upgrade or a trial extension of OrgPublisher a new license key is provided by your sales associate 1 When you receive the new key a server administrator must log into the server and locate the installation folder If you use default paths it is c program files orgpub11 Run the OrgPub32 exe file in that root folder to open OrgPublisher and select Help in the Main menu Select License Information from the options list The Licensing Information dialog opens showing your license number and all features currently enabled as well as your Position Count and expiration date if applicable Click Enter new key The License Key Entry dialog opens Copy the provided key from your e mail message and click Paste Key The license key displays in the Please enter a license field Type your company name in the Registered Company field Click OK to accept the new key Reset IIS to activate the key in the registry by restating the remote administrator server If an error message displays stating you have entered invalid information click the Back button and verify that the license key and company name are correct and retry Note Only the OrgPublisher administrator logged into the server can successfully enter a license key on the computer where OrgPublisher resides The new license information is read when the remote administration server starts after IIS is refreshed 378 OrgPubl
345. it displays either in a web browser or in Microsoft Excel The report defaults to the name OrgPubChangeReport htm and is placed in a temporary folder You can rename the report and save it in a specified folder The figures in the Before column represent the first chart you selected The figures in the After column represent the second chart you selected Note You can alSo compare two archived charts and generate a change report using the OrgHistory Archives dialog Archive Definitions Tab The Definitions tab of the OrgHistory Archives dialog provides the same elements as the OrgHistory Archive Wizard and is available as soon as you have created a definition or archived a chart You can access the dialog by clicking the Managing OrgHistory Archives a button in the toolbar This tab displays information about your archive definitions for the current chart Buttons enable you to create New and Update or Delete existing archive definitions A button is also available to Archive your chart if you selected the Execute Later option in the Publishing Wizard You can Browse through your archive definitions or Compare archived charts using the OrgHistory Archive Browser Archive Schedule tab The Archive Schedule tab of the OrgHistory Archives dialog provides a list of your archived chart schedules and the last time the archive schedule ran The Archive Schedule tab displays information about the chart schedules for your archive defi
346. iteria selected in the Advanced Settings dialog OrgPublisher prints the chart using layout 4 with two levels displayed Select this option to view a list of boxes that you have either customized within the Print Preview window or have chosen to print at the top of each page of your book style chart In order to print a box at the top of a page you must first select the box for this purpose in the Chart View by right clicking on a box and selecting Top of Page Click the down arrow and select the number of levels you want to include Selecting this radio button enables OrgPublisher to automatically select the number of boxes to print per row Selecting this radio button enables you to specify the number of boxes per row to be printed on a page Select this check box if you want to print an index for the book style PDF printed chart Select this check box to print the chart legend Select this check box to print a header in your chart Select this check box to include existing hyperlinks in the PDF Select this check box if you want to print the connecting page numbers in circles on each printed PDF page Select this check box to print a footer in the chart Once you ve published the chart a dialog displays the progress of the PDF conversion After the conversion is complete a message box displays the number of chart pages created Selecting Pages to Print in Book Style Preview With OrgPublisher 8 1 and later you don t have to prin
347. ith Published Charts Work with Published Charts The features available in each published chart depend upon the publishing format option selected General Chart Activities Many tasks listed here are also applicable to Organizational and Succession planning mR AARC Topics Pertaining to this Section Adjusting Column and Row Widths 1 To resize a column or row width in the List View Profile View Summary View or Tree View place the cursor in the column or row heading on the line separating one column or row from the next Click and hold down the left mouse button The cursor changes appearance Drag the column or row line to the width you want and release the mouse button The column or row is resized 312 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Locating Information with the List View e To use the List View to locate information in the chart click on the name position or custom field in the List View that you want to find The chart re centers and the matching record is highlighted in the chart e To use the Chart View to locate information in the List View click on the name position or field in the chart The matching record is highlighted in the List View Locating Information with the Tree View You can use the Tree View to locate information in the Chart View or to view chart information in an outline format lt 1 If not already open click the Tree View button i
348. ition type in the current style Gradient Style Select a box gradient for the current style from the drop down list Show head count Select to show the number of filled or open positions in the current style with Count set to Yes inside the box To be shown in the count a person s position type must be defined to show count Show group icons Indicate where you want the group icons to display in the current style if applicable in respect to the person s name in the box Click in the field to display the drop down list and select Left Center or Right Click OK or Apply Formatting Chart Text You can format the job title box title or name text within a position type for the current S 1 tyle If you have custom fields for a position type you can also format that text Select Format from the Main menu then Text from the pull down menu The Format dialog opens at the Text tab Select the specific style that you want to change or if the change is to be applied to all the styles for a chart select All Styles Select the position type for example Manager or All Position Types Select the category you want to format such as Box Title If applicable choose the custom field you want to modify Change the appropriate values These options may vary depending on the component you select WELLES Description Position Type This field displays the position type to be formatted in the current style The position type can al
349. itle Job title or Name Click OK to accept your changes and close the text box If you click on the position type name rather than the plus sign the Name component is automatically selected Click OK to close the dialog The Sample field displays the contents of the first custom field for this Type The Seq field displays the OrgPublisher Input File record sequence for that custom field At the bottom of the Custom Field Properties dialog click the drop down arrow to select Hierarchy or Level The name of this field will differ depending on the type of numeric field selected such as Count on Sum on or Average on Figure 113 Depending on the field selected you may also see an additional check box to choose whether or not to Include zero values Average on Hierarchy X Include zero values Figure 114 Click Apply or Close In the following sample Paul Melbram is in the red outlined box 159 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas If the Count on option is set to Level the resulting count is 7 Count in Level 7 Figure 115 If the Count on option is set to Hierarchy the resulting count is 63 Countin Level 63 Aaaa Figure 116 Using Level or Hierarchy Options with Groups Using a group as the selected Population provides more summary options In the sample below a custom field is created to show the count of Level 5 employees within a hierarchy gt J Level Sin Hiera
350. itle and select the Position type Click OK The Rename Box Title dialog opens Rename Box Title Z Box title Information Technology OK Cancel i Figure 69 6 Type the Box title then click OK The new name appears inside the box and at the top of the chart When you rename Box 1 inside the box that name becomes the chart title This is typically the name of your organization or a department name but may be whatever works best for your chart See the Formatting a Chart Title procedure for more information Add additional boxes to your chart using the Inserting Boxes in a Chart procedure See the Box Button Descriptions topics to help identify appropriate buttons Inserting Chart Components Buttons for chart components are contained on the Insert toolbar and listed in the Insert menu You can insert these components manually or with the New Chart Wizard To insert chart components you can do one of the following e Select the component from the Insert menu e Select the component using the shortcut keys To identify the shortcut keys select the menu option and use the keys displayed next to the component name e Select a button from the toolbar To identify a button float the cursor over it A description appears You must be in Build Mode to create new charts and insert chart components 70 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts The first component you insert is a box Boxes are contai
351. ivalent to an All fields search for example type a first or last name or a job or box title Press the space bar or Enter to begin the find or press TAB to the Cancel button Find Next N key Performs a find next matching record function if a previous search occurred Searches all fields one field at a time Zoom in Ctri Raises the zoom factor by one level Zoom out Ctrl Lowers the zoom factor by one level Toolbar support is not currently available Note JAWS hot keys such as F for the next form field and L for the next list are disabled OrgPublisher PluginX accessible charts do not contain form fields lists links or tables If you use a high zoom in level you may notice JAWS takes a little longer to read the screen e End users can navigate through the chart using the Up Down Left and Right arrow keys The Drill up Drill down to another level function occurs automatically e When a chart is opened the top box is automatically selected e A box must always be selected Drilling on white space will not clear the current box 211 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts e Only one box is selectable at a time Hierarchical trees are not available e To access a sibling of a selected top box with a drill up button click the up arrow first then the left or right arrow If the requested sibling does not exist the original box will remain selected e If JAWS is running and you tab away to ano
352. ive Creative Vice President Paul Melbram Multiple Jessie Fister Kyle Yellow Laney Pearson Figure 238 Using a Multi Report Icon for Succession Groups Uses the employee ID to determine if a succession candidate is in the chart more than once When the user clicks the icon the Search View opens with a list of all occurrences of the person in the chart If indirect reports are in the chart and the person is also a successor the indirect role appears in the list Media Planning amp Buying Director of Media Amy Stepp Successor Name Multiple Cal Kramer Karen Smith k Fean Groups Name v Last First Any Part of Field Go C Search under Karen Smith Name Karen Smith Karen Smith HB EH Reset Job Tithe Boy Media Buyi Me Figure 239 339 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Searching for Person Succession Counts The Person succession count uses the Succession Candidate position type to determine if a person is slated for more than one position Your organization may want to see everyone slated for more than one position You may also want to create groups showing people Slated for 2 positions 3 positions etc di 2 OO Open the Search dialog by clicking o gt Search If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box check box This begins the search a
353. k Next 4 Select the Include Legend check box if you are using group or custom item icons in your chart and need the chart legend to identify them 301 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views 5 Click Header Footer if you want to include these in your chart The Print Header Footer Options dialog opens 6 The Header tab prompts you to indicate if you want to print a page header Select chart title options and the date and time formats If you select the Group label check box the name of the group prints in the upper left corner of the page 7 The Footer tab prompts you to indicate if you want to print a page footer Select the fields you want to see in the footer See the Selecting Print Header Footer Options procedure for detailed header and footer information In addition see the Customizing the Header and Footer Print Options procedure for information on formatting fonts 8 When you have made your header and footer selections click Apply to accept the changes and continue using the dialog or click OK to accept the changes and return to the Print Wizard 9 Click Finish to print your chart Printing the Published EChart as PDF When the published EChart is opened and the Send to PDF button ss displays in the toolbar you can print the chart as PDF OrgPublisher ki D 2 A E ie Look for Find names titles etc gt 0 Search 100 A Show 2 chart leves_ 2 HE Az E
354. k Next Select one or both of the planning options Enable Organizational or Succession Planning if you want to enable web based planning in the published chart Click Next Select the context menu commands for chart action buttons in the published chart Click Next If you are publishing your chart using a different top of chart than the actual top box in the chart you can select the Exclude positions above check box if you do not want your end users to drill up in the chart Select the Create directory view for chart check box if you want to publish an additional HTML file of the chart that contains only the Search View columns See the Publishing a Directory Version of the Chart procedure in this document for detailed information If you want to allow the rich client chart to be personalized by the end user select the Remember each user s navigation and interface changes check box Select either the Open hotspots in the same browser window or the Open hotspots in a new browser window radio button based on how you want end users to access the chart s hotspots Choose what you want OrgPublisher to do in the case that a hotspot link is not found in the chart Navigate to the top box in the chart or Not display the chart 190 OrgPublisher 21 22 29 24 25 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts You can choose to use your own PluginX help for your published chart by typing the file name and location in the
355. k on the correct value drag it to the right pane The text Add 1 new group appears if no groups exist yet Drop the value into the pane oa wil add that value to the Broadcast Media group group De Dropping a value onto ee whitespace will result in a new rint Media group that fiters for that value You may rename a group by Payrol clicking on its name and Figure 167 246 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching If you want to use multiple values from which to create the group drag another value from the left pane and drop it on the first value As the cursor hovers over the group name the text reads Add 1 new search value start i DE SS y O Unique values in the Box Title field Fin Drag values from the list on the Speciaks Benefits ace left and drop them on the grouplist on the nght National Network Team Broadcast Meda w mdd tha valu to the Collateral Design Print Media Human Resources group that filters for that value Market Research Payroll You may rename a group by Public Broadcast ing on ts name and Business Applications typing Broadcast Writers National Sales Web lt Back _Net gt Cancel Figure 168 You can also drag more than one value at the same time and drop them onto the group a For instance select a value Finance H Tech National Annlications Figure 169 b Press
356. k to assign to a group also disable Figure 126 5 Click on the lock to display the available groups Select individual groups or click on Select all groups to include all group results Impact of Loss High Retention Risk High Critical Roles Open Positions Impact of Loss Medium Impact of Loss Low Retention Risk Medium High Potential Medium Potential Ima Datantis Figure 127 6 After selection the lock appears closed and the button displays a filled check box indicating that it is available for the restricted viewing audience 3 m Reset Style lat Lb out Supervisors Figure 128 Only users who are in the selected groups have access to the locked buttons when they access the published EChart 181 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Publishing tn EChart Thin Clrent Format The thin client is an option in EChart publishing EChart publishing may affect other processes running on the server Thin client publishing is a manual process and cannot be scheduled to automatically publish eS 10 LL 12 13 14 15 16 I7 Note If your EChart contains secured fields it is recommended that you either do not publish your chart in thin client format or that you do not use conditional formatting on secured fields Hierarchical custom field security can significantly slow the length of time to publish the thin client Click the Pu
357. l Position Types It is used only if you don t expand the node Formatting the Chart Title You can format the chart title for the current style separately from the rest of the chart text 1 Select Format from the Main menu then Title from the pull down menu The Format dialog opens at the Title tab 2 Modify or select the appropriate values Title underlined Title with AsOf Date AsOf Date Format Title Separator Show chart title Shows the title at the top of the chart in the current style Title width Type the number of characters across that are allowed for the chart title in the current style If the title text is wider than the available width it is automatically wrapped or divided into more than one line Auto Title Select to make the chart title of the current style the same as the title of the top box Custom Title Type a title for the chart in the current style To do this clear Auto Title Title font Select the default font for the chart title in the current style Title font size Select the default font size for the chart title in the current style Title color Select a predefined or custom color for the chart title in the current style Title bold Select to show the chart title in bold text for the current style Title italic Select to show the chart title in italic text for the current style Select to underline the chart title in the current style Select to add the current date to the chart title in the current
358. l only Click Next Enter a name for your chart and click Next Select Interactive Org Chart as Publishing Type and click Next Select iPad as Interactive Type and click Next Choose Email options Click Next Select a Chart Style and Position Type to be used for formatting boxes in the org chart views Click Next Select Enable Location View to display the Geographic Mapping for employees in your organization Click Next Select a Chart name and Publish to location path for the published chart Click Next Specify the URL of the virtual directory on the Web server and click Next Select a chart security option and related data and then click Next Select the iPad Performance options and click Next Enable Publish Notification Email in case of a data error during publication if applicable and click Next 19 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide OrgPublisher Executive on Apple iPad 15 Create an archive of the published chart if applicable and click Next 16 Publish to Intranet OrgPublisher Executive iPad Email Dialog If you want to be able to send emails to employees from OrgPublisher Executive in iPad you must select the field containing the email address In addition this dialog allows you to select the fields and groups you want to use in the filter categorize and analytics portions of OrgPublisher Executive Email field Select the email field Email Y Select the fields and group categories 7 a
359. lank 2 Record types B and BA do not display names or job titles in the chart boxes 3 Chart boxes are built in ascending sequence by Box ID 4 Job titles display in ascending sequence by Job ID within each box 5 Each record in an OrgPublisher file represents a position in the chart 6 Custom position record types should be defined in your text input file Select Edit from the menu bar then Define from the pull down menu to define Custom position record types The record type should include before and after brackets for example lt T gt 7 The input records may be in any order If Box IDs are the same for two records and they report to the same manager they will be placed in the same box 9 Assistant boxes record type BA cannot have a reporting Assistant box 10 Assistant boxes record type BA cannot have a reporting Partner box record type P 11 Boxes reporting to Assistant boxes record type BA cannot have reporting boxes 12 Charts containing Succession Candidate record type SC contain no hierarchical information Data files 1 Use the same text file name each time you export data from your database The text file name should match the template file OTM name and be located in the same directory as the template file OrgPublisher creates the OTM file when you save your chart 2 An input text file that does not have a corresponding template file OTM will be assigned a default template automatically by OrgPublishe
360. lay with each Parent Box ID V Box ID Person Id V Box Title Job Title First name v Ce C Figure 142 Select the fields you want to see in each summary section of the report such as position types or groups Click Generate If you selected to View report in web browser the browser displays a basic HTML report that summarizes the changes made in the chart using Before and After columns as well as the Change percent 212 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts e The HTML file is saved to your local drive in the in the Local Settings Temporary folder You can also save the report by using the browser File gt Save As option e If you selected View report in Microsoft Excel both the report sheet and export data sheets open with the 3 tabbed sheets Type aqueston for help MaX o gt S D 5 8 Previous Parent Box ID Box I0 Previous B Person id Box Tithe Job Title First nameLast name 433 26 16 206 206 Ses UF py Ss e Grace Jameson IP i 7 fi K 7 mg r a RRS Spudder gt Veccione a SELS Figure 143 See the Setting Change Report Default Options procedure for more information Selecting Chart Action Button Options As the chart administrator you can select available Action button options for each data element within the chart box in a published chart removing any or all of the items 1 Select File from the Main
361. lbar OrgPublisher displays only the selected box and reporting boxes in both the Chart View and Tree View for the current style Head counts in the Status bar are adjusted to reflect only the portions of the chart that are shown Setting up the OrgPublisher MIME Type The OrgPublisher MIME type must be set up in order for Netscape users to view your chart on the company intranet Your intranet Web master or administrator must set up the following MIME type MIME Type File extension application x orgpublisher OCP Showing or Hiding Chart Components You can show or hide specific components in your chart such as an open position assistants partners custom fields hotspots or your logo You can show or hide fields using the Show Hide Chart Components dialog selecting options in wizards or by using the right click menu in views Note The Show Hide Components dialog doesn t not apply to position types formatted using the Advanced Box Layout Editor All information you can view in the OrgPublisher chart or search results list is also displayed when you copy the chart to Microsoft PowerPoint or the search results to Microsoft Excel 1 Select View from the Main menu then Show Hide chart components from the pull down menu The Show Hide Chart Components dialog opens at the Components tab To modify levels displayed see the Showing or Hiding Chart Levels procedure You can also click on the Show Hide Chart Components button 3
362. ld OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview Description Type Text Hotspot Numeric Currency Count Summary Average Minimum Maximum Percentage Date Email Position ID Direct Count Level Number Level Below Alpha numeric field that displays company information like phone numbers e mail addresses etc Displays whatever label or text you enter and links to a destination URL or path you have assigned in the Hotspot Wizard Any field containing numbers only for calculating data displays information such as hours of training and years of employment See also Inserting Formulas Displays monetary values such as a department s budget that can be Summarized Includes a position type in the head count total or a head count by position type that can be totaled Calculates summaries for a numeric custom field such as Sum Total T amp E expenses Average Years of employment Minimum Training hours Maximum Sales per salesperson Percentage Managers to employees Numeric summary field used to display the average derived from a calculation of two or more numeric fields Numeric summary field used to display a minimum number derived from a calculation of two or more numeric fields for example a minimum salary range for a specific job Numeric summary field used to display a maximum number derived from a calculation of two or more numeric fields for example a maximum salar
363. le uncheck its checkbox in the grid below Cicka row label to show the group for all styles Click a column label to show all groups in a style 1st Candidates Pani Sales Language Skills Management Team Speaks Chinese Speaks French Speaks Portuguese Speaks Russian j Speaks Spanish Speaks Japanese Mid High Potential Hinh Potential High Pertormer Eg ga OS Cos Cai od ral Cai ca Cais lela SCC Is SSS 5 585588 a oe ee ee ee a S z afs js SS Sic Sissies Figure 157 The default is to attach all group icons to all styles in the chart 3 Find the style you want to modify and make your changes Clear the check box for each named group you do not want to visually display in the chart When you have finished modifying the styles to not display a group icon click OK When you return to the chart and select a modified style icons do not display in chart boxes for the groups you modified 241 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Copying a Group List You can copy the group or search results list from the Search View You can also use the View Search Results in Microsoft Excel procedure 1 In the Search View select either the Groups or My groups tab 2 Double click on the group you want to copy 3 Click the Copy the list to clipboard button Open the application in which you want to place the list and paste
364. lear Auto Title The text Chart Title appears 2 Double click the text and type the title of the chart Press Enter 3 Save the chart or Double click on an existing chart title and type a new title Inserting a Custom Field for a Single Position Type You can insert a custom field for a single position type by dragging it from the Custom Field Properties dialog 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields button The Custom Field Properties dialog opens 71 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar and move the mouse pointer to the place within an existing box where you want to insert the custom field Click the mouse to add it Make sure the field Drag and Drop for All Position Types is not selected Click Close If the check box is selected click on it to clear it then click Apply Position the cursor in the column to the left of the Field label of the custom field to be added Click in the column and hold the mouse button down as you drag that custom field into the chart and place it within an existing box Release the mouse button to add the custom field Double click on the label for this custom field and type the new name if applicable Press Enter The new field displays in the dialog and the chart If you are adding the field data manually double cl
365. lect another style If you have highlighted a box in the Chart View other than the hierarchical top box you can select Reset starting box to make that box the top of your published chart Click Next Select Enable Publish Notification Email if you want to send an email message to someone if the chart does not publish Click Next Select Keep an archive of this chart if you want to automatically create an archive for this published chart Click Next Select the radio button for when you want to publish and click Finish e Publish now to publish the chart immediately and save it to the location you specified A Publishing Summary message displays a link to the published chart e Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog The chart is not published but the publishing definition is saved e Schedule now to set up a publishing schedule Publishing a Cross Browser Planning Chart Using Microsoft Silverlight You can publish a cross browser planning chart by following the procedure above and selecting a security option 1 Follow the Publishing Wizard dialogs publish to Cross Browser Silverlight until you reach the Security Options dialog 2 Select the security option you want to use as well as the associated fields in the dialog ECharts provide several advanced security options Select a chart security option Unsecured All users can view the entire chart _ Active Directory authentication Chart User ent
366. lect the Show Tips check box at startup and click OK e You can scroll through the tips by clicking Next Tip or Previous Tip Click OK when you have reviewed all the tips you want to see 395
367. leshoot IIS A few common errors on the client side 4xx error and server side 5xx error are listed below Definition an incorrect URL authorization process even though the user was authenticated Method Not Allowed the client incorrectly issues an HTTP GET request when an HTTP POST request should have been issued Not Acceptable the requested file is not supported by the client Proxy Authentication required the client has to authenticate with the proxy server before its request can be serviced Gone the server no longer has the requested file Internal Server Error indicates a typical server side error Not Implemented the server does not support the HTTP method requested by the client Bad Gateway an invalid response was received by the upstream server for which this server is a gateway Service Unavailable the server does not support the service requested by the client 382 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Troubleshooting Troubleshooting The topics in this section provide information helpful in resolving issues that may occur Topics Pertaining in this Section Addressing Warning s and Error Messages Resolving Reporting Relationship Problems Automatic Publishing Tips Troubleshooting Automatic Publishing Identifying a Broken Hierarchy Troubleshooting Tips for Published ECharts Identifying Invalid Comma separated File Web Administration Troubleshooting Tips Format Addressing War
368. lete before the next one begins Select a radio button for your publishing schedule Click Next If you selected One time only the Schedule Once dialog asks you to select a time of day and a date to automatically archive your chart e If you selected Daily the Daily Schedule dialog asks you to select a day to automatically archive your chart For example if you want your chart to archive Every weekday you select that radio button If you want your chart to archive every other day you select 2 in the Every field Then you set the time and actual date to begin automatically archiving your chart e If you selected Weekly the Weekly Schedule dialog asks you to select a weekly frequency in the Every field such as 1 for every week or 2 for every two weeks Then you must enter the time and the day of the week to automatically archive your chart such as Sunday Your chart can be archived on more than one day of the week e If you selected Monthly the Monthly Schedule dialog asks you to select a day such as Day 1 or the First Monday of the month to automatically archive your chart Then you select the time and the specific months that you want your chart archived Click Next OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview Note Your machine must be turned on and the chart closed in order to archive Depending on your company operating system requirements you may be able to bypass this dialog without typing the asked
369. liant database and then establish a database connection with OrgPublisher to reorder the data by selecting the appropriate columns in the New Chart Wizard Note If you are creating a succession planning chart see the Mapping Succession Planning Fields topic Creating a Custom XSLT File As an alternative to downloading a valid XSLT file from the web site you may want to create a custom XSLT file that is valid for your data To implement your own schema for translating XML data to the OrgPublisher input format you will need to add the tag name and file name of your XSLT file to the XSLTFileList xml file This file is usually located in your C Program Files OrgPubX TVXMLCon XML directory The following code samples are truncated to conform to this document s margin settings When modifying this code make sure that there are no spaces inserted or this code may not perform properly If you have any questions about this process please contact Support 42 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Sample of original XSLTFileList xml file lt xml version r 1 0 gt lt OP40FileList gt lt urn_schemas_biztalk_org_lawson_com_Oqg3yhkct_xml gt LawsonToOP40V1 xsl lt urn_schem as_biztalk_org_lawson_com_Oq3yhkct_xml gt lt OP40FileList gt Sample of modified XSLTFileList xml file lt xml version r 1 0 gt lt OP40FileList gt lt urn_schemas_biztalk_org_lawson_com_Oq3yhkct_xml gt LawsonTo
370. licable to Assistant boxes and boxes reporting to Assistants 9 Custom fields begin with Field 20 and can continue sequentially through the rest of the fields 10 If you plan to use the Compare Two Charts feature it is strongly recommended that you create a custom field called Position ID and assign a unique ID to each instance of a person in the chart In addition each open position should be assigned a unique ID 11 Summary fields begin with Field 26 and can continue sequentially through the rest of the fields 12 It is necessary to enclose fields in quotes only when there is a comma within the field for example Smith jr The following record is valid 0001 0002 Box title B 39 OrgPublisher 13 14 15 16 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Make sure that the Input File does not contain the quote character within any field The following record is invalid 0001 0002 Sales Dept B There should be no blank spaces or special characters such as lt gt etc in field names You can create open positions in your chart by passing null records into the Last Name First Name and Middle Name input fields Fields 6 7 and 8 When building a succession planning chart select Specify custom field order to map your data This allows you to map your data to standard Succession Candidate fields Record types 1 The Record Type defaults to E employee when b
371. lick in the chart area and choose Drill Up Drill Down from the options list To turn off the drilling option select View from the Main menu then click on the arrow next to the Drill up Drill down option to clear it You can also customize the look of the drill buttons Showing or Hiding Actual Head Count 1 Note Orphan records and broken hierarchies can adversely affect summary and security functions Unexpected results can occur that may cause head count or other totals to be incorrect Select View from the Main menu then Status Bar from the pull down menu The Status bar options display in an options list Each option displays a check mark when selected Click Head count to show the actual head count for the displayed portion of the chart Or clear it to hide the actual head count Shown Head count displays in the Status bar at the bottom of the window 231 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Showing or Hiding Chart Components You can show or hide specific components in your chart such as an open position assistants partners custom fields hotspots or your logo es Note The Show Hide Chart Components dialog does not apply to position types formatted using the Advanced Box Layout Editor Select View from the Main menu then Show Hide chart components from the pull down menu The Show Hide Chart Components dialog opens at the Components tab You can also click on the Show Hide Chart Compone
372. light Chart If enabled by the chart administrator you can personalize settings in your published cross browser Silverlight chart 1 Click the Personalize settings button The button may be visible on the toolbar if not click and select the Personalize settings option from the drop list The Personalize Settings dialog opens Figure 253 2 Inthe Color Scheme pane select the color scheme you would like to use or keep the default selection Chart in which the chart was published A preview appears to the right 3 In the Chart Effects pane select the animation affects you would like to use in your chart A sample of the animation appears to the right 4 Click Save to keep your choices and close the dialog Printing the Published Cross Browser Chart If enabled by the chart administrator you can print your published cross browser Silverlight chart in wall style one displayed page at a time 1 Click the Print button el The button may be visible on the toolbar if not click and select the Print this page option from the drop list The Print this page of the Org Chart dialog opens Accept the default of Shrink to Fit recommended or clear the check box Click Print to print the displayed levels in the chart view 346 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Resizing the Cross Browser Search Results View If enabled by your administrator you can search the published cro
373. lish from That file contains the publishing definition Then you should see Pub_PublishingDefName Letter mapped drives in the source file path can be a problem Tildes are sometimes put in long file names and in cases where you have other files in the same path with the same first 8 characters there may be problems pointing to the correct file Either change the job name to a shorter name or replace the name in the Run As command with the full long name removing tilde characters If your OrgPublisher version is earlier than version 7 you must check the registry settings for the parameters of the Run As job The Support team is glad to assist you with checking registry settings if you are unfamiliar with the process Click on Start Run then type Regedit Click HKEY_ LOCAL MACHINE Software Timevision OrgPublisher Schedule Your jobs should be listed Determine if there are any problems with values in the job There is a r Text file value that should be the source file name the file that gets opened to publish the chart from The Destination is the output file path and name You can modify either of these in the registry to spell out the full long file name if tilde characters are used or you can modify the path Note If you contact Support please send the following information Error Log Messages Operating System and OrgPublisher Versions The publishing method for the chart such as EChart Rich EChart Thin Pl
374. lish to the physical directory but the reference to the chart or web page using HTTP must reference the virtual directory if your web server uses one If not use HTTP mychart htm in the URL field in the Publishing Wizard Verify that the chart is published to a virtual directory with execute permissions If you are not sure of the structure of your web server please contact your Web administrator 380 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Web Administration Using the Select a Chart to Open dialog You can choose to add or delete charts open an existing chart or modify a chart in Web Administration using the Select a Chart to Open dialog When you open OrgPublisher Web Administration in your browser the Select a Chart to Open dialog appears This dialog defaults to the detailed list of files You can change that to view large icons or small icons Description The name of the chart in Web Administration Modified by e If you want to open a new chart click New Chart The New Chart Wizard opens Follow the dialog prompts to create your chart Field The file type of the chart such as text file or database connection e If you want to delete a chart select the chart from the records list and click Delete Chart A message verifies that you want to delete the record as you cannot undo that action Click Yes to delete or No to cancel the action e If you want to import an OrgPublisher chart from a disk dri
375. lisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Note If you disable the Main toolbar the Organizational Modeling and Succession options are not available in the published chart Select specific views your end users can see such as the Chain of Command 9 Box Matrix View Profile View List View or Search View or disable all but the Chart View by clearing the Views toolbar check box Some views are disabled depending on the publishing format selected For instance thin client publishing does not provide the Tree View and real time chart publishing does not provide the Summary View Allow end users to save a published chart or a portion of the chart under a different name Select the Save as check box The default is to allow saving the published chart Clear the check box if you do not want end users to save any part of the published chart Allow end users to preview and copy the chart into Microsoft PowerPoint The default is to enable that function Allow end users to print the published chart Select the Print check box The default is to enable printing of a published chart Clear the check box if you do not want end users to use OrgPublisher to print a published chart They will still be able to use the browser print feature If you are working with a published EChart end users will be limited to the size of the chart they are able to print Allow end users to copy the published chart Select the Enable Plug
376. lks you through adding or modifying the URL for a logo in your org chart You can also insert a graphic as a watermark or background using the Format dialog Note The Logo Wizard inserts one logo per chart across all styles To insert a logo 1 Select Insert from the main menu then Logo from the options list You can also select Tools then Logo Wizard If you are modifying an existing logo right click on the logo The Logo Wizard opens Type or Browse to the Logo file name Click Next If you are deleting a logo just delete the file name from this field Click Next and then proceed to Step 6 Select the alignment you want for your logo from the drop down Alignment list Figure 93 120 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview 5 Select the Show Logo check box if you want the logo displayed You may create styles that do not display the logo A preview of the logo is shown 6 If the logo is too large to see in the preview pane you can select the Shrink to fit check box 7 Click Back if you need to change the logo or graphic If the logo is correct click Finish Logos are not supported when publishing as an EChart thin client New Chart Wizard OrgPublisher provides a wizard to help you begin creating a new chart The New Chart Wizard can also launch the Style Wizard to help you create your first style Note Use the ODBC or Database option to publish a chart in real time
377. llow the Publishing in EChart Rich Client Format procedure 2 When you reach the dialog to enable or disable toolbars and buttons retain the default with the Send To PDF check box selected Publishing Wizard m Select the toolbars and buttons you want enabled V Style selector J Man toolbar dsabied J 7 Us view Search view 7 9 Box Matix Enable PluginX Copy J Enable opening the search resuts in Microsoft Excel Not applicable for thin cliert Figure 139 Clear the check box if you do not want to allow this feature Click Next and complete the publishing process t puen When the published EChart is opened the Send to PDF button toolbar displays in the OrgPublisher 3 amp 2 oie Lookfor Find names titles etc v CO Search 100 A Show 2chartlevels 2 lga E e P Hep Figure 140 Click the button to create a PDF of the chart A dialog opens that allows you to select the Number of OrgChart levels to print Send to POF NS ets Indude index Cx lee Figure 141 In addition you can choose whether or not to Include index a version of the List View If you elect to include an index the index is at the beginning of the document when you open the PDF 210 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts 6 Click OK when you have made your selections A File Download dialog opens You can Open the PDF immediately or Save the docume
378. log 10 Test your hotspot by switching to View Mode and click on the field to which you attached the hotspot If you attached multiple hotspots to a field the list of Smart Links displays when you click on a field Select the link you want to access Note Smart Links attached to a hidden field do not appear in the chart Assigning Hotspots to Position Types When you create hotspots a type of custom field using the Hotspot Wizard you assign the hotspot to either a specific position type or to all position types Assigning a hotspot to a Single position type such as open position can allow links to the appropriate job descriptions Assigning a hotspot to all position types in your chart allows you to make the OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Hotspot Links physical locations telephone extensions or e mail addresses of all employees accessible to all employees 1 Click the Insert Hotspot button in the toolbar Drag the cursor to the location in the chart where you want to add the hotspot and click the right mouse button You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Hotspot Wizard from the options list The Hotspot Wizard opens 2 Follow the Hotspot Wizard prompts asking for the base path or target name until you reach the dialog asking you to select the position types for which the hotspot will be active 3 Click on the position type to expand it You can also click All Position Types Click on the field you
379. login ID displays in the Type user name field Complete the Type password and Confirm password fields Click Next If a password is not entered a message verifies that you want to continue If you select Yes the scheduling proceeds without requiring a password The last dialog opens if you have successfully completed the scheduling Click Finish You can also click Back and change your scheduling information Scheduling a Daily Job When you schedule a chart to publish or archive you can select how often and at what time you want the job to run To run the publish or archive schedule on a daily basis 1 3 Select the Schedule now radio button and click Finish in the OrgHistory Archive Wizard or the Publishing Wizard The OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard opens You can also access the task scheduling in the Archive Schedule tab by selecting the archive definition and clicking Update or New Click Next Follow the wizard prompts until you reach the Schedule Frequency dialog Select the Daily radio button Click Next You can select the Every x days or the Every weekday radio button for instance the first option runs the job every 2 days and the second option runs the job every day Monday through Friday Use the up or down arrow to Select the time of day to run the scheduling job for instance 1 00 00 PM 202 OrgPublisher 5 6 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Use the down arrow to Selec
380. lose the view 320 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Viewing the Tabbed Profile View The tabbed Profile View opens with custom fields grouped under named subheadings in tab options For instance click a tab to view information about the person job or department Profile View 3 0 pinned Personal Position Location Photo Name Russell O Heis Emat Russell Heis pacificeastern Teleco CPR N Figure 217 Searching and Groups in Published Charts Users of a published chart can perform many of the tasks available in the OrgPublisher application Some of these tasks are determined by the choices made by the chart administrator while publishing a chart End users can create and modify their own groups but cannot alter groups created in the Original chart Tasks listed here are also applicable to Organizational and Succession planning charts Topics Pertaining to this Section Adding a New Group to the My groups tab Opening a Selected Group in the Chart View Adding a Person to a Group in the My groups Removing a Person from a Group in the My Tab Groups Tab Adding a Group Category Saving Side By Side Profiles as a Group Auto Pinning Group or Search Results as Searching Charts Side by Side Profiles Copying a Group List in the My Groups Tab Sending Email to a Group in the My groups Tab Deleting a Group from the My Groups Tab Spotlighting Search Results or Group in the Chart
381. maina Paste po o y wager Top of page Book style printing Top of page Book style printing Figure 234 Rearranging Successors in a Box After adding all of the successors you may want to rearrange them to indicate who has what rank in line for the position e first Successor 1 e second Successor 2 e third Successor 3 1 Place the mouse pointer over the name of the successor who should appear first in the list of Successors Media Planning r Buying Director of Media Amy Stepp Elizabeth Bartiett Gail Amster g Madison Seymour Figure 235 2 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the successor on top of the current position holder s name Media Planning Elizabeth Bartile X Gaii Amster Madison Seymour Figure 236 338 OrgPublisher 3 Release the left mouse button OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Media Planning r Buying Elizabeth oh Gail Amster Madison Seymour Figure 237 4 Place the mouse pointer over the second successor in line for the position Hold the left mouse button down and drag the successor on top of the first in line successor s name 5 Release the mouse and the second in line appears below the first in line successor Using a Group Icon for Succession Groups This example uses a group created to show succession candidates who are designated to Succeed more than one position Successor Name Creat
382. map a single column of data as more than one field type when creating a chart from data For instance you have a column of data that contains the Employee Number You want to use it as input field 5 Person ID as well as display the field in the chart as a custom field Scroll down to the last field type option and click Multiple The Multiple Field Mapper dialog opens amp Add Name Type Position OK Cancel Figure 62 2 Click Add The Multiple Field Mapper inserts Custom Field as the first mapping type 3 In the Name column click Custom Field to display all the available options Do not import Box Sequence s Job Sequence Position Sequence Level Number Photo Multiple qin Figure 63 4 Select the field type you want to apply 5 Click Add to insert the second instance of the field 6 Repeat Steps 3 5 if applicable 66 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts Multiple Field Mapper 2s SP Add 3X Delete Name Type Position Person Id Standard Field 5 Custom Field Custom Field Figure 64 7 Click OK when you have finished mapping the field The mapped column is now labeled as Multiple 8 When you have finished mapping your fields click Next to continue with the New Chart Wizard 67 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts Manual Charts Once you have inserted the first box into your chart you can begin building your chart levels by
383. mber of boxes across is determined automatically or set to a specific number Sending the Planning Chart to Another User You can send your planning chart and the change report to another approved user via e mail 1 In the planning chart select Report from the menu then Send chart to another user from the options list You can also click the Send chart to another user button in the toolbar The E mail OrgPlan dialog opens 329 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 2 Select the radio button that matches what you want to do Send chart and a change report Send chart only or Send change report only Click OK Your e mail client opens a message with the attachments in the e mail The planning chart file attachments include an OCP and HTM file Type the e mail address or addresses to which you would like to send the attachments Click Send You may encounter an error when sending a planning chart created on a local machine using Microsoft Vista It is recommended that you use a secured server location Setting Levels for Planning Charts When creating a new planning chart OrgPublisher Premier you can determine how many levels to allow in the planning chart L In the published planning enabled chart click the Organizational Planning button F or s 4P Organizational Planning This button may vary depending on whether or not Succession Planning has been enabled If planning cha
384. me and password security When you create a planning chart verify that the box you have selected as top of chart is correct Once the planning chart is created drilling up from the designated top of chart is not available Deleting a Planning Chart i Open the planning enabled published chart in the web browser Click the Planning You may have to select the type of planning chart you want to create from the options list Organizational Planning or Succession Planning The Organizational Planning Charts dialog opens Select the chart from the list and click Delete 325 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 4 A message states that the task cannot be undone and verifies that you want to delete a planning chart 5 Click Yes A message verifies that the selected chart has been deleted Exporting Change Data in Planning Charts When you generate change reports you can choose to export data that has changed in order to create a comma separated file reflecting changes to upload into a source HR system You select the desired fields and the resulting Microsoft Excel file contains three tabbed worksheets e Added position data records e Removed position data records e Edited data records field data modified or movement in the chart 1 In the planning chart select Report from the menu then View revision history from the options list You can also click the Generate a Change Report button il
385. menu then Publish from the pull down menu You can also click the Publish button in the toolbar The Publishing Wizard or Publish charts dialog opens 2 Step through the wizard dialogs and select the options you want included in this publishing definition 3 When you reach the dialog for the context menu click a menu item to turn it off or on The default to all options are enabled A green check indicates an option is enabled a red X that the option is disabled Publishing Wizard aani Select the commands that you would ike to have avalabie m the context menus Copy hyperlink to box Job ttle Oy of Copy hyperink to person of Top of page Book style pnrting Postion type of Copy of Copy hypetink to peson h of Add person to group of Top of page Book style printing O Field label of Copy Figure 144 213 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts 4 Click Next to complete the wizard to publish your chart Planning chart options differ slightly but the procedure is the same fou would ike to have avaliable in the cortet menus 3 i 4 x J ATTESTERTE TE g a AS a z F Shtosetata xs O pf sks ae PREPS RFK CR Sao lt cre 9 Figure 145 Overwriting the Existing HTML and JS Files This Publishing Wizard dialog requires that you indicate your Publish to location as well as allows you to overwrite an existing HTML or JS files when publishi
386. more than one contractor under a job title within a box the names are defaulted to sort alphabetically by last name A partner record type represents a person in a partner box type and denotes a side by side relationship A partner box is located on the same level and to the right of the box to which the partner is aligned A box record type reports to another record and may have records reporting to it A box record type can be used to create a report to box that does not contain a person or job title for instance a department or division name You cannot add persons to a box with B record type An assistant box record type can be used to indicate there are assistants for the report to box but names and job titles are not stored in the box for instance a department or division name that has an assistant You cannot add persons to a box with BA record type A staff function record type represents a person very much like an assistant or a cost center displayed in a staff function box The staff function normally has boxes reporting to it in the chart and is positioned opposite an assistant box on the reporting line Staff function record types have a Priority of 0 and are placed in their own box A succession candidate record type represents a person who is a candidate for a specific position currently being held by someone else Succession candidate record types have a Priority of 1 and are typically placed in a normal box type with other cand
387. mployees in the same box as the assigned manager Put employees in box below manager available only when at least 1 leaf node box is visible displays reporting employees in a box below assigned manager Hide secondary fields turns on Compact Build mode Customize enabled if Hide secondary fields is selected opens the Select fields to print dialog displaying box fields to show or hide the default is to print only box title and name 44 Show Advanced Options Click this button to display the preview Advanced toolbar 4 Hide Advanced Options Click this button to hide the preview Advanced toolbar Wall Style preview contains an advanced toolbar which offers additional flexibility and control The toolbar buttons include Ww et ton Action Performed Click this button to reverse the latest action May be repeated to undo additional actions Click this button to copy the chart displayed in the preview to another application Photos in the chart are also copied using this button Clicking this button designates the selected box as the top of chart for the selected style Click this button to display the whole chart from the highest box in the hierarchy Click this button to select Layout 1 the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged in a horizontal line This creates shorter wider charts u PEG wi 296 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing But
388. ms and reports such as lt Contractor gt or lt Non Exempt gt Figure 6 OrgPublisher uses data specifically geared toward the type of report or chart you want to create Several fields are reserved for future use by the OrgPublisher application and custom fields use data rows 129 and up The Notes column contains product specific information that may not pertain to the field when used in a different solution The HRIS column used for your SAP solution field names where applicable It is important that the data feed include all fields even should they be left blank since no associated HR data is being provided for a select number of fields 10 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports Prebuilt Reports Create a New Report To create a chart by using a Prebuilt Report 1 Open the New Chart Wizard 2 Select Organizational chart using Prebuilt Reports and click Next Organizational chart using Prebuilt Reports Prebuilt Reports allow you to select from a variety of display formats which leverage the Universal File Layout UFL Select this option to associate a Prebuilt Report with your organizational chart by mapping your available data fields to Pacific Eastern UFL fields President Russell O Heis E Figure 7 3 Choose a report category and a Prebuilt Report within the chosen category and then click Next New Chart Wizard Prebuilt Reports help you focus on certain aspects
389. n importing numeric fields make sure that you do not use any leading symbols such as dollar signs Verify that decimal places are set the way you want them prior to importing those fields into OrgPublisher For example you can calculate the total sales for a department and display that information in a summary field The Summary Wizard and Head count Wizard automatically place summary fields in the Input File starting at Position 26 Note If you plan to use the Compare two Charts feature it is strongly recommended that you create a custom field called Position ID and assign a unique ID to each instance of a person in the chart In addition each open position should be assigned a unique ID An Input File record represents an open position when the Last Name First Name and Middle Name fields are empty 38 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Example 1 2 ABC Department M 9 99999999 _ JOB001 Supervisor In addition to the predefined required data fields of the Input File Layout OrgPublisher provides the capability for an unlimited number of fields that can be imported and customized to include data that is unique to your environment The administrator maintains control over the custom fields to use in the planning chart Planners cannot add or delete custom fields Input File Layout Rules When mapping your data to OrgPublisher keep in mind the following points If you are working with t
390. n in box with manager or Report each person in the same box below manager Click Next Select the position types you want to show or hide in the style A green check mark indicates a shown position type A red X indicates a hidden position type Click Next Select a radio button to use the Automatic chart title or to create a Custom Title If you choose to use a custom title type the name in that field Click Next Select the Levels to Display in the chart OrgPublisher defaults to 2 levels Click the down arrow to modify the default Select the check box to Enable Drill up Drill down buttons or clear it to hide the drill buttons Click Next Select the check box next to each view you want to display in the chart Click Next and proceed to Step 15 If you selected the chart design template option in Step 6 the next dialog displays thumbnails of preformatted window layout templates available Select the format you want then click Next Select the thumbnail that resembles the Chart View you want to see in your chart Click Next You can click Back in order to modify any of your choices or click Finish to close the wizard and open your chart in this style Summary Wizard The Summary Wizard in OrgPublisher Premier walks you through the process of creating summary fields in your chart for numeric data You can use summary information for reports or what if planning You can select how much of this information displays in the Summar
391. n modal either keeping the focus on the Search dialog while it is open or letting the focus switch between the dialog and the chart window e hiding or reordering search tabs e select focus or succession planning options 1 Select Options from the menu bar then Search Options from the pull down menu and Customize Search dialog from the options list The Customize Search Dialog opens There are four columns in the Search dialog Column Name Description Search Page Lists the type of information contained in each tab Tab Caption Lists the current name of the selected tab Field label Lists the names of the fields within each tab Hide Indicates whether the tab is shown or hidden Click the tab name in the Tab Caption column that you want to change Type the name that you want over the old name and press Enter Repeat the process for each Tab Caption or Field label you want to change Te To change the sequence of the tabs highlight the tab record line that you want to move and click Move Up or Move Down 6 If you want the Search dialog to always be active while it is open verify that the Keep focus on Search dialog Modal check box is selected In other words you have to close the Search dialog before you can perform a task in OrgPublisher or the published chart 7 If you want to create a succession planning chart and search for succession candidates select the Enable succession planning features check box Clear the check
392. n the toolbar The Tree View opens on the right hand side of the chart window In the Tree View select the person job or custom field you want to find in the chart Click on that person job or custom field The chart re centers and the matching record is outlined in red in the Chart View Maximizing and Restoring Docked Views 1 Open the view if enabled by your chart administrator you want to maximize 2 Click the Maximize button L9 typically in the upper right or upper left corner of the view The view increases in size to fill the screen 3 Click the contract maximized view button LI or the Restore button Call typically in the upper right or upper left corner of the view to set the view to its previous size Moving Boxes in the Published Chart If given permission to access specific boxes end users can move the boxes in the published chart The mouse move box feature changes only if the user has the necessary permissions to access the box 1 Place the mouse cursor over the border of a box The cursor changes into a four way arrow i Click the mouse and drag the box from that point Release the mouse when you reach the new location for the box Opening a Password Protected PluginX Chart In order to protect sensitive information you can publish charts to your browser as password protected End users must enter a valid password in order to view the chart 1 The Enter Password dialog opens when you access a protecte
393. name from the List View or Search View and place in a successor slot You cannot however modify any other position type or associated field If enabled by your administrator the change icon E displays in the succession chart box as changes are made Moving a Successor In Succession Planning available in OrgPublisher Premier once a successor is in the chart you can move them to a new location with drag and drop 1 Place the mouse pointer on the successor s name Hold down the left mouse button and drag to the new location bobbie Jonnson Creative Media Planning g Buying Creative Vice President Director of Media Paul Melbram Kyle Yellow Figure 233 2 Release the mouse button The successor displays in the new box Cut and Paste Successors 1 Place the mouse pointer on the successors name and right click 2 Select Cut from the options list 3 Place the mouse pointer on the new location and right click 337 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts 4 Select Paste from the options list The successor displays in the new box Media Planning amp Buying Director of Media Army Stearn Add person to group Kyle Yer Add person to group f Hide Photo for Successor Hide Photo for Director Creative k Photo wizard Creative Da Photo Wizard Brandine Cu O f RD Copy Ctrlec aD Copy Ctrl C Vi delete Del anning
394. nclude the manager You can also exclude managers from their own totals when using the Summary Wizard To exclude include Position Types in totals 1 Select Edit from the Main menu then Define from the pull down menu The Define dialog opens Click on the record line of the position type you want to exclude from your Summary View totals By default indirect reports and contractors are already excluded from the totals Click in the Count field A drop down arrow appears Click No If you want to include a position type for example indirect reports click Yes Click OK to accept the change and close the Define dialog If there is more than one group based position type for which a person qualifies the first match is used in search and summary tasks Inserting a Summary Field You can add a summary field at the end of or within the list of custom fields displayed in the Custom Field Properties dialog 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu The Custom Field Properties dialog opens You can also click the Custom fields button in the toolbar 163 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas 2 Position the cursor where you want to add the new custom field either somewhere within existing fields or at the end of the list Click Insert If you are inserting a field within the list of existing fields a message dialog verifies that this is what you wan
395. nd Figure 71 2 Select a box style click the button and then click inside the chart to place the box Inserting Normal Boxes A normal box is one of three types of boxes that you can insert into your chart It contains only the box title field and is always added directly below the box it reports to Inserting a single box 1 Click and release the Insert Box button on the Insert toolbar 75 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Manual Charts 2 Move the mouse pointer over the box title under which the new box will be inserted Click the mouse 3 Type a title for the box Inserting multiple boxes Press and hold the Ctrl key Click and release the Insert Box button in the toolbar 2 Still pressing the Ctrl key move the pointer over each box title or job under which the new boxes will be inserted 3 Click the mouse for each box you want to insert 4 To insert the last box release the Ctrl key and click the mouse over the last box title or job 5 Type the box titles for each box Inserting Open Positions Open positions are positions in your organization that are not presently filled Open positions retain the position type already assigned to the box whether that is a manager employee etc You can format and track open positions separately from the filled positions in your chart as well as drop them on box titles jobs or other people When you drop an open position on a box title a new job title
396. nd insert the box where you want it 78 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide General Chart Activities General Chart Activities Topics Pertaining to this Section Administering Enabled Languages Showing or Hiding Chart Levels Managing Data Sources Showing or Hiding Fields in the Profile View Setting the Default Template Showing or Hiding Actual Head Count Setting the Top of the Chart Showing the Entire Chart Showing or Hiding Chart Components Using the Multi level Peer Display Administering Enabled Languages If you need to publish charts in more than one language you can do so with OrgPublisher Premier Using the Administer Languages feature you can select a language in which you have installed the OrgPublisher application All OrgPublisher dialogs and toolbars display in the translated language however all of the data custom fields groups and position types remain in the language in which you originally created the chart Note Each OrgPublisher application must be installed to a different folder directory or the second instance overlays the first For example the English folder is OrgPub11 in Program Files You should install the other languages in folder with names like OrgPub11FR French language or OrgPub11_SP Spanish language 1 Select File from the main menu then Administer Languages from the options list The Administer Languages dialog opens Administer Languages Sc Language Installe
397. nd of the graph 2D Select this radio button to display the pie chart or bar graph in standard two dimensions 3D Select this radio button to display the pie chart and bar graphs in three dimensions Bar Graph Options Available for bar graphs only You can select to Display Background Lines Display Data Axis Values and select the Width of Bars and the X axis Label Angle Preview This area displays a sample graph with currently selected options All graph attributes may not be shown in this view 6 Click OK to close the dialog and display the graph Note Workforce Analysis Graph data changes based on where you are in the chart just as the Summary View data changes 167 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas Selecting Graph Categories When you create a workforce analysis graph you must select the categories to show in that graph 1 Open the Summary View and select the Graphs tab A z Select Categories Pess Select categories to be displayed in the graph At least one category must be selected 7 Vice President g fal Selecta 7 Manager V Director Clear All V Employee V Assistant Category Sorting Method V Partner Summary View Order Total Head Count I7 Open position Numeric Rank Total Planned Head Count Manual Order V Speaks French V Speaks Portuguese V Speaks Russian Z Speaks German in The field order in the list box is n
398. ndividual boxes move the chart left right up or down zoom in or out and more Move the cursor anywhere on the chart and click The chart enlarges each time you click on it until it fills the page When you click on a full page display it reduces to display the entire chart as it will print You can also use the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons Click Print to print the chart If you have Print Wizard selected in Print Options this button opens the Print Wizard If you do not have the wizard selected this button opens your system Print dialog Or you can close the Print Preview without printing the chart by clicking Close or Esc Moving the Chart in Print Preview In OrgPublisher the Print Preview for Wall Style dialog enables you to modify your chart for printing by moving the chart left right up or down on the printed page 1 Open the Print Preview by selecting File from the menu then Print preview from the options list You can also click the Print Preview L button in the toolbar The Print Preview Type dialog opens Select the Wall chart preview radio button and click OK The Print Preview dialog opens 297 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing 3 To move the chart on the page click one of the Move buttons in the toolbar Click the Move button as many times as needed to move the chart to the location on the page that you want Button Action Click this button to
399. ndow layouts Select the layout you want then click Next Note The Chart Design Template feature tries to match position types in the source chart If it can t find a position type match then the manager formatting is applied Attaching or Removing Group Icons in Styles You can choose not to display a group icon in selected styles in your chart by using the Attach Groups to Styles dialog Note This feature is also available in the published cross browser Silverlight chart Select Options in the OrgPublisher Main menu then Group display options Click Manage Group Attachment The Attach Groups to Styles dialog opens Group names are shown on the left and style names appear at the top of the columns The default is to attach all group icons to all styles in the chart 0 prevent the icon for a group from appearing in the chart for a style uncheck its checkbox in the grid below Click a row label to show the group for all styles Click a column label to show all groups in a style Printing Contact Information Org Chart with Photos Org Chart Org Chart with Profile
400. ne siete sy f j h a LI wa TT 1 Figure 220 Generating a Revision History You can create a revision history when modifying web based planning charts After you have modified an OrgPlan chart or have been sent a modified planning chart you can see who modified the chart on what day the modification occurred 1 In the planning chart select Report from the menu then View revision history from the options list You can also click the Generate a change report button d in the toolbar 2 The browser displays a basic HTML page with the revision information The User and Date fields are automatically recorded A Comment is entered as an option and may or may not be available 3 You can use the browser menu to save the revision history copy and paste it into another application or send it to someone via an email message Managing Planning Charts When viewing a published planning enabled chart OrgPublisher Premier you can manage the planning charts When you click the planning charts button the first time the standard create a chart dialog opens The planning button varies based on the type of planning chart Org model planning button 2 Organizational Planning Succession planning button 2 Succession Planning CF Both planning options 4 Planning 327 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts If a planning chart already exists you see the list of existing charts
401. ners for other chart components such as jobs people hotspots custom fields and open positions Boxes must be inserted in the chart before other components can be added There are three types of boxes Normal Assistant Partner The box type you will probably use most frequently is the box that inserts a person job and box at the same time Like the normal box type this box is inserted beneath the box on which you drop it The Insert Person Job box inserts a normal box with prompts for box title job title and employee name by position type Unique formatting is assigned to the assistant box and partner box Assistant boxes are inserted beneath and to the right of the higher level box Multiple assistant boxes alternate to the right and left of this box A partner box is inserted on the same level and to the right of the box on which it is dropped In addition you can use a Staff Function box which works similarly to an Assistant box but allows a full hierarchy beneath it In order to use this special box type you must first create a Staff Function Position type Inserting a Chart Title When you insert the first box in a new chart the text Box 1 is automatically inserted and selected for you to add the box name and becomes the chart title The text you type displays for both the box and the chart A planning chart ordinarily displays an existing chart title which you can modify 1 Right click the chart title Click to c
402. ng in For instance if you import 341 00 that s what the number is in OrgPublisher If you import 341 that s what OrgPublisher uses Formatting cannot change the value of the data you import Fields 26 49 and 65 can be used for custom fields as well as summaries In OrgPublisher Premier you can perform basic calculations on numeric custom fields in your chart and display this data in a summary field in your org chart Note The Summary Wizard inserts placeholders if necessary which display in the Custom Field Properties dialog These fields within OrgPublisher occupy sequences 20 25 and are designated as field types other than summaries such as Text Hotspot or Email As you create summary fields OrgPublisher starts placing them in sequence 26 37 OrgPublisher Column number Field name OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Description 50 64 65 and up Succession Candidate Fields Custom Fields and Summary Fields When importing numeric fields make sure that you do not use any leading symbols such as dollar signs Verify that decimal places are set the way you want them prior to importing those fields into OrgPublisher For example you can calculate the total sales for a department and display that information in a summary field The Summary Wizard and Head count Wizard automatically place summary fields in the Input File Input fields 50 through 64 are designed to be used with one of the
403. ng Definition The name given to describe the publishing definition Schedule The date and time the definition is scheduled to run Last run The date and time the definition was last published Schedule Status tab The Schedule Status tab of the Publish charts dialog provides a list of your publishing definitions and the status of each publishing run The View log button enables you to open your current scheduling log in Microsoft Notepad to review it Always verify that your chart has published as scheduled by checking the Status date and time Fields in the Schedule Status tab are Field Definition Publishing The name describing the publishing schedule Schedule Status This field describes the current status of the publishing schedule If the chart has not yet been published the status reads The task has not yet run Once a chart is published the status reads Successful Operation If a problem occurs during the publishing process you may see Access denied or Login failure Updating or Deleting a Publishing Schedule 1 Select File from the Main menu then Publish from the pull down menu The Publish charts dialog displays at the Publishing Definitions tab 219 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Click on the Schedules tab Click Update to modify a schedule and continue with Step 4 Click Delete to permanently remove a schedule A message confirms that you want to
404. ng chart OrgPublisher Premier from the planning enabled published chart Note If you save multiple planning charts to the same web folder you Should specify separate storage folders in order to maintain user name and password security Click on the Planning button Organizational Planning jn the toolbar 2 Select Open planning chart from the options list A list of available planning charts displays in a pull down list 3 Click on the chart name you want The planning chart opens in the OrgPlan client 4 Return to the planning enabled chart by clicking the Back G button in the browser Selecting a Planning Chart Style Click the Select Style v button in the toolbar to open the Select Style dialog to choose a layout style for the planning chart Click on a layout for additional information Chart Layout Description at Layout 1 Horizontal Lowest level of each branch in the chart is arranged in a horizontal line This creates shorter wider charts fe Layout 2 Vertical Lowest level of each branch in the chart is arranged in a vertical row This creates narrower taller charts ofe Layout 3 Side by side Lowest level of each branch in the chart is arranged with the boxes side by side This creates more compact charts nfe Layout 4 Stacked Lowest level of the chart displays only two levels is arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level The nu
405. ng employees are shown Select one of the following options Normal Each employee in the chart has his or her own box with its own reporting line Reports in one box All reporting employees are included in the box of the person they report to Position types with a zero 0 priority remain in their own box Reports in box below All reporting employees are included in the same box with a single line indicating to whom they report Type the horizontal space between boxes Type the vertical space between boxes 152 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Values Description Drill button type Click on the Click to modify button in this field to open the Customize Drill Buttons dialog Chart font Select the default font type for the chart text in the current style Chart font size Select the default font size for chart text in the current style Automatic row Select this check box when using chart layout 4 typically for use in a smaller size window if you want OrgPublisher to automatically set the number of boxes across in a row Boxes per row Select this check box when using chart layout 4 Type the maximum number of boxes to print in a row The minimum number of boxes across is 4 The chart style is automatically stacked meaning there are two levels of the organization per page the lowest level is arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the
406. ng your chart The Overwrite existing HTML and JS files check box is turned off by default You do NOT want to overwrite your HTML or JS files if you have customized them for example to display special web elements or you will lose your modifications Review technical documentation on the Customer Care Center on using an Alternate CAB File location However when you first use a new version of OrgPublisher it is advisable to create new HTML and JS files and then make your modifications to the new file Publishing a Portion of a Chart di 2 Open the chart you want to publish Place the mouse pointer on the box you want to be the top of the chart and click to select it and all the boxes below it Select File from the Main menu then Publish from the pull down menu You can also click the Publish button in the toolbar The Publishing Wizard or Publish charts dialog opens Select Advanced Mode and step through the wizard dialogs selecting the options you want included in this publishing definition Be sure to select the option to Exclude positions above if you do not want to publish the higher levels of the org chart Select a publishing option and click Finish to publish your chart 214 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Selecting a Color Scheme for the Published Chart This option is disabled if you are not running in at least 16 bit color The Publishing Wizard color scheme option affects the p
407. nging a Publishing Definition You can modify an existing publishing definition using the Publish charts dialog 1 Select File from the Main menu then Publish from the pull down menu You can also click the Publish button in the toolbar The Publish charts dialog displays at the Publishing Definitions tab The Name field lists the publishing definitions for this chart Click the gray box to the left of the publishing definition to select the one you want to change 2 Click Update to walk through the Publishing Wizard for this publishing definition modifying the desired elements Note Publishing formats cannot be changed within the Publish charts dialog All publishing updates must be done within the Publishing Wizard 3 Select a publishing time and click Finish The new options are saved in the existing publishing definition when you save the file Note If you installed the Web Administration mode of OrgPublisher you cannot change a publishing definition The publishing definition and name of charts published with Web Administration must be the same Scheduling a Chart for Archiving or Publishing You can schedule a date and time to archive or publish your charts You can start the task scheduler at the end of the OrgHistory Archive Wizard You can also use the Archive Schedule tab of the OrgHistory Archives dialog or the Schedule tab of the Publish charts dialog Charts published as ECharts or using Web Administration must use M
408. nings and Error Messages Message 1 Too few fields in record Abort file read The Messages option under the Options menu must be checked for this message to appear The message is caused by having less than 10 fields in any record within the Input File The number of the records in error is displayed in the message Message 2 records read Do you wish to continue The Messages option under the Options menu must be checked for this message to appear This message allows you to stop OrgPublisher reading the Input File at a certain record limit The following setting determines the number of records read each time before this warning is displayed Settings warn after 1000 This setting can only be changed by manually editing the OrgPublisher registry settings The default setting is to warn after every 200 000 records are read Message 3 Warning Chart is too wide to be displayed correctly Please alter the chart style and or reduce the width and spacing of boxes This message occurs if the width of the chart to be displayed is arger than 30 000 Characters across To resolve this problem try changing the chart style by selecting Format from the menu bar then Chart from the pull down menu and then choose a more compact chart layout in the Format dialog In addition try reducing the character width of boxes and the horizontal spacing between boxes Setting the overall chart font to a smaller font such as Arial 6 point us
409. nitions Buttons enable you to create New and Delete or Update existing schedules 272 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts The Archive Schedules tab displays the Name of the archived chart the Publishing Definition of the original chart the Schedule for archiving and the Last run date and time of the archived chart Deleting an Archive Chart You can delete an archived chart definition using the OrgHistory Archives dialog a 1 Click the Managing OrgHistory Archives button in the toolbar to open the OrgHistory Archives dialog The Definitions tab displays all archive chart definitions Select the definition you want to delete Click Delete The archive chart file is removed Click OK to close the dialog and return to the chart Deleting an Archive Schedule You can delete an archive schedule using the OrgHistory Archives dialog 1 Click the Managing OrgHistory Archives button in the toolbar to open the OrgHistory Archives dialog Select the Archives Schedule tab Select the schedule you want to delete Click Delete The archive schedule is removed 4 Click OK to close the dialog and return to the chart Generating a Change Report When working with archived charts you can create customized change reports Change reports show the differences in a chart from one point in time to another 1 After you have archived at least 2 versions of your selected chart click the Manage OrgHistory A
410. nt Wizard opens Select the View to print such as Org Chart Click Next Select either the Wall Chart or Book Style radio button Click Next If you want to add or modify a header or footer for your chart click Header Footer to open the Print Header Footer Options dialog Make your selections as detailed in the Selecting Print Header Footer Options procedure in this document Click OK If your chart contains group icons or custom items you can select the Include Legend check box to print a chart legend listing all the icons and colors used in the chart Click Finish to print your chart 124 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview Publishing Wizard OrgPublisher provides a Publishing Wizard to help you create publishing definitions for your chart You can choose Express Mode for a basic PluginX published chart or Advanced Mode to select specific options for your published org chart Select a publishing format to review the appropriate publishing option procedure Express Mode PluginX Graphic HTML EChart Rich client OrgPublisher Executive on iPad Cross browser EChart Thin client or Microsoft Silverlight Real time PDF document Style Wizard You can create multiple styles in OrgPublisher for each chart to vary the display of your chart data and to help format your chart If you publish your charts with OrgPublisher PluginX your users can switch styles while viewing your chart With the Style Wiz
411. nt to a folder of your choice Enabling the Succession Planning Features If you have selected this option in OrgPublisher Premier and you are the chart administrator you can choose to enable or disable succession planning features in your chart 1 Click Options from the OrgPublisher menu then Search options and Customize Search dialog The Customize Search Dialog opens 2 To create succession planning charts and search for succession candidates select the Enable succession planning features check box Clear the check box to disable these features 3 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog End User Accessibility The OrgPublisher PluginX chart can be accessed by JAWS for Windows screen reading software for the blind and visually impaired When you publish a PluginX chart you can enable the Section 508 accessibility option in the Publishing Wizard by selecting the Enable support for the visually impaired check box An accessible chart works best if published with only the Chart View available using chart layout 1 We recommend that you not publish peripheral views such as Profile View or List View and that you disable the Views toolbar when using the Publishing Wizard In addition you should consider using larger fonts and basic colors The following functions are supported in the PluginX chart via the keyboard Functions Keyboard Description command Find F key Opens the Enter Search text dialog This is equ
412. nting Showing Hiding Headers and Footers in Print Preview In OrgPublisher the Print Preview for Wall Style dialog enables you to modify your chart for printing by showing or hiding the header and footer information on the printed page The default is to show and therefore print the header and footer The Print Preview dialog displays the header and footer as they will print 1 Open Print Preview by selecting File from the Main menu then Print Preview from the pull down menu The Print Preview dialog opens and the chart displays as it will print You can also click on the Print Preview button in the toolbar To hide the chart header click the Show Hide Header button in the toolbar The header text is hidden in the preview window and will not print Click the Show Hide Header button again to display and print the header text To hide the chart footer click the Show Hide Footer button in the toolbar The footer text is hidden in the preview window and will not print Click the Show Hide Footer button again to display and print the footer text Select Print if you want to open the Print Wizard to print the chart or Close Print Preview without printing Previewing a Wall Style Chart You can preview charts before printing them to check how the chart fits on the pages The Chart View is the only one you can preview Modifications made in the Print Preview window now enable you to fine tune a chart for printing for instance by movin
413. nts button A in the toolbar In the Style field select a style from the drop down list that you want to modify In the pane below the field a check mark next to a Position type means it is displayed An X means the position type is hidden Click the plus sign to expand and view the components of a position type Click on a component to display green check mark or hide red X it Select a group from the Group displayed drop down list to show in the chart style Click Apply to update the chart and keep the dialog open for further changes or click OK to update the chart and close the dialog box Note In conditional formatting the search feature and all calculations follow the conditional position type Formatting follows the group If you display the Summary View in a chart with conditional formatting you should hide either the group or position type of the conditional format If you don t head counts display in both areas Showing or Hiding Fields tn the Profile View 1 2 4 5 Right click on a field in the Profile View Select Configure Profile View from the drop down list The Configure Profile View dialog opens Select the check box for the field or subheading you want to show or hide A check indicates the field is displayed A blank box indicates that the field is hidden You can also rearrange the position of each field or arrange fields to display beneath a subheading by clicking the Move Up and Move Down
414. nze on the Custom Fieki to Avg Aporasal Rating display this dialog Type of Summary Figure 94 Select the existing Numeric Field to Summarize from the drop down list 2 Select the Type of Summary from the drop down list 3 Click the down arrow in the Sum on field and select either Hierarchy or Level on which to base the summary Click Next 4 Select the Population to include the summary total You can select the position types total head count or planned head count to be included in your calculation Click Next 5 Type the Label or name for the summary field Select the Hide label check box if you do not want the label to display in the chart Click Next 6 Click on the position type to display the summary Select where in the position type you want the field displayed Repeat for each position type You can also select All Positions Click Next 7 Click Finish The summary field displays in your chart OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Formatting Charts After you create your chart you can apply specific formatting features to enhance the visual effectiveness of your chart Topics Pertaining to this Section Custom Fields Photos Icons and Logos Hover Profiles Styles Formatting the Search Dialog You can format the Search dialog to match the field types in your org chart by e altering the tab or field labels e changing the operation between modal and no
415. of control Actively plan and run What If scenarios for changing structure of one or more departments and display resulting tally of total head count and workforce cost for budgeting purposes Pacific Eastern Ji Profle View Pacific Eastern open Proto Presasent Ruevell O His Saian 180 000 Total Salaries 6 493 090 Head Cownt 138 HTE uneei o Fen Executive bit i d Tii President Box Tite Pacific Eastern fase Saary 130 000 Head Count 134 Salary 422000 Open Postons 13 a EEren SS oo Total Planned Head Coumi 152 Total Saares 489 008 joe President mier kii Bead Count 24 Tote Selareen 3728000 Total Selarees 31 14 0600 Shown head count P j al Figure 4 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports Prebuilt Reports Successions Samples The Succession Ratings Report provides performance potential risk and impact information for each succession candidate appearing in the chart See the OrgPublisher Using Prebuilt Reports document for more details on this and other report options Category Succession Succession Ratings Visualize all employees with easy to follow color coded status indicators that rate the performance potential risk and loss impact of each employee and their successor candidate Drill Description up and down within the org chart to evaluate the organization s
416. of the custom field to be added to a position type Click in the column and hold the mouse button down as you drag that custom field into the chart and place it within an existing box Release the mouse button to add the custom field Double click on the label for this custom field and type the new name if applicable Press Enter The new field displays in the dialog and with every position type displayed in the chart Double click on the right hand side of each occurrence of this field and type your data for example a phone number Press Enter If you want to format the new custom field right click on the field and select Format from the drop down menu 94 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview Inserting a Head Count Roll up with the Custom Field Properties Dialog l Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Position the cursor where you want to add the new custom field either somewhere within existing fields or at the end Click Insert If you are inserting a field within the list of existing fields a message verifies that this is what you want to do Enter the field name in the Field label column Press the TAB key to move to the Type column and select Count Press the TAB key to move to the Population column and select the position type or grou
417. of your organization Select a Prebuit Report from the categones batad below to preview a sample of that report Giek the Help button in this dalog for quick tips or click the link below to see detailed information Choose a report Pacific Eastern Contact Information Contractors Pacific Easinn Daresctory Open Positions Ong Chart Ong Chart with Profile Org Chart with Photos E Management H Panning E Succession Figure 8 4 Select your data source and click Next Note This wizard dialog provides a link to a PDF with additional information about your selected report 5 Your data source selection will determine your next steps Complete your data link and click Next 6 Ifthe first row in your data file contains column names click the First row contains column names box and click Next 11 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports 7 If your data is already in the standard UFL Universal Format Layout field order accept the default selection and click Next Co a Use the standard Aquire Universal File Layout UFL order This option is for data sources already in the UFL format Map data to the UFL field order This option is for data sources not yet compliant with the UFL format You must map fields individually Figure 9 If your data is not in the standard UFL select the Map data to the UFL field order radio button Review the Preview of the data fo
418. og to accept the data 100 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview 1 After accepting the data preview the next option allows you to accept the standard OrgPublisher field order or you can set the custom field order as illustrated below 2 Select Specify custom field order then click Next The Data Preview dialog enables you to map the displayed field names to the OrgPublisher input layout If you are working with the Prebuilt Reports feature see the Prebuilt Reports Create a New Report procedure for additional information Select an option for Sort drop lists either Field name or Field position 4 Above each column of data a drop down arrow appears with the default selection of Do not import Click the drop down arrow to display other field options Select the appropriate option for that field column of data As you select the field options other than Custom Field in the drop down list and move to another column the previously selected mapping options fade This indicates that you have already identified a field column for this type If a field type other than Custom Field is used more than once the field type switches to red text Duplicate usage of a field type must be limited to Custom Fields Other mapping options in the list include Parent Box ID Box ID Person ID Position Sequence Level Number etc When you finish mapping click Next 5 You may need to map a single column
419. ome line of criteria Search Field Displays the field or fields in the chart your search is based on When adding new search criteria select a field you want to find from the drop down options list Sample value Head count or Planned Head count Compare This field varies based on the selection in the Search Field column Displays the value or action performed in your search When adding new search criteria select a value or action from the options list Sample value Select Equal to gt Greater than lt Less than lt gt Not equal to gt Greater than or equal to lt Less than or equal to or Sounds Like Value This field varies based on the selection in the Search Field column Displays the information you looked for in your search When adding new search criteria type what you want to find or select a value from the drop down options list Sample value date 99 06 03 or number 12 Match Case This check box is available based on the selection made in the For field Displays Yes or No depending on your search criteria When adding new search criteria select the check box to match upper and lower case text Displayed image for This field displays the icon shown in the chart for the selected group people in this group Select an icon from the drop down options list if you want to display a group icon in the chart Just selection Check box is selected if you have clicked on a specific box in your chart that is not the
420. on SourceCharts folder Log on the server as an administrator or power user Open the desktop OrgPublisher application If default install is used it would be in c program files orgpubx Open the chart found in the SourceCharts folder Schedule the publishing definition in OrgPublisher using the Schedules tab Also when you are publishing to ECharts you must manually schedule the BAT file created in the first manual publishing To do this open the Task Scheduler on the server to add the BAT job Scheduling a Publishing Task Using Web Administration If you are publishing a chart through Web Administration the Schedule Now option is not available in the Publishing Wizard The following steps would be used in Web Administration 1 Log onto the server as an administrator 2 Open the desktop OrgPublisher application The default installation uses the in c program files orgpubx folder 3 Open the chart found in the SourceCharts folder Schedule the publishing definition in OrgPublisher using the Schedules tab per following instructions When you are publishing to ECharts you must manually schedule the BAT file created in the first manual publishing To do this open the Task Scheduler on the server to add the BAT job Using a Virtual Directory When you publish ECharts desktop OrgPublisher or Web Administration whether to a rich client or thin client or when you publish a real time chart you pub
421. ons as noted in Steps 7 8 Click Next Indicate whether or not this new position type is included in the total head count Click Next Type the Record Type code for this position lt SF gt The code must be include brackets Click Next Click Box Style and Color to open the Format dialog to the Boxes tab Choose the style of the chart box and the box color you want for the Staff Function position type Click Apply to add your changes and continue working in the dialog Click OK to add your changes and close the dialog Click Text Style and Color to open the Format dialog to the Text tab Choose the text color alignment etc Click Apply to add your changes and continue working in the dialog Click OK to add your changes and close the dialog Click Next Click Finish In the Chart View add a box with a person and job where you want to place the Staff function Double click on the name field to open the Update Person dialog and select the Staff Function position type The staff function box title displays and the box may be repositioned Double click on Staff Function to change the box title If you add reports to this box a drill down button displays and you must drill to view those reporting boxes Including Excluding Position Types in Summary View When you exclude or do not count a position type in the Summary View in OrgPublisher Premier the summary amounts for these types are not displayed in the view and are subtra
422. ons X Show preview when searching by name Summary options Show preview when searching by job title Group display options Show preview when searching by box title Show preview on toolbar search Use Simplified Search View Figure 46 The Semantic Dictionary Editor dialog opens The Semantic Dictionary provides nodes for you to work with e The first node is the OrgPublisher field label such as Job Title and Box Title both these fields are default entries in the dictionary You can enter as many field labels as you need 47 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data e The second node is the field name you use in the chart For instance your label may be Job Title but the name is Administrative Assistant or Sales Associate 2 Select the node you want to add values to Two buttons appear to the right a plus nj to add a value and a minus to delete a value 3 Click the Plus button to add a value A Map node appears with a Value record Map represents the action of mapping the term you are about to add to the node you have selected Value represents the term you are adding that when searched for will find the original node and all other mapped terms in the search results Semantic Dictionary Editor Jomo Manage the translation dictionaries 4 Job Title Account Executive 4 Map sales HE Assistant Account Executive Benefits Specialist Figure 47 4 Select Value and typ
423. ons in the Select Data Source dialog 58 OrgPublisher The Select Database dialog box opens OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts Database Name mdb Directories c orgpubS Cer Toras assets I Read Only e oe ee I Exclusive List Files of Type Drives Access Databases im gt Ec 7 Network Figure 55 3 Indicate the path and filename of the database containing your data then click OK The next dialog allows you to select the database table view or query that contains the data for your chart Select a database table view or query that contains the data for your chart Custom SQL wd Figure 56 4 Click the Select a database table view or query that contains the data for your chart option Click the down arrow and from the options list select the table containing the data from which you want to build your chart Click Next Note The Custom SQL option is addressed in advanced procedures The Data preview dialog opens and the first 100 records are shown New Chart Wizard Ta x 26 421 Broadcast Me C 19878 Scott Margaret P Media E ee Ce z 2 Broadcast Me C 19889 Ward Michelle Media E 6 425 Network Tea C 12491 Wood Ryan L Hardwve 38 426 Hi Tech c 13186 Whitney James M Writer 17 427 Broadcast V C 17965 Jenkins Kirk P Broade 55 428 Payroll c 16294 Jefferson Mark Validity 38 6 MTech ee vier 59 217 Benetits E 20030 Richards Donna Benefit 59 212 Benefits E 212 Cag
424. ons list to open the wizard 3 Follow the wizard dialogs to select the fields limits and filter options including Provide additional customization until you reach the data within each of the nine generated boxes dialog 4 Select the Field name for you want to sort by in the 9 Box Matrix Data within each of the nine generated boxes may be sorted in a meaningful way E os __1_ __ performance Display information Specify a field to sort by and a sorting order for the generated data within each box Field Name v Sort Ascending C Descending v Show colored borders in your 9 box chart Figure 150 Select the Sort order then Ascending or Descending Click Next Complete the wizard and click Finish to view the matrix Updating Your Chart You can update chart data after you have created your organizational chart by refreshing the chart data with changes made to the database If your chart was created from multiple data sources you can also Manage data sources through the Tools menu Note You can update a published real time chart by clicking the Refresh button in the browser or by drilling through the chart You may want to change chart data in the OCB file to reflect personnel changes that have not yet been applied to your HR database When you overwrite or manually update a chart that was created with a database connection an OCB file is created Refreshing Chart Data OrgPublish
425. open this view or select View from the Main menu then Wizard View from the options list Details on opening a wizard can be found in the Opening a Wizard procedure Topics Pertaining to this Section 9 Box Matrix Wizard OrgHistory Archive Wizard Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard Photo Wizard Custom Field Wizard Position Type Wizard Wizard View The Wizard View displays buttons that open a wizard to perform OrgPublisher tasks although some wizards do not display in this view Click the Wizard View button from the toolbar to open this view or select View from the Main menu then Wizard View from the options list The Wizard View defaults to the left side of the window but you can drag it to another location 2 Style Wizard e Publishing Wizard a Position Type Wizard Head Count Wizard Figure 91 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview Opening a Wizard Each OrgPublisher wizard consists of a series of dialogs that guide you through a specific process one step at a time Some wizards are available from the Tools menu or through the Wizard View Some wizards open another wizard You can access a wizard by following the instructions below 9 Box Matrix Wizard opens from the Tools menu or when you click the 9 Box Matrix button in the toolbar the first time you access 9 Box Matrix Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard opens from the Publishing Wizard or OrgHistory Archive Wizard when you
426. operties dialog The settings you select for the legend are applied to the current style Note Depending on where you place the legend some boxes in the chart may be covered You may want to modify the legend settings to better fit the legend within a blank area of the Chart View Formatting the Chart Legend You can format the chart legend to better fit your chart scheme The legend default uses e ail column list e a width of 200 pixels e a height that is automatically calculated to fit the number of items in the legend To change the format of the chart legend 1 Open the chart legend by clicking the Legend Properties button in the toolbar or by selecting Insert from the Main menu then Legend from the options list If the legend is already displayed in the chart you can also click on the legend to open it The Chart Legend dialog opens at the Placement tab OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 2 Select the Formatting tab This tab provides options for outline style color gradient and dimensions as well as a preview section 3 In the Format section select the Outline style you want to use by scrolling through the available options and clicking on the one you want 4 Accept the default to Show outline for the legend or clear the check box if you do not want to display the outline 5 Select the Outline width using the up or down arrow The allowed range is between 1 5 pixels 6 In the Us
427. options list If you have highlighted a box in the Chart View other than the hierarchical top box you can select Reset starting box to make that box the top of your published chart Click Next If applicable select the Enable Publish Notification E mail check box Click Next Select the e Publish now radio button to publish your EChart immediately The Publishing Summary message displays the link or links if you also chose to publish a directory view chart to your published charts Click on the link to preview the chart e Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog where all publishing definitions are kept e Schedule Now to set up a publishing schedule Click Finish Publishing tn HTML Format You can also schedule your published chart to automatically publish at a specified date and time HTML charts can be published with the List View or Profile View that are displayed when you publish a chart on your intranet L Click the Publish button in the toolbar You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list The Publishing Wizard opens Click Next Select the Advanced Mode radio button Click Next Click Next again Type the Name of the published chart It can be the same as the chart name and does not need to include publishing information The name must however be unique and cannot contain any special characters such as slashes or colons asterisks question m
428. or custom position type in Input Field 4 RECORD_TYPE If you leave the record type blank all positions in the chart default to Employee position types 3 Map the employee name from your HR system to the Last Name First Name and Middle Name fields in the OrgPublisher Input File Layout Note If your database has only one field for the entire employee name then map this field to the Last Name field Each record can contain information about a person s position or job title If your database does not store a key or code to identify each job title you can map the job title field in your employee database to both the Job ID field and the Job title field in the Input File or you can leave the Job ID field blank 4 If you want to use multi level peer display you must define the level number in Field 18 Map the rest of the fields according to the Input File Layout Save your comma separated ASCII text file as an OCB TXT or CSV file Open your text file example MYCHART OCB in OrgPublisher Your org chart is displayed and ready for you to format When you save the chart your formatting is stored in a separate template file with an OTM extension When you re import your data and open the chart the styles and formatting remain unchanged Extracting Data into a Text File Extract data into a comma separated text file in the order required by the OrgPublisher Input File You can save the comma separated text file in an ODBC comp
429. ormat Hiding a Custom Field Label You can choose to hide a custom field label in your org chart 1 2 Right click the custom field label in your chart Select Hide label from the drop down menu The label is no longer displayed in your chart To show a hidden label right click on the custom field data and click Show label from the drop down menu You can also select the Hide label option in the Custom Field Wizard when you create or modify a custom field Inserting a Custom Field for a Single Position Type You can insert a custom field for a single position type by dragging it from the Custom Field Properties dialog 1 Note The use of conditional formatting can affect position type summary fields Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields button The Custom Field Properties dialog opens 93 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar and move the mouse pointer to the place within an existing box where you want to insert the custom field Click the mouse to add it Make sure the field Drag and Drop for All Position Types is not selected Click Close If the check box is selected click on it to clear it then click Apply Position the cursor in the column to the left of the Field label of the custom field to be added Click in the column and hold
430. os published via Web Administration Check with your system administrator to discuss the following Photos will not display on a secure URL https The network requires photos be handled by the LocalSystem account The IUSR does not have access to the LocalSystem Temporary Internet Files to read cached photos This can be changed by granting the IUSR read access to the Temporary Internet Files The LocalSystem home directory is C Documents and Settings LocalSystem The administrator can right click on this folder and select Properties and Grant IUSR_MACHINENAME Read access only to the directory In addition the virtual directory must be set to run applications in the IIS process The virtual directory property Application Protection should be set to Low Windows XP under Tools gt Options gt View the administrator can select Show hidden files and folders Changing the IIS user to be a privileged user is not recommended Refresh or display troubleshooting If your EChart does not open you may get the error message Unable to contact the EChart server at verify that the virtual directory where the EChart files reside has execute permissions If you generated the chart by a scheduled batch file verify that you are not using letter mapped drives For example use MyServer path filename Check your output file name in the publishing definition and remove any spaces or special characters in the output file name and any spaces
431. osition Type Wizard You can add or modify a position type using the Position Type Wizard 1 9 Select Tools from the Main menu then Position Type Wizard from the pull down menu Accept the default of New Position Type or select Existing Position Type to choose one of the standard OrgPublisher types Click Next Type the Position Type name If applicable select a Group to assign conditional formatting as long as it is not a secured group Click Next Accept the default selection of Yes to add the position type to the head count or select No Click Next If applicable type the custom Record Type If applicable select a Box Style and Color Option not available when using Prebuilt Reports If applicable select the Text Style and Color Option not available when using Prebuilt Reports Click Next Click Finish Print Wizard OrgPublisher provides a Print Wizard to help you with the page setup for your printed chart You can print a chart in either a book or wall chart format The Wall Chart option is ideal for smaller charts that fit on one page or when printing to a plotter The Book Style option can be modified to print a select number of levels per page specific chart layouts and more and includes an index To print a chart using the Print Wizard 1 Select File from the Menu then Print options from the options list then Use Print Wizard You can also click the Print SI button in the toolbar The Pri
432. ot indicative of the display order in the graph OK Cancel Figure 119 2 Select each category position type or group individually or click Select all If you decide to select only specific categories click Clear Al appropriate check boxes and then select the 3 In the Category Sorting Method area of the dialog choose to sort the selected categories to match the Summary View Order in the category Numeric Rank in the graph or by sorting them in Manual Order If you select Manual Order the Moveup and MoveDown are enabled to arrange the categories as you want them 4 When you have selected your categories and the sort order click OK to close the dialog and return to the Graphs tab Click Cancel to discard selections and close the dialog Copying a Workforce Analysis Graph If you can view a workforce analysis graph you copy the graph to another Windows application 1 In the Summary View click on the Graphs tab In the Graphs tab verify that you can see the entire graph and legend if applicable If not resize the Summary View Summary Vew Average Increases Henry Moore Manage Employee e004 LA 14004 LA 1 2004 2779 Figure 120 168 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas 2 Click the Copy button R Copy The graph is copied to the clipboard and you can paste the graph into another application You can also
433. ou have created a definition or published a chart Buttons enable you to create New and Update or Delete existing publishing definitions Buttons are also available to Publish a chart definition or Publish All definitions You can also Browse to the publishing location you want to use 218 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Fields in the Publishing Definitions tab are Field Definition Name The name you set up for the chart publishing definition Start at The box title chosen to be the top of chart for this published chart Style The style selected for the published chart How to publish The publishing format selected such as PluginX FTP to Web server If the check box is selected indicates that the published definition is sent to a web server via FTP Date published The date the chart was last published with this definition Schedules tab The Schedules tab of the Publish charts dialog provides a list of your publishing schedules and the last time the publishing schedule ran The Schedules tab displays information about the schedules for your publishing definitions Buttons enable you to create New and Delete or Update existing schedules Always verify that your chart has published as scheduled by checking the Last run date and time or the Status information on the Schedule Status tab Fields in the Schedules tab are Field Definition Name The name of the publishing schedule Publishi
434. ou want to list all positions in your chart file you can 1 Select Options from the Main menu then List View options from the pull down menu 2 Clear Show Displayed Positions The List View now displays all positions in your chart data Or e Open the List View and select the Search View pane Verify that the Everyone group is active in the chart All positions are listed in the Search View Making Several Insertions for the Same Position Type You can apply the format for the same position type to several boxes or jobs if you select a position type before you begin inserting boxes 1 Select Insert from the Main menu then Select position type from the pull down menu The Select Position Type for Insert dialog opens 2 Click on the position type you want to insert and clear the Automatically assign Position Type check box 3 If you are inserting multiple boxes with this position type or you want to make it the default position type when you insert a box click the Insert using this Position Type check box 4 To automatically assign a manager position type to the first inserted box and an employee position type on the box dropped on that position click the Automatically assign Position Type check box 5 If you do not select either check box OrgPublisher prompts you for the position type when you insert a job or person into an empty box Click OK The dialog closes Select the appropriate button from the toolbar and inse
435. outer Salary 35 000 00 Salary 34 000 00 Figure 319 374 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Using Drag and Drop in the Planning Chart 2 Begin dragging the person in the direction of the Open position box The selection is now a translucent purple and a small green dot is visible inside the moving field Applications Customer Interface Suzdtawa k Melton L SalaSalary 85 000 0 New Job f Open position aIaF Figure 320 The fields allowed to accept the person drop are outlined in green 3 Drop the name on the Open position field The person s name replaces the open position text in the destination box while in the original box Open position has replaced the previous occupant s name Sending Feedback from Cross Browser Charts If enabled by the chart administrator you can send feedback about your experience with the cross browser Silverlight chart 1 Click the Feedback button to open your e mail client 2 If necessary log in to your email client The e mail opens with the To and Subject fields filled in Type your message then click Send Viewing Tutorials for Published Cross Browser Charts You can view video tutorials and a PDF user guide on how to use a published cross browser Silverlight chart 1 Click the Tutorials button tutorats The OrgPublisher Silverlight tutorials web page opens 2 Select the tutorial or PDF you want to vi
436. p box in the chart or Not display the chart You can choose to use your own published chart help by typing the file name and location in the URL for a PluginX help file field which end users can access by clicking the Help Help button in the OrgPublisher toolbar Click Next The next dialog contains several Thin Client default selections which you may override by clearing the options Click Next If you want to set up an archive schedule now select the Keep an archive of this chart check box Click Next Select e Publish now radio button to publish your EChart immediately The Publishing Summary message displays the link or links if you also chose to publish a directory view chart to your published charts Click on the link to preview the chart e Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog where all publishing definitions are kept To schedule your EChart Thin Client to publish at a later time use Microsoft Task Scheduler The Publishing Summary message displays the link or links if you also chose to publish a directory view chart to your published charts Click on the link to preview the chart Note Due to several possible network issues it is recommended that you hide all photos before publishing as thin client In addition logos are not Supported when published as thin client and do end users do not have access the My groups tab available in the Search View Choosing EChart Thin Client Settings When publishing
437. p dialog in order to select the printer device paper size orientation and source Click this button to open the Book Style Print Settings dialog You can also access the Print Header Footer Options dialog the page customization list or enable the Print a chart legend feature This button closes the Book Style Print Preview dialog Click this button to print only selected pages Click this link to access the OrgPublisher Printing Tips web page for ideas on successfully printing your chart You can use the Print Preview toolbar buttons to change the layout for the printed page change the number of levels to print on a page and zoom to a selected percent per page Button Action Performed aTa Show 2chartlevels v 99 Click this button to set the zoom percent for the chart display The Zoom Zoom to fit Click this button to select Layout 1 the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged in a horizontal line This creates shorter wider charts Click this button to select Layout 2 the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged in a vertical row This creates narrower taller charts Click this button to select Layout 3 the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged with the boxes side by side This creates more compact charts Click this button to select Layout 4 the layout with the lowest level of the chart displays only two levels arran
438. p you want to count You can select one or more position types or groups or the Total Head Count or the Total Planned Head Count Note Orphan records and broken hierarchies can adversely affect summary and security functions Unexpected results can occur that may cause head count or other totals to be incorrect Press the TAB key to move to the Assigned To column The Update Displayed Custom Fields dialog opens Select the position types or groups for this custom field If you want all position types to have this field select All Positions Click Close to insert the new head count in your org chart and to close the Custom Field Properties dialog Note In conditional formatting the search feature and all calculations follow the conditional position type Formatting follows the group If you display the Summary View in a chart with conditional formatting you should hide either the group or position type of the conditional format If you don t head counts display in both areas Succession candidates are not included in head counts Reviewing Custom Field Security Summary In OrgPublisher Premier you can designate field security and then quickly review a Summary of the security for each custom field in your EChart 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Click View security summ
439. pan of control custom fields The new field has been added to the bottom of the Custom Field Properties dialog Note When you make changes to a summary field OrgPublisher recalculates the field from the top of the chart through the bottom level 1 Select Data from the menu bar then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens 158 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas Position the cursor where you want to add the summary field either somewhere within existing fields or at the end of the list Click Insert If you are inserting a field within the list of existing fields a message dialog verifies that this is what you want to do Enter the field name in the Field label column Press the TAB key to move to the Type column and select Sum or Average Press the TAB key to move to the Calc Field and select the level or span of control numeric field on which to do the calculation Press the TAB key to move to the Population column and select the position types such as total head count to be included in your calculation Press the TAB key to move to the Assigned To column The Update Assigned Custom Fields dialog opens Select the position types you want to assign the custom field to such as Manager or Director In the same dialog choose where you want the field to display Box t
440. peciatst group st on the nght Account Executive HR Specialist Associate Producer f a SpecialistProduct Specialist Re Rules Dropping a value onto a group Product Specialist search will add that value to the het Travel Assistant Account Executive group 4 Specialst Travel Specialist Broadcast Writers Travel Specialist echnician Dropping a value onto Hardware T whitespace will resut in a new Web Page Designer group that filters for that value Broadcast Media Assistart Digtal Artist You may rename a group by invoicng Clerk Cicking on its name and Media Buyer typing Paste up Artist Print Planner Production Coordinator DA Step 2 of 3 Figure 162 The Group Creation Assistant dialog Step 3 opens displaying the groups that will be created 8 If the listed groups are correct click Finish 244 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching If they are not correct click Back and repeat the applicable steps 4 8 ae zz The following groups wil be created when you click Finish Specialist Human Resource Specialists Specialist Product Specialist Specialist Travel Specialist Step 3 of 3 m e a ee ee ee e O my Figure 163 The Groups tab of the Search dialog displays the groups that were created using the Groups Creation Assistant 9 Click Close to return to the Chart View Name Job Title Box Title Al Fields Groups p Er x ThA hi
441. play in the dialog 3 Choose a style you want to format from the pane on the left then choose a position type within the style 153 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Select one or more of the fields in the right pane to edit Box Title Job Title Name or custom field Text Boxes Lines Chart Title Advanced box layout Normal style v Use advanced box layout for this position type Manager Employee jox field sectic Assistant Contractor Indirect Report Open position Partner Staff Function Successor President Job field sectic Add Arrange Copy layout List items Data Field Box Title selected Figure 105 New with version 11 6 you can select multiple fields to modify in the workspace In the above example the box title job title and Email fields are selected If you add many fields to the chart box the box layout editor may display a message at the bottom of the list box for example The box is taller than this window Please expand the window height Adding Items to a Box Layout Within the Advanced Box Layout Editor you can add items to the box layout in the current style by field as well as align and format the text of those items 1 6 Select Format from the Main menu then Advanced box layout from the options list The Format dialog opens to the Advanced box layout tab displaying a single check box Select the style
442. print the group name in OrgPublisher and PluginX Select this check box to print a title for the chart Select this radio button to use the title shown on the chart Select this radio button in the Print to type new title text box Select this check box to show the date and time the chart was printed Select the format to display the date and time such as MM DD YYYY HH mm ss Type text to precede the date or date and time on your chart if any Select this radio button to print the date that the chart is printed Select this radio button to print the date that the chart was last modified This section of the Print Header Footer Options dialog displays a sample of the selected font and a button Select Font to open the Font dialog to customize font information for the header or footer 307 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Footer tab Print Page Select this check box to print a footer in your chart Footer File Name and Select this check box to print the drive and directory where the chart file is Location located followed by the file name Head count Select this check box to print the actual head count for the chart or the displayed portion of the chart Open positions Select this check box to print the head count for positions that are listed in your chart but are not filled Page Number Select this check box to print the page number on each page of the chart Planned Head Select this check box
443. pt changes and close the dialog Editing Subheadings in the Hover Profile 1 Right click on a field name in the Hover Profile and select the Configure Profile View option The Configure Hover Profile dialog opens Select the subheading you want to modify Click Edit heading The Heading Caption dialog opens Modify the subheading name as necessary and click OK The change is saved and the dialog closes The Hover Profile reflects the name change Deleting Subheadings in the Hover Profile 1 Note There is no warning prior to deleting the subheading Right click on a field name in the Hover Profile and select the Configure Profile View option The Configure Hover Profile dialog opens 2 Select the subheading you want to delete 222 OrgPublisher 3 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Click Delete heading The subheading is immediately deleted It no longer displays in the dialog or the Hover Profile All check boxes for the associated components are cleared and the components do not display in the Hover Profile Adding Subheadings to the Profile View You can add subheadings to the Profile View using the Configure Profile View dialog Subheadings can help you organize data fields for better viewing Subheadings are affected by security settings attached to fields beneath the headings Note When all fields under a heading are secured so that a particular end user can not view them the subheading above th
444. ptions dialog opens 3 In the Generate Report tab the Generate summary section enables you to choose the areas to summarize in the report 216 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Check box options include Summary Description 4 Create summary section Show position type Select this check box to display a summary of changes made summaries to each position type in your planning chart Show group summaries Select this check box to display a summary of changes made to each group in your planning chart Show differences in summary Select this check box if you want to display changes made to fields each summary field in the OrgPublisher Premier planning chart Show differences for every Select this check box if you want to display changes made to manager each summary field for each manager in the OrgPublisher Premier planning chart Show summary section for Select this check box if you want to show the detail for added each manager or removed reporting relationships for each manager in the planning chart Specify how you want to Click the drown arrow to select box title job title or show people s names in customize You can customize the display of names by selecting the Specify how you want to show people s names in the check box e If you select Custom the Custom Name Format dialog opens and you can build the desired format e By default the Box title and Name are loaded into the Custom n
445. published chart It can be the same as the chart name and does not need to include publishing information The name must however be unique and cannot contain any special characters such as slashes or colons asterisks question marks quotation marks and greater than or less than symbols lt or gt The publishing definition name can be up to 255 characters Click Next Accept the default Interactive Org Chart selection Click Next Accept the default PluginX selection Click Next Type or Browse to the location where you want to publish your org chart If you want to write over your existing information select the Overwrite existing HTML and JS files check box Select the Send to web server FTP check box if you want to transfer your chart to your intranet Click Next Select the Chart Style you want the published chart to display first by clicking the down arrow and choosing a style from the options list If you have highlighted a box in the Chart View other than the hierarchical top box you can select Reset starting box to make that box the top of your published chart Click Next If applicable select the Enable Publish Notification E mail check box Click Next Select a color scheme for the published chart Click Next Select the toolbars and buttons you want to display in your published chart End users can utilize buttons on these toolbars to view more of the chart data and to navigate through it Clic
446. pull down options or open the Search View pane in the List View You can also click on the O Search Advanced button in the toolbar Select the Box Title tab in the Search dialog If you are using the Search View click the drop down arrow and select the Box Title option If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box check box This begins the search at that point in the chart If you want to search the entire chart click the Search under selected box check box to clear it 256 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 13 14 15 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching If you are using the Search View and want to start your search from a specific box in a chart you must first select a box in the Chart View and then select the Search under check box This begins the search at that point in the chart Type all or a portion of the box title in the Box title field In the Match field indicate with the drop down arrow what you want to match or do not want to match See the Searching All Fields topic for the list of match options If you are using the Search dialog select the Match Case check box if you want the search to match upper or lower case formats in your text If applicable you can select a group to filter your search Click the Set or remove a base filter button E The Search Base Group Filter dialog opens Select the Use a base group filter ch
447. r 3 Avoid naming your text data with the extension OCP This is reserved for use by OrgPublisher when publishing a file 4 There should be no blank records at the end of the file 5 When the AutoTitle feature is enabled the top box title displayed in the chart is used as the chart title 40 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Linking to Your Data Source You must know how to link to your data source to create your chart manage your data and resolve reporting relationship problems Your system administrator may need to provide some of the information required to connect to your database To share a database connection file with another user you must use a file DSN on a shared network path when you save the ODB file Use the New Chart Wizard to form an SQL statement that is used to extract data from your database You can also write your own SQL statement For query samples refer to the Downloads section of the web site Once you have saved the file with your connection you can reconnect to the same database by opening the chart s ODB file Selecting a Data Source The New Chart Wizard helps you select the data source from which to create your org chart Note If you are creating a succession planning chart see the Mapping Succession Planning Fields topic ODBC database OrgPublisher establishes a direct connection to any ODBC compliant database retains all connection and field mapping
448. r OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview In the Search dialog end users can select the All Fields tab then the field they want The first value displays automatically in the For field Name Job Title Box Tile All Fields Groups For 06 21 1944 a Search options Search under Yr Match Equal to New Search Add to ket belov atch within list below Name Job Tite Box Thie Email Hired Degree ETE Figure 85 In the case of the Birthdate field in this example end users can then highlight the month date or year and change the value by typing over it or using the up or down arrow in the field Name Job Title Box Tale All Fields Groups Search Bethdate E Cose Fot 06 21 AEE A Search options Search under Y Match selected box ii New Search Add to ket belov Search w h li Job Tite Box Tiie Hred 0 people found Figure 86 In the case of the Birthdate field in this example end users highlight the month date or year and change the value by typing over it or using the up or down arrow in the field then click Search Now Specifying a Custom Field Order This procedure assumes the following e You are building an org chart from an ODBC database e You have become familiar with the OrgPublisher Input File Layout requirements e You have reviewed the Data Preview in the New Chart Wizard e You have clicked Next in the Data Preview dial
449. r leave this field blank 36 OrgPublisher Column Field name OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Description number 17 18 19 20 25 26 49 Position ID Level Number Reserved Custom Fields Custom Fields and Summary Fields OrgPublisher looks for Position ID in field 17 Position IDs are used for Tracking position movement in OrgHistory when comparing charts Tracking what positions have been pinned in the side by side Profile View Unique position IDs are very important for continued synchronization It s preferable to have position IDs in the source data if you want to tie changes back to the source system Note If you choose not to use this field for Position ID it must be left blank You can also use a unique identifier in field 5 that OrgPublisher will use if field 17 is blank If both fields are null you can instead set up a custom field with the Type selected as Position ID Level number is used to pass in your levels for use in the multi level peer display This is a numeric absolute value level for instance if the manager grade level is 10 and the report to is 1 OrgPublisher charts the report to box as 9 levels below the manager box The level number is a differential from the parent level number either in ascending or descending order The sequence cannot change in the middle of the chain There are 10 levels to work with at each parent box level any diffe
450. r accuracy and click Next Click Finish Prebuilt Reports Map Data to the UFL Field Order When creating a new chart using the Prebuilt Reports option and your data is not already mapped to the Universal File Layout the New Chart Wizard allows you to manually map the field order 1 Select the Map data to the UFL field order radio button in the New Chart Wizard New Chart Wizard Use the standard Aquire Universal File Layout UFL order This option is for data sources already in the UFL format Map data to the UFL field order This option is for data sources not yet compliant with the UFL format You must map fields individually Figure 10 2 Select how you want to sort the data fields by Field name or by Field position Click Next Data preview Sort drop lists by Field name Field position ial Box ID m Box titie Fie 2 Field 3 60 Local Sales Local Sales National National National National Broadcast Media internal Broadcast internal Broadcast Pubic Broadcast Figure 11 12 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports 3 Select the drop down arrow in each column and map the appropriate field to the UFL field order When all columns are mapped click Next New Chart Wizard Box title Field 3 Local Sales Local Sales National National National National Broadcast Media internal Broadcast internal Broadcast Public Broadcast Figur
451. r darkness of a color A good example is the color matrix slide in the Color dialog L 9 Click Format in the Main menu then Chart from the pull down list The Chart tab of the Format dialog opens In the right hand pane the Property column displays both a Gradient Color and Gradient Style field Click in the gradient color Value field to select a color for the chart background gradient You can also select Other to customize a background color In the Color dialog you can select one of the Basic colors then modify it by moving your cursor within the color matrix and the color slide to adjust the Hue Saturation and Luminosity When you have the color you want as shown in the Color Solid box click Add to Custom Colors Click OK to return to the Format dialog Click Apply to accept the change and continue working in the Format dialog or click OK to accept the change and close the dialog Click in the gradient style Value field to select how you want the gradient to display in the chart background The black and gray tone images in the pull down list enable you to display the gradient darker colors on the top left horizontal middle or center of the chart Click on the image that best illustrates what you want to display Click Apply to accept the change and continue working in the Format dialog or click OK to accept the change and close the dialog If you want the color gradient to print when you print your chart select the Print
452. r of Windows to publish or archive your charts through this scheduling wizard Deleting a Schedule in Microsoft Explorer 1 Locate the Scheduled Tasks folder on your PC In Windows 2000 this folder is found by clicking Start on the task bar then Settings and Control Panel 2 Select the schedule you want to delete and press Delete The schedule no longer exists 204 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Defining and Using Custom Colors In OrgPublisher you can define custom colors for boxes backgrounds and the chart color scheme You can also define custom colors for a published chart when using the Publishing Wizard 1 4 Select Format in the Main menu then Boxes Lines or Chart from the pull down menu The Format dialog displays at the tab that you selected You can also use the Format Box a button in the toolbar to modify chart boxes or select Options then Color scheme options Select the chart component color option For box options you can choose background Shadow or outline colors For the entire chart you can choose a background color Click to open the color grid and select Other to define your custom color Select the color by clicking in the color areas and using the intensity slide Click Add to Custom Colors Custom colors cannot be used with chart text Click OK Click Apply or OK to display the chart using the new color Deleting a Publishing Definition i Open a pre
453. r select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list The Publishing Wizard opens Select the Express Mode radio button Click Next Select the Chart with directory view radio button Type the Name of Chart Type or Browse to the Location where you want to store the chart ay eS a Click Finish to publish the chart directory Advanced Mode 1 If you choose to publish using the Advanced Mode select Interactive Org Chart 2 Make your selection of either PluginX or EChart and follow the wizard dialogs until you reach the multiple subject dialog that includes the directory view option 3 Select the Create directory view for chart check box 4 Complete the Publishing Wizard and then open the published chart You can access the directory view by clicking on the file name in the Publishing Summary message or add an underscore and dir _dir to your chart name in the Address field in your browser and press Enter for example Creative Print_Dir htm If you are publishing to EChart thin client the name is Creative Print_TDir htm The directory view opens End users can click on a name and OrgPublisher displays the Smart Links options list The end user selects the required link such as E mail or Go to person in chart If there is no link provided OrgPublisher automatically opens to the person in the chart End users can also use the Search View features such as the Groups and My groups tab as well as the e
454. r the lower right corner Click Action 2 Click Fill position with internal transfer in the options list The Fill Position with Internal Transfer dialog opens Fill Position with Internal Transfer Cancel Figure 290 3 Type some or all of the name you want to find You can type either the first or last name or both Fill Position with Internal Transfer David R Smith J David Smith Jerome Smith Karen Smith Karen Smith Cancel Figure 291 364 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements 4 When you stop typing a list of possible matches appears Select the name you want The dialog indicates that an open position will replace that person in his current box Fill Position with Internal Transfer Kinder L Smith David Smith Jerome Smith Karen Smith Karen Smith Kinder L Smith Selecting this person will leave an open position in the planning chart OK Cancel Figure 292 Click OK The selected person replaces the open position as shown on the left and an open position now exists in the employee s original box shown on the right Network Team Firewall Administrator Salarv F Figure 293 Filling an Open Position with an External Hire Select the box where you want to fill the open position and hover the cursor over the lower right corner Click Action 2 Click Fill po
455. rarchy upward from this person in the chart The Chart View changes to display the selected person s chain of command from the selected box to the top of the chart Note This view is affected by the number of levels shown If the chain of command spans 3 levels but the chart is set to display only two just the first two levels in the chain of command are shown Pacific Eastern Pacific Eastern Russell O Heis A Susan N Hester _Orpor aie Marketing Vice President Figure 214 3 Click the button F again to re display the whole chart 319 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts If the List View is open the list changes to reflect the people in the boxes now displayed List View First name Last name Phone Emai Russell Heis 7989 Russel Hes Hester Figure 215 If the Profile View is open it displays the person at top of the chart Viewing Information in the Profile View If enabled by your supervisor the Profile View displays additional information for a selected chart box job or person 1 Open the Profile View in the chart by clicking the Profile button az 2 Click on a name in the Chart View Profile View i 0 pinned Russel O Heis Present Pacific Eastern Office Bidg Corporate Emai Russel Hes pacificeasiem Figure 216 3 The Profile View displays information associated with the selected name 4 Click the Profile View button again to c
456. rchives button 2 The OrgHistory Archives dialog opens Definitions Archive Schedule Pacific Eastern Pacific Eastern2 Delete Archive Browse OK Cancel Help Figure 186 273 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts 2 Click Compare The OrgHistory Archive Browser dialog opens OrgHistory Archive Browser OrgHistory Archive Definitions OrgHistory Archives Name Directory Filename Time Stamp Compare E Pacific Eastern OPE C Users janettes OP11Archives E 20130709_Pacific Eastern OPE 7 9 2013 9 30 49 AM E Pacific Eastern2 C Users janettes OP11Archives E 20130729_Pacific Eastern OPE 7 29 2013 9 51 17 AM Close To select mutliple archives for comparison use the CTRL Figure 187 3 Select the chart files you want to compare from the OrgHistory Archives panel on the right Click Compare The Change Report Options dialog opens Generate Report Export Change Data V Create summary section v Show position type summaries V Show group summaries Show differences in summary fields Show differences for every manager Y Show summary section for every manager Specify how you want to show people s names in the Box title Name v Where to view the report View report in web browser i View report in Microsoft Excel Figure 188 4 Make your choices for summary and difference information in the Create summary section In t
457. rchy Count leviS oOo Figure 117 160 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas The chart box results show that Paul Melbram has 48 Level 5 employees in his hierarchy Amy Stepp has 0 Level 5 employees in her hierarchy Direct Reports Levels Below Count in Level Level 5 in Hierarchy 43 Level 5 in Hierarchy 0 Figure 118 Adding Summary Fields Manually in an ODBC Chart When OrgPublisher imports data to create a chart it verifies that a field exists in the position that the data field is mapped to It will add more field definitions if necessary The properties of the current fields type name etc are not taken into consideration If you have manually added summary fields and then want to go back and import more fields from the data source please do the following 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also use the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Select the top most summary field and click Insert once for each new data field you want to import Type your field label names and attach the new fields to the appropriate position types Click Apply then Close The Custom Field Properties dialog closes Select Data in the Main menu then Manage data sources The Data sources dialog opens Click Properties to open the New Chart Wizard Follow the wizard dialogs to map the
458. rds in the formula chart This is useful for discovering data on all errors due to missing or unacceptable field records values button Run When selected runs the summary engine Summary before executing the formula First check box You can type the formula directly into the Formula dialog or copy and paste it from a text file 4 Click the Test formula on all records button If the formula works OrgPublisher displays a message stating that no errors were found If errors are found you must modify or fix the formula before it can be used in the chart To remove a formula delete all the existing text in the dialog 172 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Publish Charts OrgPublisher offers several publishing options as well as associated tasks Note Web servers do not allow clients to schedule tasks The OrgPublisher Web Administration Server allows you to publish charts manually You can however open the desktop OrgPublisher version and schedule the publishing definition in the Publish charts dialog using the Web Administration SourceCharts folder 1 Log on the server as an administrator or power user 2 Open the desktop OrgPublisher application If default install is used the location is c program files orgpubx 3 Open the chart found in the SourceCharts folder 4 Schedule the publishing definition in OrgPublisher using the Schedules tab Also when you are publishing
459. record of for instance a Manager to display all the boxes that report to that box However this closes the Errors Found in Data dialog and does not resolve the reporting relationship problem e You may see records listed in this dialog that display a Parent Box ID This suggests that the actual record for that box is not in your database or the Box ID is invalid e You may see records listed in the dialog that display a blank Parent Box ID field This suggests that these records in your database are incomplete with no parent box ID recorded 2 To assist you in resolving errors in your source data select the records in the list and click Copy list to clipboard 3 Open a Windows application such as Microsoft Word or Excel 4 Press Ctrl V or click the Paste button in the toolbar to paste the records Either save this document or print it so that you can research the invalid data and correct your HR database 5 Close your chart and correct your database Once your HR database is corrected reopen your org chart The missing records now display and the Errors Found in Data dialog does not open if all records have been corrected Note If the Messages option is cleared in OrgPublisher Options menu list the Errors Found in Data dialog does not open even though you may have reporting relationship problems Once you have corrected your data you can turn off messages in order to increase your processing time 386 OrgPublisher
460. remove legend button in the preview and select the Include Legend check box in the Settings dialog of the Book style preview The legend prints on one page in Wall style and on every page in Book style You may need to make adjustments in your chart for the size of the legend so that it does not print over boxes Note Depending on where you place the legend some boxes in the chart may be covered You may want to modify the legend settings to better fit the legend within a blank area of the Chart View 300 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Printing a Chart without the Print Wizard You can print a chart from the menu options to print the Wall chart style as long as you have disabled the Print Wizard Note If you choose to turn off the Print Wizard the Book Style print option is no longer available 1 Open the chart you want to print If your chart has multiple styles select the one you want to print 2 Open the Print Preview by selecting File from the Main menu then Print preview from the options list The Print Preview Type dialog opens You can also click the Print Preview button L in the toolbar 3 Click OK to accept the default Wall chart preview type or select the Book style preview radio button The Print Preview dialog opens 4 To reduce the size of a chart that does not fit on a page you can reduce the size of chart text change the arrangement of chart boxes reduce the space b
461. removed and an open position is shown Removing an Open Position 1 Select the section in the box where you want to remove the open position and hover the cursor over the lower right corner Click Action 2 Click Remove Open position in the options list A message displays asking you to verify this action Click Yes Oe O T Are you sure you want to delete Open position _ Do not show this message again when removing a single box position or person Figure 287 If you do not want to display the verification message every time you select an option select the Do not show check box The open position is removed from the box Removing a Person and Leaving an Open Position 1 Select the box where you want to remove the person and hover the cursor over the lower right corner Click Action 363 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements 2 Click Remove person and leave Open position in the options list Business Applications DBA Bailey H Granger Denise H Salary 26 000 00 Figure 288 A message displays asking you to verify this action Click Yes The person is removed and an open position is left in the box Business Applications DBA Salarv Figure 289 Filling an Open Position with an Internal Transfer 1 Select the box where you want to fill the open position and hover the cursor ove
462. rential greater than 10 displays at the same level as 10 If there is no value in the parent box it is assumed to be O zero Field 19 is reserved for use by OrgPublisher To avoid problems when you are creating an org chart automatically from data and to ensure compatibility with future versions of OrgPublisher leave these fields blank Input in fields 20 and up are for your custom fields such as phone numbers room numbers and hotspot URLs After populating these fields in the Input File with your custom data open the Custom Field Properties dialog and select where these fields should be displayed in your chart A default label is supplied that you should type over This example shows custom fields of hire date and phone number in Positions 20 and 21 If you plan to use the EChart security option custom fields must be created to hold the unique identifiers for both the Password and User ID Example Ly 2 7 ABC Department M Smith A JOB0O01 Supervisor 1995 12 02 24 95 Note When importing numeric fields make sure that you do not use any leading symbols such as dollar signs Verify that decimal places are set the way you want them prior to importing those fields into OrgPublisher You can add leading and trailing symbols to numeric fields with the Field Format dialog but the decimal places cannot be adjusted after they are imported OrgPublisher does not change the value of numeric fields you bri
463. responsibilities Areas you can isolate into a single report include directory listing head count open positions contractors span of control succession planning and more Using the Universal File Layout UFL and the New Chart Wizard you can quickly create a chart with your selected area of interest The UFL template takes care of arranging formatting and calculating your data into a prebuilt report chart and style New Chart Wizard Prebuilt Reports help you focus on certain aspects of your organization Select a Prebuit Report from the categories listed below to preview a sample of that report Chick the Help button in this dialog for quick tips or click the link below to see detailed information Choose a report rear Pacific Eastern Contact Information Contractors Pacific Basin Directory Peal the Open Positions Org Chart Org Chart with Profile Ong Chart with Photos Printing t Management Planning Succession Figure 1 There are four categories of reports General These charts cover the basics such as a standard org chart directory listing of employees org charts featuring open positions contractors profile views photos and a layout specifically for printing Management Management related activities include Head Count Head Count with Open Positions Direct Report Analysis and Span of Control Analysis Planning Planning focused charts include charts related
464. rint the Book Style chart or Cancel to return to the Chart View without printing A message displays asking if you want to save your changes You do not have to save the settings in order to print the customized pages 5 Click Yes to save the page customizations or No to discard them The Book Style Print Preview closes and your system printer Settings dialog may open before the print job completes Choosing Book Style Print Settings When publishing or printing your chart in PDF format you can accept default settings or select settings of your own when the Publishing Wizard reaches the Settings dialog These include chart settings paper font and image choices PDF settings not only help you arrange the chart to fit on pages in the PDF file but will also affect the printed document The Settings dialog is similar to the dialog used in the Book Style Print Preview You can accept defaults work with the classic book style print settings such as chart layout 4 or select custom optimizer settings Use classic book style Select this radio button if you want to print the Book Style chart printing all pages are which uses chart layout 4 stacked boxes There are two levels of printed using layout 4 the organization per page and the lowest level is arranged ina horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level Use the page optimizer Selecting this radio button enables you to make several
465. rom the drop list The OrgPublisher Silverlight tutorials web page opens 2 Select the tutorial you want to see 348 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Cross Browser Planning Charts Cross Browser Planning Charts Publishing a Cross Browser Planning Chart Working with a Cross Browser Planning Chart Publishing a Cross Browser Planning Chart Logging in to a Cross Browser Planning Chart Formatting Cross Browser Charts Cross Browser Manage Plans Dialog Formatting Cross Browser Style Position Type Creating a New Cross Browser Planning Chart Opening an Existing Cross Browser Plan Showing Hiding Toolbar Buttons Modifying an Existing Cross Browser Plan SSS eee eee Using the Cross Browser Planning Toolbar _ po Using the Cross Browser Planning Action Button PO Adding a Direct Report in Cross Browser Planning po Removing a Box in Cross Browser Planning _ po rag Drop a Box in Cross Browser Planning a a Drag Drop a Person in Cross Browser Planning You can also publish a legend with Cross Browser Silverlight charts Whichever corner is chosen for the placement of the legend the legend remains in that corner as you scroll up or down within the chart window Logging in to a Planning Cross Browser Chart All cross browser planning charts must be secured 1 Click the URL link in the publishing wizard to access the login window 2 Type the User ID and Password 3 Click Login The progress graph
466. rop Drag Pacific Eastern Pacific Eastern President President Russell O Heis Russell O Heis Salary 150 000 00 Salary 150 000 00 MMM Total 6 489 000 Head 139 Total 6 489 000 Head 139 Executive Staff Executive Staff Assistant to Preside Assistant to Presid Bobbie T Johnson Bobbie T Johnson Salary 52 000 00 Salary 52 000 00 Information Technoloay Creative Information Technoloay Creative Director of Technology Creative Vice Presid Director of Technoloay Creative Vice Presi Gregory K Pink Paul M Melbram Gregory K Pink Paul M Melbram Salary 96 000 00 Salary 99 000 00 Salary 96 000 00 Salary 99 000 00 Ss 24 Total 728 000 Head 19 Total 1 819 24 Total 728 000 Head 19 Total 1 816 Figure 315 If you do not want to work with the split view select either the left or right view instead Dragging and Dropping a Box 1 Select the box you want to move A purple glow appears around the box border Network Network Manager Leslie F Growwer Salary 50 000 00 Total 130 000 Head Figure 316 373 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Using Drag and Drop in the Planning Chart 2 Begin dragging the box in the direction you want to go The box turns a translucent purple and green directional boxes appear wherever you are allowed to drop the box Information Technology Drag gt Drop X Information Technoloay Drop Drag Director of Technology Information
467. roubleshooting manager are not changed to reflect a new reporting relationship OrgPublisher generates an error report listing those broken hierarchies The following is an example of the error message Errors Found in Data Warning The input file does not contain a complete reporting relationships hierarchy It is highly recommended that these data errors be corrected before using OrgPublisher Please choose a hierarchy to be displayed by selecting one of the following records The selected record wil be used as the top of the chart Press Help for more information Parent Boxi Boxi0 oxtitle Record typ 10 Lastname Firstname 3 6 Admin i 654 34 6844 Growwer Accounting A 209 68 4449 Grape Operations 890 35 3596 Reder Recruiting f 231 90 2449 Jomes Operatons Payroll Show this list when opening chart Figure 322 You can copy the list and use it to correct your HR database and then update your chart Identifying Invalid Comma separated File Format When building from data or using API function definitions found in the OrgPublisher Software Development Kit OPSDk e Ensure that fields that contain a comma such as last name are enclosed in quotes Example Incorrect Smith Jr Correct Smith Jr e Ensure that fields do not contain any quote characters Example Incorrect Mc Donald Correct Mc Donald e Ensure that there are no blank records at the end of the file Word processors and spre
468. roup Using the Sounds Like Feature Creation Assistant Deleting a Group Using the Group Filter in Searches Editing a Group Definition Using the Group Editor Dialog Exporting and Importing Groups Using the My groups Tab in the Search View Hiding Groups in Published Charts Using the Smart Search Option Opening a Selected Group in the Chart View Using the Toolbar Search with Quick Search Results OO Viewing Search Results in Microsoft Excel Adding a Group Category You can add group categories to your chart in order to classify groups with a common theme such as for a global company groups by country or HR items like retirements or ethnicity Note The category name is not a searchable field The Value or group name is the searchable field 1 Open the Groups tab of the Search dialog by clicking the Groups button A in the toolbar or by clicking the Advanced Search button Search tab and selecting the Groups 2 Double click on a group name for which you want to create a category The Group Editor dialog opens 3 In the optional Category field type the name of the category you want to add 237 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching The category name appears in the Search Field of the record displaying the selected group criteria in the center of the dialog Optional Category Languages This is the advanced group definition editor Here you Group Name Speaks Chinese can view and
469. rs can search for and save their own groups which are displayed in the My groups tab in the published chart Profile View The Profile View can provide employee job or box profiles containing information you may not want to display in the chart box Side by side Profiles can be used to build groups in conjunction with the 9 Box Matrix or search results Filter View The Filter View lists all groups used in the current style as well as any group categories used to identify group types The Filter View is anchored to the right side of the OrgPublisher window and closes as soon as you have selected a group to view Summary View The Summary View provides totals and calculated summary totals by position type and group Workforce Analysis Graphs part of the Summary View allow you to display your summary data in a visual way You can copy print and export the List View You can also copy and print the Workforce Analysis graphs Styles View The Styles View a if enabled displays a list of available styles within the current chart You can modify this view by right clicking on the Styles bar 55 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Create Charts Overview Click the Styles View button l in the toolbar to display this view or select View from the menu bar then Style View from the pull down menu The Styles View defaults to the left side of the window but you can drag it to another location Tabbed views are available
470. rt box Tree View The Tree View arranges data hierarchy in an outline format The Tree View not available in published thin client ECharts arranges chart components in an outline format You can also locate and display any person or position in the chart by clicking on it in the Tree View You can print this view 54 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Create Charts Overview List View The List View can be used as a telephone directory or general field information by employee record and includes a Search View pane You can copy and print this view Search View The Search View is a separate pane inside the List View It contains options to search for select criteria save the results as groups and associate icons with the groups You can also copy email include in Profile View and export data in this view You can use a group filter Yin your searches if you want OrgPublisher to search only the selected group and only display those matching records The Groups tab displays the existing groups in the org chart It enables you to create a new group description delete a group or edit an existing group description The E mail to group feature is also available in this tab if the chart contains custom fields assigned to the E mail type The Search View also provides a My groups tab when the chart is published This tab is viewable only in the published chart Once your org chart is published with the Search View end use
471. rt the box where you want it 108 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Position Types Renaming a Position Type 1 3 Select Edit from the Main menu then Define from the pull down menu The Define dialog opens at the Positions tab Select the record line for the position you want and in the Position type field type the label name you want to use Click OK All instances of that position in your chart display the new text Showing or Hiding All Options Associated with a Position Type i Select View from the Main menu then Show Hide chart components from the pull down menu The Show Hide Chart Components dialog opens You can also click the Show Hide Chart Components button in the toolbar At the top of the dialog select a Style to modify from the drop down list At the bottom of the dialog select a Group displayed to modify in the chart if applicable Select the Components tab Each position type in your chart is listed Click on the plus sign to display each component within the position type A green check mark to the left indicates a shown component and a red X indicates a hidden component Select a position type or All Position Types to change the status All components for the position type are affected unless you place an X next to the individual component Click Apply to update the chart and keep the dialog open for further changes or click OK to update the chart and close the dialog Note
472. rties from the drop down The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Custom Fietd Properties I ee C A a R gt bert ont ay Perforres AA Ponton Tyi f E raoi ET At Posbon Ty est An Posto Tyi AA Posbos Ty An Poston Ty Chek to Click to an Ait Pasioa Ty Ai Poboa Ty Aa Posi AA Pos ve ar tyre ani as at ar at po b iss i As ahaa F det Ta i r l one Votes Afactewrs f roms ise Vea eC aly barra Leach Poper 0 4 ae F Deeg ard Crop ty Al Posten Types Due gh Figure 14 Go to the bottom of the Field label column and click the box next to the last blank line Type Manager or any other label you want to use in the Field label column Custom Field Properties x cw Hctrped Sf techeeery Formda Seut Yer recup arwen Seah vapete Bub E dia J Deg aed Dup to AJ Porcion ype Chee Agee Figure 15 14 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide View Manager Names in Matrix Report Hover Display Click the box in the Type column and select Text from the drop down Click the box in the Assigned To column and select All Position Types Click the Formula button The Formula dialog opens Entering the Formula for Indirect Manager 1 Type or copy the formula as it appears below into Formula input box return SName S SFirst name SMiddle name 2 Click the Run Formula against parent record check box Formula Enter a formula for this fel
473. rts exist the Planning Charts dialog opens with a list of existing planning charts Click the New button If no planning charts currently exist the New Planning Chart dialog opens automatically New Organizational Planning Chart td You are about to create a new organizations planning chet You can use the chart to perform modeling of your corporate Pier archy This chart wil include boxes froen Paul Mebram Creative and down Please enter a name for the new organizational planning OrgPian for Paul Meibe am Creative Options Password protect this chart v Restrict planning chart size Lint chart size to v box levels F Create a shorteut to the chart on my Windows desktop Create and edk chart Carrel Figure 223 3 Select the Restrict planning chart size check box 4 Use the down arrow to select the number of levels you want to Limit chart size to field 330 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Showing the Change Icon in Planning Charts You can determine if you want to display the change icon in the planning chart box as changes are made 1 Select View in the planning enabled chart Main menu 2 If there is a check mark beside Show Change Icons and you do not want to show the icons then click the check mark to clear it This closes the menu and removes the displayed change icons in the chart boxes 3 If there is no check mark and
474. ructure of your web server please contact your Web administrator Using the Publish Charts Dialog The Publish charts dialog is enabled after you have published a chart or created a publishing definition You can also create new definitions and schedules or update or delete existing definitions and schedules From this dialog you can publish one or all of your definitions and preview the chart before you actually publish it Note Web servers do not allow clients to schedule tasks The OrgPublisher Web Administration Server allows you to publish charts manually You can however open the desktop OrgPublisher version and schedule the publishing definition in the Publish charts dialog using the Web Administration SourceCharts folder Log on the server as an administrator or power user Open the desktop OrgPublisher application If default install is used it would be in c program files orgpubx Open the chart found in the SourceCharts folder Schedule the publishing definition in OrgPublisher using the Schedules tab Also when you are publishing to ECharts you must manually schedule the BAT file created in the first manual publishing To do this open the Task Scheduler on the server to add the BAT job The Publish charts dialog contains three tabs Publishing Definitions tab The Publishing Definitions tab of the Publish charts dialog provides the same elements as the Publishing Wizard and is available as soon as y
475. s This may be caused by an invalid reporting hierarchy Please e mail Customer Support if you suspect your data is correct Automatic Publishing Tips e Schedule the jobs to run when the fewest number of users may look at the chart for example the middle of the night Verify that it is not at the same time that system backups are running as those jobs can have files locked that are required to run the publishing job e If you schedule separate jobs verify that you allocate enough time between the jobs so the first job is finished running OrgPublisher before the second one starts e Itis best not to use file names longer than 8 characters Some versions of the Microsoft Task Scheduler may not handle those file names consistently If you do use file names with more than 8 characters and you have other files in the same path with only 8 character names the wrong file may be used for the job e Do not use special characters or spaces in file names Identifying a Broken Hierarchy When you create your input file layout for your first chart and define your relationship hierarchy OrgPublisher remembers that hierarchy OrgPublisher determines if any of the established relationships are broken when you open your chart built from data For instance if a manager should leave your company and is deleted from your database and if the records for the employees who reported to that 384 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide T
476. s associated data such as salary displayed above also moves with the person Configuring Cross Browser Search View If enabled by your administrator you can search fields in a published cross browser Silverlight chart 4 Click the Settings button in the toolbar Settings The Personalize Settings dialog opens Figure 305 368 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements In the Search Results Configuration section two configuration options are available e Hide Search Results window after each selection the default selection hides the view once you have made a selection from the results list You can clear the check box if you want the view to remain open Unless you resize or move the view this option may actually hide the chart box you want to view e Begin search in currently visible top of chart this option limits the search area to the selected top of chart and levels below Make the selection you want and click Save The chart displays your choices You can also click Reset to Chart Defaults to return to the published chart original settings 369 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements 11 6 Viewing and Editing the Profile in Cross Browser Planning Ka 1 Hover the cursor over the upper right corner of a selected chart box A Flip button appears 2 Click the button to open the Profile Cl
477. s button Settings The Personalize Settings dialog opens OrgPublisher Chart Effects Animate Profile Animate Navigation Search Results Configuration Hide Search Results window after each selection _ Begin search in currently visible top of chart Reset to Chart Defaults Save Cancel Figure 280 360 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements If applicable select the Language you are using in your chart In the Color Scheme pane select the color scheme you would like to use or keep the default selection Chart in which the chart was published A preview appears to the right 4 Inthe Chart Effects pane select the animation effects you would like to use in your chart A sample of the animation appears to the right 5 You can also click Reset to Chart Defaults to return to the published chart original settings 6 Click Save to keep your choices and close the dialog Cross Browser Planning Chart Action Button Options The Action button in the planning chart provides several options depending on conditions such as top box in chart open position etc Action menu options include Add direct report Add Open position Duplicate box Remove Open position Remove person and leave Open position Fill position with internal transfer Fill position with external hire Remove person and position Removing
478. s in a published secure chart that contains one or more formula fields that have security restrictions set may expose that data when using row level security Please test this before publishing Creating an ACL File for Row Level Security Available in OrgPublisher Premier an Access Control List ACL file must be created first in order to provide row level security Viewing the ACL Preparation list may be helpful before beginning this procedure 1 Open Microsoft Notepad or any other text editor and type the first line as the header There will be two or three tokens or pieces of information a Security Model Grant or GrantDeny b Security field ID typically boxid 2 C Access designation for the GrantDeny model True allows access to unsecured boxes or False denies access to unsecured boxes For example Grant 2 False Note You can designate an access for the Grant model but if left blank the Grant model will always deny access to unsecured boxes regardless of a true or False designation 2 The remainder of the lines are the ACL comma delimited lists Follow the ACL List formats For example SteppA G 22 24 26 58 where SteppA is the user G is the Grant type 22 24 26 and 58 are the box IDs that can be accessed by Amy Stepp 3 Save the file using the name of the published chart with the extension of acl publishedchartname acl and place it in the same location as the published chart 4 Republish the secured
479. s manager box because the reporting line draws through it If you select the top box in a hierarchy all reporting boxes move as well Remember these basic rules when moving boxes Vertical lines move with the boxes The boxes at the either end of a row must stay at the end because the corners of the horizontal and vertical lines which link these boxes are owned by the boxes Unexpected results occur if you move boxes outside of the OrgPublisher hierarchical drawing standards These standards assure that an OrgPublisher chart can be viewed without written explanation and be understood anywhere in the world 5 Release the box by moving the cursor to a blank space on the page and click You can reverse that change by clicking the Undo button Select Print if you want to open the Print Wizard to print the chart or Close Print Preview without printing Previewing a Book Style Chart You can preview charts before printing them to check how the chart fits on the pages The Chart View is the only view you can preview Note If you choose to print a chart legend in your org chart it does not display in the Book Style Print Preview It does however print f Wall chart preview Wall chart printing is useful for creating a single chart view that spans one or more pages Multi page printouts can be placed together to create a large single chart view Wall chart printing is also appropriate for plotters and other large format print
480. s order Move the EChart files to the server if not publishing directly to the server Unload the EChart from the server s memory Reload the EChart into the server s memory Note The batch file will not be overwritten during publishing so any modifications you make will be preserved Open the Microsoft Task Scheduler from the Control Panel in Windows 2000 and Windows XP or from My Computer in Windows NT Double click Scheduled Tasks The Scheduled Tasks window opens Double click Add Scheduled Task and follow the wizard prompts to set up the batch file as a scheduled task 180 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Securing EChart Toolbars and Buttons If you publish an EChart rich client you can secure role based toolbar buttons based on groups Note If your chart contains only one group the lock icons are disabled in the Publishing Wizard 1 Create any groups needed to secure toolbar buttons 2 Follow the Publishing Wizard choosing the EChart rich client after selecting the Advanced Mode option 3 When you reach the toolbar button selection dialog open locks appear to the left of each securable button and view As a default all buttons are selected to display in the chart Clear check boxes for all fields you do not want to display in the chart 4 Hover over the lock to display security options v Reset Style h of Chart avout Button is not secured Clic
481. see in the results list in OrgPublisher is copied into Microsoft Excel Open the List View in the chart Select the Search View pane Conduct the search you want or sort the records as required Click the Open in Microsoft Excel button 2 at the bottom of the view Microsoft Excel opens with your chart records list You can also open the Groups tab in the Search View select a group and click the Excel button to open the group list in Microsoft Excel Viewing Search Dialog Results in Microsoft Excel You can also open your search results in the Search dialog in Microsoft Excel 1 Open the Search dialog by clicking the Search 53h button in the toolbar or selecting Edit from the Main menu and Search from the options list The Search dialog opens at the Name tab Conduct the search you want then click the Open search results in Microsoft Excel button 2 Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel opens with your search results list You can also open the Groups tab in the Search dialog select a group and click the Open search results in Microsoft Excel button 2 Microsoft Excel to open the group list in Microsoft Excel Note When sending data to Microsoft Excel you may see a rounding up error in the font point size Saving and Charting Search Results as a Group When you create a group it can be used in any style at any time OrgPublisher automatically creates the Everyone group which is the default group displayed when you 252
482. select a layout and the number of levels to print on a page in order to print your chart on as few pages as possible Click OK If you have already previewed your chart and selected boxes to print at the top of each page you can select Page customization list in order to delete any as a top of page box Deleting the box from this list does not remove the box from the chart Click OK Boxes across on book style pages 9 You can allow OrgPublisher to determine the chart row size or manually select the number of boxes in a row Automatically set Select this radio button to let OrgPublisher set the number of boxes per row row size and size these boxes to fit each page Set maximum Select this radio button to manually set the maximum number of boxes to row size be printed in a row The minimum number of boxes across is 4 The chart 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 style is automatically stacked which means there are two levels of the organization per page and the lowest level is arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level You can choose to Print index to accompany your book pages Select Show page number circles if you want each book style page to print the circled page numbers If opened from the Print Wizard select Show the print preview check box if you want to modify individual pages in the book style print job If opened in the Print
483. select a source for your data then click Next Select a data source OO0O0E ODBC database XML file Text file Multiple data Empty chart sources Select a source of data for your chart Figure 53 Note If you do not know what your data source type is see your OrgPublisher or IT administrator The multiple data sources option is considered an advanced org chart option and is not part of this section If you selected ODBC database go to the Creating a Chart From an ODBC Database procedure XML file go to the Creating a Chart From an XML File procedure Text file go to the Creating a Chart From a Text File procedure Note If you are connecting to a Microsoft Excel file you must create a named range identifying where the data is located within the spreadsheet Creating a Chart from an ODBC Database 1 In the New Chart Wizard Select a data source dialog select ODBC database then click Next The next dialog box allows you to specify the ODBC Data Source Name DSN ODBC Database Please select the ODBC Data Source Name DSN for the database containing the chart data If the database you require is not listed then click New data source to add your database to the list MS Access Database v Figure 54 2 In the ODBC Database dialog click the down arrow and select the type of database containing your chart data Click Next 0r If your data source is not listed click New data source and follow the instructi
484. selected photos the default size for all photos in the chart Click Yes for best results All the photos in the chart are redisplayed in the new size Adding a Group Icon You can add an image to display in your chart next to the names of individuals belonging to a selected group You can use standard 16x16 and 32x32 pixel icons ico files 1 Note Conditional Formatting does not perform the same function in the org chart as the display of group icons In particular if you want to show that an employee is a member of more than one group use the group icon feature Using group and multi reporting relationship icons in conjunction with Conditional Formatting is not recommended These two features distinguish different aspects of group information and are not meant to work together Click the Search button in the toolbar The Search dialog opens 136 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts 2 Click the Groups tab and double click on the group you want to modify The Group Editor dialog opens 3 Select the radio button to choose from Small icons or Large icons Click the down arrow in the Displayed image for people in this group field and select the icon you want to display from the pull down list You can also scroll to the end of the list and click Other This opens the Select an icon file dialog where you can browse to another icon image resource file Valid files of type are ico dll exe
485. ser Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing If you select one of the suggested Wall Style thumbnails then OrgPublisher checks to see if the chart must be shrunk by 50 to fit on a single page when the preview If so then the zoom is set to 80 In all other cases zoom to fit is the default In addition the Wall Style preview includes new buttons Print Setup J opens you system Print Setup dialog to select printer paper size orientation and source e Resetto defaut removes all modifications made to the preview layout and returns to the OrgPublisher default layout e Page optimization options presents options depending on the layout selected to optimize the chart layout on the page e Compact boxes reduces the box size field size and drill arrow lines shrinks box Shadow e Use narrow font changes font to Arial Narrow 8pt e Put employees in box with manager Turns on Auto Build available only when at least 1 leaf node box is visible e Hide secondary fields Turns on Compact Build mode e Customize Enabled if Hide secondary fields is selected opens the Select fields to print dialog displaying box fields to show or hide the default is to print only box title and name Note If the Advanced Box Layout Editor was used in the chart Hide secondary fields and Customize are not available Page optimization options lt Hide Advanced Ontions LE I Compact boxes Us
486. sher will populate the Box ID and the Parent Box ID Bax ID 1 Click Show Base Fields to send data to your Bigi clipboard Parent Box ID Show Base Fields Cancel 6 Click OK Figure 20 18 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide OrgPublisher Executive on Apple iPad OrgPublisher Executive on Apple iPad The new iPad application enables C level executives line managers and HR professionals to manage talent on the go even when offline OrgPublisher Executive can be downloaded from the Apple store and works with an additional license in OrgPublisher Premier Using the Publishing Wizard you can publish employee data to OrgPublisher Executive on iPad The published data on the iPad device is presented in a different format from the traditional published charts OrgPublisher Executive on iPad provides iPad Mobile Digital Device Feature Secure access login Fully interactive demo Multiple employee data views Level and filter options in views Search feature Email lists feature Geographic mapping option Ability to set maximum for records and levels Multiple talent view analysis Ability to determine sync schedule Publish to OrgPublisher Executive on iPad To publish employee data for viewing on an iPad mobile digital device open the Publishing Wizard ee es ee Se 10 EL 12 13 14 In the main toolbar click Pubish Select Advanced Mode and click Next The next dialog is informationa
487. sition 306 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Print Charts and Views Running Print Setup To select your printer page size page orientation and paper source before you print a chart 1 dE a a E Select File from the Main menu then Print Setup from the options list You can also click the Print Setup Ej button in the toolbar The Print Setup dialog opens with the default printer and settings Verify the selected printer or select a different printer Verify the paper size or select a different size Verify the paper source or select a different source Select portrait or landscape orientation Click OK to save these settings as defaults Print Headers and Footers Selecting Print Header Footer Options 1 3 4 Select File from the Main menu then Print from the pull down menu The print options display in the View to print list Click one of the views to print Available views depend on which views you have open in your chart Click Next Select either the Wall Chart or Book Style radio button for the type of print you want Header tab Field Description Print Page Header Group label Title Default Chart Title Custom Title Date and Time Date Format Date Prefix Print Date Data Modified Date Font Customization Click the Header Footer button The Print Header Footer Options dialog opens Select this check box to print a header in your chart Select this check box to
488. sition with external hire from the options list The Fill Position with External Hire dialog opens Fill Position with External Hire L First Name Last Name Cancel Figure 294 3 Type the First Name and Last Name of the person filling the position Click OK 4 The box now contains the name just entered National Sales Assistant Account Executive Laura McIntyre Figure 295 365 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements Removing a Person and Position 1 Select the box where you want to remove a person and position and hover the cursor over the lower right corner Click Action 2 Click Remove person and position from the options list National Sales l Se Saini Executive Salarv 39 000 00 Figure 296 3 A message appears asking you to verify this action Click Yes All information is removed from the box except the box title National Sales Figure 297 Removing a Box 1 Select the box where you want to add the open position and hover the cursor over the lower right corner Click Action 2 Click Remove box in the options list A message appears asking you to verify that you want to delete the selected box Click Yes Figure 298 The selected box no longer appears in the chart Undoing and Redoing Changes in the Planning Chart When you make a change to a
489. so be renamed if a component under the position type is selected Show Shows the selected position type in the current style when the chart is published or in View Mode Bold Bolds text in the current style for the selected component of the position type Italic Italicizes text in the current style for the selected component of the position type Underline Underlines the text in the current style for the selected component of the position type Text color Choose predefined or custom color text in the current style for the selected component of the position type Align Aligns Left Center or Right text in the current style for the selected component of the position type 149 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts VEUT Description Name format Choose a format to display employee names in the current style for the selected position type for example F Last indicates first initial last name All caps Displays text for the selected component with the exception of the Name component of the position type in all capital letters in the current style Leading caps Capitalizes the first letter of each word in the selected component of the position type in the current style Leading Type the number of blank lines to appear above the selected component of the spaces position type in the current style Trailing Type the number of blank lines to appear below the selected component of the spaces position type in
490. son s name you want to become a successor Hold down the left mouse button to select the name which is outlined with a solid red line 2 Continue to hold down the left mouse button and drag the name to the position needing a successor The pointer includes a person icon while moving to the new box When the cursor is on top of the current position holder s name a dotted red line outlines the name release the mouse button The successor s name appears below the current position holder and a change icon appears in the top right of the chart box Add a Successor with Copy and Paste 1 Place the mouse pointer on the person you want to become a successor 2 Right click and select Copy 332 OrgPublisher 3 4 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Locate the box containing the current position holder by one of the following methods e Searching for the person s name and clicking to navigate to the person e Drilling to the person e Scrolling e Place the pointer on the position holder s name and right click Select Paste The copied record is now a successor Changing a Job Title in Planning Charts When working with a planning chart you can change job titles or position types 1 2 3 Double click on the job title in the Chart View The Rename Job Title dialog opens Type the new title over the old one Click OK The new title displays in the chart box Changing a Position Type in Planning
491. ss browser Silverlight chart Once the search results open resize the view to be either smaller or larger 1 Move the mouse cursor to the lower right corner of the search results view When the mouse pointer changes to a double ended arrow select the corner A Click the mouse button and hold it down until the view is the size you want then release the button Sending Feedback from Published Cross Browser Chart If enabled by the chart administrator you can send feedback about the cross browser Silverlight chart 1 Click the button to open your email client The button may be visible on the toolbar if not click J and select the Send feedback option from the drop list 2 The email opens with the To and Subject fields filled in Type your message then click Send Sending the Published Cross Browser Chart to PDF If enabled by the chart administrator you can print the published cross browser Silverlight chart as a PDF document 1 Click the Send to PDF button A The button may be visible on the toolbar if not click and select the Send to PDF option from the drop list The Send to PDF dialog opens Levels to show All Levels v _ Include Index OK Cancel Figure 254 Select the chart Levels to show in the PDF chart Select the Include Index check box if you want to add a list of all the boxes and associated fields at the front of the PDF document 4 Click OK to send the chart
492. ssions 2 Open Administrative Tools and select Data Source ODBC Control Panel 3 Follow the dialog prompts to create the DSN connection to your Database Server or ODBC Data Source 4 Save your entry and close the dialogs 5 In OrgPublisher Web Administration open the New Chart Wizard and follow the ODBC dialogs to create and ODBX file that you can use to build charts 377 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Web Administration Creating Alternate Destination Directories When using OrgPublisher Web Administration Server all charts default to the PublishedCharts folder For security purposes you may want to publish a chart to a different URL In that case you can use this procedure for securing DLLs by publishing some charts to different URLs You can redirect the DLL by defining alternate destinations in the INI file 1 Create an INI file with the name RemoteServer ini on the web server 2 Use the standard INI file format to add a section named PublishFolders 3 Add an item in this section to describe each publishing destination directory in the following format http DestinationUrl c inetpub wwwroot MyFolder 4 When you publish your chart using the Publishing Wizard the dialog containing the field Publish to location will display a combo box Select one of the alternate publishing URLs and complete the publishing process Entering a New License Key Using Web Administration If you aS a server admin
493. st View You can also click on the Advanced button Search in the toolbar Select the All Fields tab in the Search dialog If you are using the Search View click the drop down arrow in the first field and select All Fields If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box check box This begins the search at that point in the chart If you want to search the entire chart click the Search under selected box check box to clear it If you are using the Search View and want to start your search from a specific box in a chart you must first select a box in the Chart View and then select the Search under check box This begins the search at that point in the chart In the Search field click the drop down arrow to select what field you want to search For instance if you want to find a specific telephone number in order to identify an employee or department you will scroll through the list until you reach the custom fields and the name for telephone number You can also press the key of the first letter of the field you want to navigate through the list Other examples include e Search for open positions by selecting Status type e Search for indirect reports by selecting Relationship e In the For field type the telephone number or a portion of the number you want to find e If for instance you chose Status type or Relationship click the drop down arrow and select
494. ston Judith M Jows Katherine Clavin 1 m Search View Job Tile Media Coord Broadcast M Administrati Broadcast M Buyer Writer Broadcast M Print Media Media Buyin Broadcast M Media Buyer Broadcast M Media Planni Writer Writer Buver SAFA H S Figure 180 Media Broadcast Broadcast Broadcast Print Media Print Media Broadcast Print Media Media Bu Broadcast Broadcast Broadcast Media Pla Print Media Print Media Print Media Producer Paste Up Art Media Buyer Print Planne Print Planne 5 You can search further by typing additional letters to the original search and click Go 6 Once you have selected the records you want you can also select the Groups or My groups tab to save the search results as a group send the results to Microsoft Excel ED send the results to the clipboard to copy and paste into another application La lace the results in the Profile View ae and more 7 When you have completed your Smart Search tasks click the Search Mode button to return the Search View to its original display or Advanced Search as identified by the label when you hover over the button P Switch to Advanced Search Figure 181 You can click the button again to return to the Smart Search mode es z x Switch to Smart Search Figure 182 263 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Gu
495. t 178 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts 30 Select Publish now to publish your EChart immediately The Publishing Summary message displays the link or links if you also chose to publish a directory view chart to your published charts Click on the link to preview the chart Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog where all publishing definitions are kept To schedule your EChart to publish at a later time use Microsoft Task Scheduler Selecting EChart Security Options When publishing in EChart format you can select from several security options If you choose not to secure ECharts they can be accessed by any chart user as well as any user who can access the server where the EChart resides 1 Select a chart security option radio button and complete accompanying fields Unsecured This radio button is the default selection and allows all users to view the entire chart and its contents Active Directory authentication Select this radio button to allow only users who have Windows NT access and who are actually located in the chart to access the chart System user ID box linkage not secure Select this radio button if you want to give any user ID on the user machine access to the chart This is not a secure setting The chart will open at the user s box Chart Select this radio button to require users to type an ID and password to open and view the chart This option can be used
496. t Select either the Wall Chart or Book Style radio button Click Next If applicable set the Header Footer options If applicable select the Include Legend check box Click Finish to print the view Printing a Workforce Analysis Graph Graphs are available for printing when the Print Wizard is enabled Each graph will print one to a page 1 St eS Open your chart then open the Summary View by selecting View in the Main menu and Summary View from the options list You can also click the Summary View button in the Views toolbar Select the Graphs tab to display the graph in your chart Click the Print S button in the Main toolbar The Print Wizard opens If you have more than one graph each graph prints one to a page Select Summary View and click Next Select either the Wall Chart or Book Style radio button Click Next If applicable set the Header Footer options If applicable select the Include Legend check box Click Finish to print the graph The printed graph displays whatever is shown in the Graphs tab such as a legend or categories Printing the List View You may want to print the List View as your telephone listing or depending on the custom field data that you have added as a convenient data index Note Because of a published EChart size the Print List is available only for the List currently displayed on the view You can however select the Everyone group copy the list to the clipboard paste the
497. t are Levels aina O Figure 29 Enhanced Security Options OrgPublisher Executive works with multiple network domains in support of Active Directory Authentication AD Companies with more than one AD network domain can now have users authenticated regardless of which AD domain they use This is accomplished with two steps The first step occurs during the implementation process by modifying the webconfig file The second step is selecting the Chart option and the login and password fields in the Publishing Wizard Select a chart security option Unsecured All users can view the entire chart Require PIN Chart User enters user ID and password _ Allow user to cache password Password field User ID User ID field User ID Sync data starting at Top of chart Supervisor s box O User s box Sync interval Require v sync every 15 days Figure 30 24 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 New in OrgPublisher Executive for iPad Employee Photo Load Optimization OrgPublisher Executive offers an optional sync setting to update all employee photos during the sync process OrgPublisher Executive Settings Hosted optian Server settings Server URL Mipi T22 10E 1 1 oe Serer sacan Serre pr SC Previous server URLs l General Secure hip Se 168 1 115ppa atardandsacurity servi General hpo Se 168 1 1 Soe insecure service paa Perfonmance hip Se 168 1 11
498. t Media Planner James Bates Broadcast Media Planner Kimberly Ojohn Broadcast Media Planner Open position Media Buyer Klick P Rodrquiz Media Buyer Margaret P Scott Media Buyer Michelle Ward Media Buying Manager Media Coordinator Emily Abbott Media Coordinator Saly Cane Media Planning amp Buying Media Planning Manager Print Media Wudth M Jows Print Media Judy M King Print Media Katherine Cavin Print Media Samuel Winster Print Media So Wu gt h a HS Figure 178 Once you pin the Quick Search Results into the Search View OrgPublisher identifies this as the Smart Search mode by the pushed in appearance of the chevron button Hover the cursor over the button to see a tooltip indicating how to switch to the Advanced Search mode Mv v Pi Switch to Advanced Search Figure 179 262 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching 4 Select a record right away or click the Details button to display more information for the displayed results Click the List button to return the display to just the found records If you select the Detail button eal the Smart Search View displays additional columns of data R Emily Abbott A Open position A Open position Jason T Wyomi So Wu amp Samuell Winster amp Linda O Washin Gail P Springfield amp Karen Smith Jerome Smith Klick P Rodriquiz Kimberly Ojohn Cal Kramer YeiP King
499. t email link Use the Custom Field Properties dialog to assign the Email custom field type 119 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview To add a hotspot 1 Click the Insert a Hotspot button in toolbar and click on a field in a chart box to open the Hotspot Wizard To create a new hotspot select the New Hotspot field button To modify an existing hotspot select the desired hotspot from the Existing Hotspot field list Accept the default Use the chart s global hotspot base path option or select the Specify a base path that is unique to this field radio button If you select the latter option type the lowest level of the path to the directory where the linked document is saved such as file servername profiles Setting the base URL helps you avoid passing in extra or repetitive data Click Next Note You can also specify a base path for hotspots when using the Publishing Wizard If you use HTML frames to display the results of a hotspot type the Target frame name If you are not using HTML frames then accept the default _parent Click Next Select the Position type to display the hotspot such as All Position Types Select the field where you want the hotspot shown such as Job Title Click Next Review the information you have selected the label base URL and target frame Click Back if you need to modify data If the fields are correct click Finish Logo Wizard The OrgPublisher Logo Wizard wa
500. t level or display multiple levels This option is a formatting function displays in View Mode only and can be 85 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide General Chart Activities useful if you have for instance a Vice President and a manager reporting to the same box and you want to show the hierarchy level of the two positions Note The multi level peer display does not work when your chart contains multiple people in a box When building a chart with data map your levels to the OrgPublisher Input File field 18 Boxes reporting to an assistant will not have this functionality You can also save the multi level peer display as a separate style or use the menu or toolbar options to manually adjust box levels Note If you are working with a large chart that takes a little longer to open you may want to turn off the multi level viewing This will speed up the process Select View from the menu bar and clear Show multi level peers option in the pull down list Planning charts are always in Build Mode and do not reflect special formatting such as multi level peer display reports in the same box as their manager or the advanced box layout settings To manually move a box up or down a level 1 Select View from the Main menu and verify that Show multi level peers in the pull down list is selected Click View Mode gt Mew Medel in the tool bar Highlight the name or job title of the box you want to move 4 Click t
501. t one will be the first in the list Note A thumbnail may be blank when previewing larger charts or in charts displaying all levels using less than 1 zoom Hover the cursor over the thumbnail area to view a description of the layout option 291 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing Click the thumbnail you want to use and it layout is displayed in the preview pane Prnt Print Setup Nec Pev Ons Page Close Reset to default Printing Tos Show 4 chart levels v Page optimization options iP Hide Advanced Options Date Time 11 02 2010 10 52 40 roost oOo E z SS EESEECEEESECEREEE C Program Files OrgPub 10 Samples Performance ocb Shown head count 74 Open positions 0 Planned 74 Figure 196 Chart Layout buttons 1 Open Print Preview by selecting File from the Main menu then Print Preview from the pull down menu You can also click the Print Preview button in the toolbar The Print Preview Type dialog opens 2 Click the Wall chart preview radio button then Show Preview The Wall Chart Print Preview window opens displaying the chart as it will appear in print form 3 To change the chart layout for the printed page click one of the layout buttons in the toolbar Chart Layout Chart Layout Description button Layout 1 Click this button to select the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged in a horizontal line This creat
502. t that point in the chart If you want to search the entire chart click the Search under selected box check box to clear it If you are using the Search View and want to start your search from a specific box in a chart you must first select a box in the Chart View and then select the Search under check box This begins the search at that point in the chart Select the All Fields tab In the Search field click the drop down arrow to select Person successor count You can also press the key of the first letter of the field you want to navigate through the list In the For field type the number you want to search on For instance if you want to see how many positions contain more than one successor type the number 2 In the Match field click the down arrow to select Any Part of Field Click Search Now or Go OrgPublisher performs the search and displays the matching records in the lower pane You can save the search results as a group or perform an additional search Searching for Successors in a Box This search option provides a list of people in a box containing a selected number of successors and helps you locate where you have no successors or too many successors for a specific position Ce Open the Search dialog by clicking the Search button in the toolbar If you have selected a specific box in the Chart View the Search dialog selects the Search under selected box check box This begins the search at that point in t
503. t the date you want the job to begin for instance 11 16 2005 Click Next Continue with the Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard The last dialog displays if you have successfully completed the scheduling Click Finish You can also click Back and change your scheduling information Scheduling a Monthly Job When you schedule a chart to publish or archive you can select how often and at what time you want the job to run To run the publish or archive schedule on a monthly basis 1 Select the Schedule now radio button and click Finish in either the OrgHistory Archive Wizard or the Publishing Wizard The OrgPublisher Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard opens Click Next Follow the wizard prompts until you reach the Schedule Frequency dialog Select the Monthly radio button Click Next You can choose the appropriate radio button to run the scheduling job on a specific day or a relative day of the month Use the up or down arrow to select a specific Day of the month for instance 1 or 15 Use the down arrows to select a relative day for instance The First Monday To Select the time of day to run the scheduling job use the up or down arrow to choose the time for instance 1 00 00 PM To Select the specific months to run the scheduling job select the appropriate check boxes for instance to run the job quarterly you select January April July and October Click Next Continue with the Automatic Task Scheduling Wizard The last dialo
504. t the entire book in the Book Style Print Preview you can select just the pages you want to print i Select File from the Main menu then Print Preview from the pull down menu The Print Preview Type dialog opens You can also click on the Print Preview button in the toolbar Click Show Preview The Book Style Print Preview window opens and the chart displays as it will print for each page The box with the yellow border indicates the current view shown in the preview See the Previewing a Book Style Chart procedure for additional tasks you can perform 288 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing 3 Click the Seestragestoprnt button to enable the selection of specific pages for printing The Selective printing mode enabled message notifies you that selective printing is enabled You can choose not to display the message again by selecting the Don t show this dialog again check box The individual page thumbnails now include a printer icon 4 Select the pages that you do NOT want to print The print icon changes D If you choose not to print only selected pages click Cancel printpage selection Yoy can also right click on a printer icon to use the context menu Options are Select all pages to print and Clear all pages If you choose to print the selected pages only click Print Changing the Chart Layout in the Book Style Print Preview The Book Style Print Preview
505. t title and click somewhere in the chart or press Enter The new chart title displays Changing a Job or Box Title You can change job and box titles in your chart at any time 1 3 Double click on the box title or job title in the Chart View The Rename Box Job Title dialog opens Type the new title over the old one If you are changing the box title and there are multiple titles existing in the chart you can also select a title from a drop down list Click OK The new title displays in the chart box Changing a Name In OrgPublisher you can change a person s name by using the Update Person dialog 1 Double click the person s name in the Chart View or if a name hasn t been entered the default text such as Manager name The Update Person dialog opens Type the new name in the First name Second or Last name fields You can also update the ID field in this dialog if required Click OK The name displays in the chart box In addition the ID field contains the unique ID information necessary to enable the use of multi relationship icons and EChart security 224 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Changing from an Open Position You can change an open position to the appropriate position type at any time L Verify you are in Build Mode then double click the open position in the Chart View The Update Person dialog opens Type the name of the person who filled this position
506. t to do 3 Enter the field name in the Field label column Press the TAB key to move to the Type column and select a summary type Note Succession candidates are not included in head counts or Summaries Click in the Calc Field and select a numeric custom field to summarize Press the TAB key to move to the Population column and select the position types total head count or planned head count to be included in your calculation You can select one or more position types or groups a combination of position types and groups or All Position Types 7 Press the TAB key to move to the Assigned To column The Update Displayed Custom Fields dialog opens Select the position types or groups for this custom field If you want all position types to have this field select All Positions 8 The Sample field information displays the contents of the first custom field for a selected type 9 The Seq field displays the OrgPublisher Input File Record sequence for that custom field 10 Click Close to insert the new summary field in your org chart and to close the Custom Field Properties dialog Resizing Rows and Columns in Summary View You resize the columns and rows in the Summary View to fit your chart 1 Inthe Summary View place the cursor in the column or row heading on the line separating one column or row from the next Click and hold down the left mouse button The cursor changes appearance 2 Drag the column or row line to the w
507. t to right by box ID The Sort manually option is enabled by default 1 Select Options from the Main menu and Sort options from the pull down list The Sorting Options dialog opens 2 Select the radio button that describes the sort option you want to use Selecting the Sort manually option enables you to place boxes where you want them in a row or place position types etc where you want them in a box Selecting Sort by Box ID enables OrgPublisher to automatically sort boxes by the ID in file layout field 2 Selecting Sort by this field enables you to select a custom field by which to sort the boxes 3 If you select Sort by this field click the down arrow in the adjacent field and select the field name by which you want to sort such as Last name or Box title 4 Click OK to close the Sorting Options dialog and apply your sort option Sorting the 9 Box Matrix When you create a 9 Box Matrix available in OrgPublisher Premier you can choose to sort the data within the matrix boxes Note Records displayed in the 9 Box Matrix are associated with the level displayed in the Chart View 1 Open your chart and click the 9 Box Matrix button in the toolbar The 9 Box Matrix opens If no matrix currently exists the 9 Box Matrix Wizard opens automatically 234 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts 2 If a matrix currently exists click Tools in the Main menu then select 9 Box Matrix Wizard from the opti
508. t will best display your PDF chart The default is Landscape but depending on the layout selected you can choose Portrait Margins in tenths You can choose the page margins in tenths of millimeters that will best of millimeters display your PDF chart The default margins are Horizontal 60 and Vertical 60 Type over the numbers if you want to change them Once you ve published the chart a dialog displays the progress of the PDF conversion After the conversion is complete a message box displays the number of chart pages created Publishing tn PluginX Format You can also schedule your published chart to automatically publish at a specified date and time 1 Click the Publish button B Publish in the toolbar You can also select Tools from the Main menu then Publishing Wizard from the options list If this is the first time you are publishing a chart the wizard opens to the first dialog which gives you a brief overview of the Publishing Wizard Click Next 2 If your published chart does not require specific selections select the Express Mode radio button and follow the Publishing in Express Mode procedure 189 OrgPublisher 2 ee Se 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts If your published chart requires selections such as planning or available toolbars select the Advanced Mode radio button Click Next and click Next again Type the Name of the
509. talent Quickly identify high loss impact individuals to help put in retention plans Identify high performers and identify those employees with lower ratings that may benefit from a develop program Pacific Eastern Figure 5 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports Prebuilt Reports Universal File Layout UFL The Universal File Layout UFL includes the data field names types lengths categories and descriptions that are used as functional fields for basic features in all solutions The UFL is used as the official data format for all OrgPublisher 11 Prebuilt Reports By formatting data following the specific field order and field value definition of the UFL you can choose from the many Prebuilt Report templates provided with the OrgPublisher The Universal File Layout contains a color coded legend in the upper left corner to help you identify where your data should be mapped The first two field sections must be mapped with your associated data Any field you want to use that does not map to the specified fields in the Universal File Layout should be considered as a custom field In addition the file layout specifies when a field is required or perhaps conditionally required depending on the solution you have chosen and the data you want to view and analyze Aquire Universal File Layout v3 0 HR Record if a data field does not match the data type max length or category specification of one of the
510. tegory name that is too long an error message displays If you do not modify the category name you can still open the graph view but only the legend and category text display The graph itself will not open Select the maximum number of elements from the Summary View you want to display This number can be between 1 and 12 The default is 5 The Other category plus the independent elements equal the 12 elements allowed from the Summary View Select the minimum percentage required for an independent element to display in the graph Any element that falls below the percentage is accumulated in an Other category in the graph The default is off Width Height Summary Column Increase or decrease the width of the graph The maximum value is 3000 and the minimum value is 100 When there are multiple graphs aligned vertically all graphs are automatically resized to match the widest and tallest graph Increase or decrease the height of the graph The maximum value is 3000 and the minimum value is 100 Select a summary option available in the Summary View This is the column used for charting and is the number displayed when Show Numbers is selected The default is the first column in the Summary View 166 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas Property Description Select Categories Click this button to open the Select Categories dialog Select categories from a list of all items in the Summary Vi
511. text box opens Click the down arrow and select a group from the drop down list Click OK The text box closes and the person is now included in the selected group Exporting and Importing Groups OrgPublisher includes export and import options for both the OrgPublisher application and the PluginX chart If duplicate group names are imported OrgPublisher will append the name with a number 1 2 3 etcetera No groups are overwritten by the import process When exporting groups that reference other groups verify that they reference the correct group If a referenced group is not included in the import the affected group will not be imported and an error message displays Note In order to import a group successfully the number type and order of custom fields in the chart receiving the import must match exactly the number type and order of custom fields in the chart from which the groups was exported The Everyone group cannot be exported or imported Export Groups 1 Open the Search View or the Search dialog Click on the My groups tab if you re in a published chart or the Groups tab if you re in the application The group names display in the upper pane Bi Click the Export groups button The Select Groups to Export dialog opens Click Select all if you want to export all of the groups You can clear groups you do not want to export or you can click Clear all if there are many groups and you want to select just a f
512. the Chart View The Update Person dialog opens Type the name of the person who filled this position in the First name Second or Last name fields You can also update the ID field in this dialog if required Select the Position type from the list if the chart box does not designate one already Click OK The open position text in the chart box is replaced by the person s name If the chart box is an assistant or partner box the position type will change automatically when you enter a person s name Creating a Staff Function Position Type Use the Position Type Wizard to create a position type to add a Staff Function to an existing chart Once this position type is established you can insert a Staff Function box type to your chart If you open an empty chart the Staff Function is already available in the wizard Note Only Staff Function position types can reside in a Staff Function box Select Tools from the Main menu then Position type Wizard from the pull down list The Position Type Wizard opens Click Next and select the New Position Type radio button Click Next Type the Position Type name for which you are creating the Staff Function box or type Staff Function Click Next 106 OrgPublisher 10 11 12 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Position Types Select the Staff Function Box radio button The actual box type does not contain special formatting by default but you can format the box to your specificati
513. the New Chart Wizard and return to the Data sources dialog Click Close Your chart reflects the new data Delete a Data Source L 2 Note By design only the last data source listed can be deleted Custom fields and associated data are NOT deleted from the chart when you delete a data source These custom fields or just the custom field data must be deleted manually using the Custom Field Properties dialog Select the last data source displayed in the Data Sources dialog Click the Delete AK Delete button to remove the data source from your chart A message asks you to verify that you want to delete the selected data source 81 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide General Chart Activities 3 Click Yes to delete the source and return to the Data sources dialog Click Close Modify a Data Source or Properties 1 Click the Properties button to modify the data fields The New Chart Wizard opens at the Data preview dialog Follow the wizard prompts to modify the data properties Click Finish to close the New Chart Wizard and return to the Data sources dialog 4 Click Close when you are finished modifying the data sources Your chart reflects the updates Review or Configure Connection Information 1 Click the Connection Info Connection Info button to review or configure your connection information The Database Connection dialog opens 2 To set the connection information click Configure The dialog f
514. the Searching all Fields Searching by Box Title Searching by Job Title and Searching by Name procedures in this document 2 Click the Set or remove a base filter for searching button E The Search Base Group Filter dialog opens 3 Select the Use a base group filter check box 4 Click the down arrow to select the group you want to use as a filter Click OK The dialog closes and the filter button appears to be pressed in This indicates that a base filter is set for your search 6 Continue selecting your search criteria and click Search Now OrgPublisher searches only the selected group and displays the matching records 7 Click the filter button again to remove the filter or click it twice to reopen the Search Base Group Filter dialog to select a new group filter Using the Group Editor Dialog The Group Editor dialog displays all the existing groups for your chart and enables you to modify those groups or create new groups or categories You can also add a group icon Note When working with a published EChart you can add new groups but the existing groups cannot be modified or deleted The new group however cannot be displayed in the published EChart view 1 Click the Search button Ft in the toolbar The Search dialog opens You can also select Edit from the menu and Search from the drop down list 267 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching 2 Click the Groups tab To modify an e
515. the chart to PDF 356 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 6 Cross Browser Silverlight Chart Enhancements Settin Personalize settings chart settings Tutorial i Access video tutorials and user guide Feedback Send comments and feedback on product experience Cross Browser Planning Enabled Toolbar gee T a Access videos and es ne ee a a Product logo Print chart user guide and version Chart name View list of existing C oiia A e information j i planning charts l PDF Open persaonal Send Sa settings dialog comments _ K i l 2 a OrgPublisher EAR CUE My Planning Charts ae Settings Tutorials Feedback View Contractors w Filters Contractors v Planning Q View list of styles view list of group filters l Manage planning charts Type search criteria j 3 A Figure 273 If enabled by the administrator the cross browser planning enabled toolbar provides options to Print the chart view through your print client Send the chart to PDF Personalize chart settings Tutorials Access video tutorials and user guide Feedback Send comments and feedback on product experience My Planning Charts Open planning charts Planning FA Create new planning charts EZ Modify or delete planning charts View Salary and Head Count Select chart styles Filters 4B Everyone
516. the current style Label Type the label for the selected component of the position type in the current style Show label Shows the label for the selected component of the position type in the current style Label position Choose the location of the selected component label either above or next to the component it describes in the current style Show Photo Shows the photo if applicable for the selected position type in the current style Click OK or Apply Formatting Fonts The format text option changes the default character attributes of the chart s text Attributes include font name and point size A preview sample box displays an example of the text before you assign the attribute 1 os a Select Format from the Main menu then Font from the pull down menu The Font dialog opens Choose the font type you want to use Choose the size Confirm your selections in the Sample area of the dialog Click OK The new font format displays in your chart Formatting Reporting Lines You can not only format reporting lines by relationship direct or indirect you can also select ne attributes for each position type in the current style The reporting line format is style specific You can also use the Advanced box layout tab if you want to format in greater detail i Select Format from the Main menu then click Lines from the pull down menu The Format dialog opens at the Lines tab Click the relationship type to modif
517. the cut box or span of control If you change your mind you can right click on the selected box or press the Esc key to remove the cut status Moving Boxes You can move boxes or span of control from one location to another in your chart See the Moving Boxes in Print Preview section of this document if you want to temporarily move boxes in order to print your chart 1 Press and hold down the left mouse button over the box title The box and all reporting boxes are selected 2 Drag the box pointer to the new top box and drop it on the top box 229 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts 3 You can also drag and drop to rearrange boxes on a horizontal line without changing the top box Select a box and then drag it to another location at the same level Moving Indirect Reports Indirect reports also referred to as matrix reporting are not counted for head count purposes If an indirect report is dropped on a job title or another name the indirect report inherits the new reporting relationship If an indirect report is dropped on a box title the indirect report is moved to that box and remains an indirect report One box must be designated Position Type E for Employee Other boxes must be designated position type I for Indirect Report 1 Press and hold down the left mouse button over the indirect report you want to move 2 Drag the cursor to the new box or person and release the mouse button
518. the icon size Small icons inserts 16X16 pixel icons Large icons inserts 32X32 pixel icons If you have created this group for security purposes you can hide the group from end users by selecting the Hide this group in published chart check box To delete an existing group criterion highlight the record and click Remove lt Remove 4 Save the changes to an existing group by clicking Save Save to a new group by clicking Save As 5 You can continue to build criteria for additional groups or click Cancel to close the Group Editor dialog and return to the Search dialog or Search View Note If EChart security is enabled the published EChart reflects only the information accessible to the user although field labels display in the dialog 268 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts Archive Charts With OrgPublisher you can save a Snapshot of an organizational chart and use OrgHistory to archive it for future reference You can add an archive schedule at the same time you publish it using the OrgHistory Archives dialog Miladia Topics Pertaining to this Section Deleting an Archive Schedule Updating an Archive Definition Generating a Change Report Updating an Archive Schedule Ex aa O Change Report Data kde the OrgHistory Archive Browser Resetting the Starting Box Resetting the Starting Box Starting Box Using the OrgHistory Archives Dialog Using the OrgHistory Archives Dialog OrqHistory Archi
519. the report to box of this record The data type for fields 1 and 2 should match for instance if field 1 is numeric then field 2 should be numeric The parent box ID is not displayed in the chart Only the top person in a chart will have an empty parent box ID A required field the box ID can be any string of numbers and or characters that uniquely represent a box within the chart This ID can be duplicated for several records when multiple people are located in the same box The box ID is not displayed in the chart The data type for fields 1 and 2 should match for instance if field 1 is numeric then field 2 should be numeric You can add a unique box ID typically an employee ID from your database You can also use a position code if you use position management Where the employee is placed in the chart depends on the Auto Build option the position type priority and the Sort option Note If you use the matrix reporting or multi relationship feature in OrgPublisher the box ID for the person reporting to more than one person must be unique for each instance in the chart in order ensure correct drilling up through hierarchy The Box title field is optional The box title can be any string of numbers and or characters and is shown as the top text entry in the org chart box that it describes This can be a cost center or full department name The box title should be unique to the box ID that is also contained in this record The same box ti
520. ther application the focus on the chart may be lost To regain focus press Alt Tab to go to another application and then press Alt Tab again to refocus on the chart Exporting Change Data in PluginX Planning Charts When you generate change reports you can choose to export data that has changed in order to create a comma separated file reflecting changes to upload into a source HR system You select the desired fields and the resulting Microsoft Excel file contains three tabbed worksheets 1 3 4 e Added position data records e Removed position data records e Edited data records field data modified or movement in the chart In the planning chart select Report from the menu then Generate change report from the options list You can also click the Generate a change report button al in the toolbar In the OrgPublisher application chart select Tools from the menu then Compare two charts from the options list to open the Compare Charts dialog Follow the Comparing Two Charts procedure to generate the report The Change Report Options dialog opens In the Generate Report tab select the report data you want to see then click the Export Change Data tab Change Report Options Generate Report Export Change Data The export option will generate a Microsoft Excel file that has a sheet for each type of change added positions removed positions edited records and boxes that were moved Specify which fields you want to disp
521. through the Publishing Wizard to republish Click Publish All to publish all of the publishing definitions for this chart You cannot preview the charts if you select this option If you republish a PDF chart and are using Acrobat Reader 6 0 you may receive an error message Open the Windows Task Manager dialog In the Applications tab select the Acrobat Reader record and click End Task then republish your chart 200 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Republishing EChart Rich Thin Client Charts 1 Select File from the Main menu then Publish from the pull down menu You can also click the Publish button The Publish charts dialog opens 2 All of your publishing definitions are listed Click the gray box to the left of the publishing definition you want to select 3 Click Publish to republish the chart The chart is published and you are prompted to preview it Click Yes to preview the chart as it will be seen on the web Otherwise click No 4 If you need to modify your chart before republishing click Update to walk through the Publishing Wizard to republish Follow the dialog prompts and click Publish Now on the last dialog 5 OrgPublisher displays the EChart Link Summary message Click on the link to update and republish your chart The HTM link is always created when you publish an EChart The DLL Frame link is created when you publish an EChart thin client General Publishing Tasks Cha
522. ting a Group You can delete a group definition through the Search dialog or Search View O 1 Open the Search dialog by clicking on the Search button in the toolbar In addition you can open the List View and select the Search View pane 2 Select the My groups tab in the published chart or the Groups tab in the application 249 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching 3 Click the group then click the Delete Group Definition button K The group is immediately deleted from the existing groups Editing a Group Definition O Search 1 Click the Search button in the toolbar The Search dialog opens Select the Groups tab To modify an existing group double click on that group to open the Group Editor dialog Click Search Now to display the group list You can also open the Search View pane in the List View and select the Groups tab tr 4 Click the Edit Group Definition button to open the Group Editor dialog 5 To add search criteria click Add to copy the last criteria line then modify it by using the And Or Search Field Compare Value and Match Case fields Click on the values in those fields and select the option you want to use from the drop down list 6 When you have added all the search criteria click Search Now to conduct the search If you are modifying an existing group the results are added to that list If you are creating a new group the results display in the lower pane
523. tion and click one of the move buttons If your graphs are aligned vertically click the up or down button If you graphs are aligned horizontally click the left or right button The directions of the Move arrows Summary View relates to the alignment Vertical alignment provides Up and Down New Xx A Aig arrows Horizontal alignment provides Left and Right arrows The gray border indicates the selected graph OpenPositions Russell Heis je a a De el Ff ff ff kf 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 Clicking this button will change the graphs froma horizontal Bh everyone PB Tote Planned Head Count __ Tots Head Count BM Employee Bi GEH other Bh everyone Bl open position na alignment to a vertical alignment Everyone 92 12 Figure 123 Formulas Formula fields allow users to define and populate a new or existing custom field based on values provided in other custom fields or using other criteria For example e indirect reports managers e years of employment e days until an appraisal is due e percentage of sales quota met e new Salary based on a percentage increase OrgPublisher Premier supports formula fields by using the Windows Scripting Host to process VBScript The VBScript function references values in custom fields and produces results in other custom fields Items to remember about using formulas e Formulas
524. tion from any user in the local Administrators group Note that changes to the default security settings can alter other permissions IIS alters the default DCOM security access settings adding its own set of permissions that allow external access by users to Internet pages thus changing the default security template and excluding permissions previously set up An administrator must add the local Administrators group to the default security access list in the DCOMCNFG EXE utility To add the local Administrator group to DCOMCNFG EXE 1 Execute DCOMCNFG EXE usually found in the Windows system directory 2 Select the Security tab 3 Click Edit Default for the Default Access Permissions dialog 4 Click Add 5 Browse the local computer and select the local Administrators group 6 Click Add 7 Click OK When next you schedule a chart to publish while you are logged out it should publish successfully If you are using FIP you must have authority to write to the target server directory The FTP server authority must be set to recursive to allow you to put the file in a directory you create Otherwise it will place your files in the server s root directory 391 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 Sortable Columns in Errors Found in Data dialog Troubleshooting Tips for Published ECharts If you are experiencing problems with published ECharts these tips may answer your questions Thin client charts with phot
525. tle is displayed in every record that contains this box ID 34 OrgPublisher Column Field name OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prepare Chart Data Description number 4 Record Type Person ID Last Name First Name Middle Name An optional field but if left blank it will default to E for Employee Record type defines the position type of each person in your organization OrgPublisher provides several predefined record types You can also create custom record types to define other positions in your organization Record types for custom position types using more than one character should use brackets for example lt MT gt M Manager E Employee A Assistant C Contractor I Indirect report PR Partner lt SF gt Staff Function lt SC gt Succession Candidate B Box You cannot insert a person in a B record type It is typically used to display org units or departments only The person ID field is optional It can contain any string of numbers and or characters to represent the ID or unique identifier for a person such as employee ID With OrgPublisher version 5 and later this field is used to add a person to a group and to identify a person in order to add a multi relationship icon Therefore the field is displayed and searchable by end users Do not store sensitive information such as a social security number in this field Example 1 2 ABC Department M 9 999999 Smith
526. to Head Count FTE Contractors Salary and Head Count Salary Head Count and Performance and Talent Review Succession Includes Succession Planning focused charts including Ratings and Ratings with Photos OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports Prebuilt Reports General Sample The Contact Information Report provides basic contact information for each employee appearing in the chart See the OrgPublisher Using Prebuilt Reports document for more details on this and other report options moo eoma OOOO Display a high level chart of an organization s reporting structure with basic employee information in each Description box Designed to meet the needs of a broader audience this view allows employees to see who reports to whom and basic contact information for each person or position in the organization Pacific Eastern i a a eea s Boter Poca e T aata m ia Tee paee 4 COS eee ete Pope tosts 12 ane bapt i faai atnes Pamaen n Pore ree t eft bate 12 ome bade y bj Dal min om ia tjn sas mee He err i w bi Ce w amp im 196 w ava we em aws rr MEIR ens pipe MIR ams piot otee ret tees meno OF empta pa Ax entem om Li da 2 Doen tami oot il O y fol Figure 2 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Prebuilt Reports Prebuilt Reports Management Samples The Head Count Report provides direct and overall head count information
527. to automatically publish your chart Then you select the time and the specific months that you want your chart published Click Next If you are using Microsoft Windows 2000 the User ID dialog prompts you to type a valid user name and password in order to automatically publish your chart You must be an authorized user of Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Vista to publish your charts on these operating systems Click Next The Scheduling dialog displays a recap of your publishing selections If the information is correct click Finish If you need to modify information click Back until you reach the appropriate dialog and repeat steps above to complete your scheduling 220 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Modify Charts You can take several actions to modify and organize your chart data Note Although this section provides information on manually editing a chart remember that is you want the changes to remain permanent you must apply the changes to your HR database When your HR data is refreshed and you open your chart your manual changes are overwritten balks al Topics Pertaining to this Section Deleting Subheadings in the Profile View Showing or Hiding the List Bar in the Search View Movima Bores win curarte SSCS 221 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Modify Charts Adding Subheadings to the Hover Profile You can add subheadings to the Hover Profile using the
528. to print the total of actual and planned positions in your count chart Custom Footer Font This section of the Print Header Footer Options dialog displays a sample of the Customization selected font and a button Select Font to open the Font dialog to customize font information for the header or footer 5 Select the header or footer options you want and choose a date format Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog 6 Click on Print Wizard if you want to open it each time you print a chart The options to print the chart as a book or wall chart are only available in the Print Wizard You can also select these options when using the Book style and Wall chart style print preview Customizing the Header and Footer Print Options The header footer print option enables you to display a group label modify the chart title and date printed in the header as well as select data to display in the footer such as head count number of open positions and the file name and location You can also customize font information such as type size and color for both header and footer in a printed OrgPublisher chart Customized footers print above any other existing footer information 1 Access the Print Header Footer Options dialog by either using the Print Wizard while you re working with the Print Preview or by selecting File from the Main menu Print Options from the pull down menu and Header or Footer from the options list 2 Follow
529. to view a list of boxes that you have either customized customization within the Print Preview window or have chosen to print at the top of each page of your book style chart In order to print a box at the top of a page you must first select the box for this purpose in the Chart View by right clicking on a box and selecting Top of Page You can select the Use easy settings radio button and use the slider to enable OrgPublisher to print on more or fewer pages If you choose More pages OrgPublisher will print fewer boxes on a page If you choose to Fewer pages OrgPublisher will fit as many boxes on a page as possible Using the standard settings select a Preferred layout to print your chart pages You can select the Use custom optimizer settings radio button and click Custom settings to open the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog In some cases the default criteria used by the page optimizer may not produce the fewest pages possible for printing your Book Style chart You can adjust those settings 280 OrgPublisher 7 8 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Preview and Modify Charts before Printing using the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog selecting the maximum number of reporting boxes and the layout to display per page When a page fits none of the criteria selected in the Custom Settings OrgPublisher prints the chart using layout 4 with two levels displayed You can set a maximum number of report boxes and
530. ton Action Performed 5 gt i TIE Click this button to select Layout 2 the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged in a vertical row This creates narrower taller charts ofo Click this button to select Layout 3 the layout with the lowest level of each branch in the chart arranged with the boxes side by side This creates more compact charts nfe Click this button to select Layout 4 the layout with the lowest level of the chart displays only two levels arranged in a horizontal line across the width of a page for as many lines as it takes to display the lowest level The number of boxes across is determined automatically or set to a specific number Click this button to move the entire Chart View to the left Click this button to move the entire Chart View to the right Click this button to move the entire Chart View up Click this button to move the entire Chart View down 00 v Click this button to set the zoom percent for the chart display Click this button to show or hide the header text Click this button to show or hide the footer text Click this button to open the Print Header Footer Options dialog and select your print options Click this button to print a chart legend page Click to display or hide the drill buttons for printing Use the Print Preview toolbar buttons to set top of chart display the whole chart change the layout for the printed chart move i
531. ton again to disable the spotlight search results feature Note When printing a chart with the spotlighting feature enabled if your printer does not support AlphaBlend your printed chart will show all boxes as in the past See your IT administrator if you have any questions Using the Toolbar Search with Quick Search Results The simple toolbar search feature in the OrgPublisher application and published chart has been modified Click the Go button to begin the search navigate around the chart this feature searches on a box to box basis for the next instance of a matching record A list of matching results displays in the Quick Search Results dialog below the toolbar the characters entered for the search are in bold font Broadcast Media Assistant Clark Sullivan Broadcast Media Assistant Jerome Smith Broadcast Media Assistant Linda O Washi Broadcast Media Director Broadcast Media Planner Hames Bates Broadcast Media Planner Krnberdy Ojohn Broadcast Media Planner Open postion Media Buyer Kick P Rodriquiz Media Buyer Margaret P Scott Figure 176 You can select a record right away or click the Details button to display more information for the displayed results Click the List button to return the display to just the found records To reuse previous searches click on the down arrow and select the search item you want To clear the search list right click on the button and select Clear List Us
532. top of chart When adding new search criteria select this radio button if you want to begin your search at a selected point in the chart You must select a box in the Chart View to enable this feature Search Now Click this button to perform the search and display all the matching records in the lower pane of the dialog When adding new search criteria click this button to begin your search Save Click this button to save the displayed records and group search criteria Save As Click this button to save the displayed results under a new group name 254 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Groups and Searching Component Description Cancel Click this button to cancel your search Matching records The lower pane in this dialog displays the existing group records or the display matching records of your new search people found Display in the lower left hand corner indicates the number of matching records found in your search Searching All Fields You can conduct a search in this tab by using the Search For and Match field options See Conducting a Boolean Search for more details on the search option You can search any field including position type custom field or group as well as any of the hidden or displayed fields in your chart including hidden or displayed custom fields 1 Open the Search dialog by selecting Edit from the Main menu then Search from the pull down options or open the Search View pane in the Li
533. ts Create a New Report procedure for additional information 3 If your database was not designed to follow the OrgPublisher input file layout select the Specify custom field order radio button Click Next to map your field order to work with the OrgPublisher layout 4 Follow the link in Step 3 to map your field order then complete the New Chart Wizard Data Preview When creating a chart from data OrgPublisher displays a Data preview dialog that allows you to scan the first 100 records to verify you ve selected the correct table view or query If the extracted records are correct click Next to complete the New Chart Wizard If the extracted records are wrong click Back to select a new table view or query Head counts and head count roll ups OrgPublisher provides two types of head counts in addition to a head count roll up These features count position types that have the Count set to Yes Head counts are different from head count roll ups which are based on a counted position type or total population for each manager department district region etc You choose if and where you want head count roll ups displayed in your chart Total head count The counted filled positions in an org chart indirect reports are normally not counted Total planned head count The counted filled and open positions in an org chart indirect reports are normally not counted Head count Roll up A count of positions reporting to a sp
534. ty works only with an unbroken hierarchy Orphans within a secured chart will disrupt all security controls Note This feature is also available in the published cross browser Silverlight chart Deleting a group associated with a style security makes that style available to every EChart user 1 Select File from the Main menu then Styles from the options list The Styles dialog opens Select the style you want to secure by clicking on it in the top left pane of the dialog In the lower pane use the down arrow to select the group to which you want to secure the style You may also create a new style to secure to a group 4 Click Close The Chart View displays your group and style 5 Follow the EChart publishing procedure to publish your chart Using the Sounds Like Feature The OrgPublisher search option allows you to search any text type fields based on a sounds like feature This feature provides you with an increased chance of a successful search for people and information The view and dialogs affected by the Sounds Like match field option are Group Editor Access this feature by right clicking in a group icon in the Groups tab then the Compare column Search View Access this feature by clicking on the down arrow in the Match field Search dialog Access this feature by clicking on the down arrow in the Match field in the Name Job Title Box Title and All Fields tabs Search View Search dialog 1 Open the Sear
535. tyle Selector button then Enable button from the options list A check mark indicates that the Style Bar is shown in the Chart View Clear the option to hide the bar e You can also select View from the Main menu then Toolbars Styles Toolbar and Show Styles toolbar from the options menu A check mark indicates that the Style Bar is shown in OrgPublisher Clear the option to hide the bar 146 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Using Additional Gradient Options Additional gradient options are available for boxes background and legend items In the gradient drop down the black is the background color representation and white is the gradient representation 1 Select Format from the Main menu then Boxes from the pull down menu The Format dialog opens at the Boxes tab You can also use the Format Box button in the toolbar 2 Select the specific style you want to modify or if you want to modify all styles for the chart select All Styles 3 Click the position type or All Position Types you want to modify Only the chart boxes for the selected position types are modified 4 Click the arrow in the Gradient Style field to select one of the new options You can also select the Chart tab and assign a new gradient style to the chart background or select the Gradient style under the Formatting tab of the Chart Legend Properties dialog Using the Tabbed Style Selector In addition to selecting a style
536. u know the printed page will be formatted and aligned correctly you can print your chart in either Book Style or Chart Style You can print views that display specific information shown in your chart and you can customize your chart headers and footers Topics Pertaining to this Section Printing the Cross Browser Chart Customizing Header Footer Print Options Printing Graphs Selecting Header Footer Options Printing a Chart Legend Views Printing a Chart without the Print Wizard Printing a Workforce Analysis Graph Printing a Wall Style Chart Printing the List View Printing Your Chart as a Book Printing the Profile View Printing the Published EChart as a PDF Printing the Summary View Running Print Setup Printing the 9 Box Matrix View Print Charts Printing the Published Cross Browser Chart If enabled by the chart administrator you can print your published cross browser Silverlight chart in wall style one displayed page at a time 1 Click the Print button el The button may be visible on the toolbar if not click and select the Print this page option from the drop list The Print this page of the Org Chart dialog opens Print this page of the Org Chart Set orientation to Landscape to maximize print area Print Cancel Figure 200 2 Accept the default of Shrink to Fit recommended or clear the check box 3 Click Print to print the displayed levels in the chart view 299 OrgPublisher OrgPu
537. ublished chart only 1 Select the Use a predefined color scheme radio button if you want to use an existing color scheme Click the down arrow and select one of the schemes from the options list The color scheme displays in the Preview pane of the dialog If the scheme is what you want click Next If the scheme is not what you want select a different predefined scheme or select a custom color scheme Select the Use a custom color scheme radio button if you want to choose the colors for your published chart Click Define custom color scheme The Select Color Scheme dialog opens Select the color for each gradient by clicking the down arrow to open the color grid Fields in the Select Color Scheme dialog include background and gradient intensity as well as a Style bar color option Select Other to define your custom color using the Microsoft Windows Color dialog Select the color by clicking in the color areas and using the intensity slide Click Add to Custom Colors Click OK You can also Copy scheme to the clipboard if you want to propagate the same color scheme to another chart The code for the color scheme is copied to the clipboard which can be pasted into OrgPublisher Click Paste scheme to the clipboard if you want to paste the code previously copied to the clipboard into another OrgPublisher chart Click OK to close the dialog and return to the Publishing Wizard Selecting Publishing Options for the Tree View and
538. uccession candidate When an indirect report appears as the top position in a box the box is formatted with a dotted line box unless you change this default in the current chart style In addition an indirect box has a dotted connecting line to the supervisor box above it Indicating that one person reports to more than one manager is accomplished with multiple records and use of position types One box must be designated position type E for Employee Other boxes must be designated position type I for Indirect Report Indirect Reports are not counted for head count purposes Indirect Report boxes are displayed with dotted lines around the box as well as the lines to the box When building from data you need multiple employee records one for each manager see sample of data below If you are building from data the records should look like the following ParentBoxID BoxID Box Title Record Type ID Last Name First Name Manageri 1234 XXX E Smith Carol Manager2 1234a XXX I Smith Carol Manager 3 1234b XXX I Smith Carol A contractor record type represents a person who is a contractor within an org box Contractor record types are different from other position type records Contractors are always displayed after managers and employees within an org box Contractor names are formatted separately from other position types Contractors are not counted in the head count with the default settings You can override the default When there is
539. uginX etc 390 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 Sortable Columns in Errors Found in Data dialog Did you select the FTP option If you experience problems such as e the Schedule Status tab s Status field reads Never Published or it is blank or e if Microsoft Task Scheduler indicates that the publishing job ran but your chart is not published or updated you can use the Troubleshooting Automatic Publishing procedure Troubleshooting Automatic Publishing procedure 1 In the Publish charts dialog in the Schedule Status tab click View log The OrgPub32 LOG opens in Microsoft Notepad You can use this as a diagnostic tool by reviewing the schedule information 2 If you see the Never published message after you have scheduled a chart to publish you are probably still working in that org chart in OrgPublisher Update your schedule to a new publishing time and close the chart 3 If Task Scheduler indicates that your publishing job ran but your chart is not published or updated or you can publish charts while you are logged on but they do not publish while you are logged off there may be a conflict with Microsoft IIS Open the Task Manager and click the Processes tab If OrgPub32 exe is still running this may be an indication that an IIS conflict exists If you installed OrgPublisher on an IIS server to automatically update charts you may need to alter your default Distributed COM DCOM settings to allow authentica
540. umn 2 Look in the published chart output folder to determine if the output chart files were actually updated In the case of a PluginX chart verify the time and date stamp on the OCP file For EChart Rich or Thin client charts verify the time and date stamp on the OCS file If the EChart OCS file shows the correct time and date stamp it may mean the server memory did not unload and load as specified in the BAT file This may require a restart of the Default Web Site 3 The log files should indicate if a file was not found or a Pub_Def was not found The logs may also show a permission problem Any of the problems listed above may be as a result of one of the following OrgPublisher cannot open on a machine at the same time a job is scheduled to run on it If the scheduled task fails check if any OrgPub32 processes are running Hold down the Alt Ctrl Delete keys simultaneously Then click Task Manager Under the Process tab check if OrgPub32 is active If it is select it and click End Task The scheduled job will not start if you have one of these processes already running 388 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide 11 7 Sortable Columns in Errors Found in Data dialog Occasionally when a job fails it can leave one process running depending on which part of the job fails If you schedule a job and occasionally it does not run but has run previously try stopping the Task Scheduler service and restarting it Not
541. uotation marks and greater than or less than symbols lt or gt The publishing definition name can be up to 255 characters Click Next 187 OrgPublisher So eS 10 11 12 13 14 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Select the Org Chart Document radio button Click Next Select the PDF radio button Click Next Type or Browse to the location where you want to publish your org chart Select the Send to web server FTP check box if you want to transfer your chart to your intranet Click Next Select the Chart Style you want the published chart to display first by clicking the down arrow and choosing a style from the options list If you have highlighted a box in the Chart View other than the hierarchical top box you can select Reset starting box to make that box the top of your published chart Click Next When you select the Enable Publish Notification E mail check box Click Next Select the book style settings for the PDF chart Click Next Select the PDF paper settings you want to use Click Next In the Settings dialog select the PDF font and page format settings you want to use Click Next Select the radio button for when you want to publish e Publish now to publish the chart immediately and save it to the location you specified A Publishing Summary message displays a link to the published chart e Publish later to open the Publish charts dialog The chart is not published but the publishin
542. up to filter your search Click the Search Base Group Filter button a The Search Base Group Filter dialog opens Select the Use a base group filter check box Click the down arrow to select the group you want to use as a filter Click OK The dialog closes and the filter button appears to be pressed in This indicates that a base filter is set for your search Click Search Now in the Search dialog or Go in the Search View If you chose a group filter OrgPublisher searches only the selected group and displays the matching records If no group filter was selected the entire chart is searched and matching records shown If you are looking for a certain record click on it OrgPublisher moves to that section of the chart and highlights the record you have selected If you are creating a new group click Save as group Type the name you want to use in the Enter a group name dialog Click OK to save the group You can also include search results in the side by side profile by clicking the Include the search results in Profile View button nE Side by side profiles are limited to 6 at a time if you auto pin the profiles in the Search View Searching by Box Title You can conduct a simple search in this tab by using the Match field options in the Search dialog or by using the Search View If you want to search for a specific box title in your chart 1 Open the Search dialog by selecting Edit from the Main menu then Search from the
543. value of numeric fields you import For instance if you import 341 00 that s what the number is in OrgPublisher If you import 341 that s what OrgPublisher uses Formatting cannot change the value of the data you import 88 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview 5 If you selected a numeric currency or count field type press the TAB key to move to the Calc Field and select the numeric field on which to do the calculation See the Formulas and Using Levels and Span of Control topics for additional information 6 If you selected a numeric currency or count field type press the TAB key to move to the Population column and select the position types total head count or planned head count to be included in your calculation 7 Press the TAB key to move to the Assigned To column The Update Assigned Custom Fields dialog opens Select the position types you want to assign the custom field to such as Manager Employee or All Position Types 8 In the same dialog choose where you want the field to display Box title Job title or Name Click OK to accept your changes and close the text box If you click on the position type name rather than the plus sign the Name component is automatically selected Click OK to close the dialog The Sample field displays the contents of the first custom field for this Type The Seq field displays the OrgPublisher Input File record sequence for that custom field 9 Cl
544. ve click Import The Import OrgPublisher Chart dialog opens Type or Browse to the location of the chart you want to add to OrgPublisher with Web Administration Click Import Web Administration Troubleshooting Tips In order to use OrgPublisher Web Administration you must configure IIS where you can experience connection and authentication errors This topic provides tips on some of the most common problems seen Contact the Support team can help you resolve these and other issues e If you get an Internet Explorer window with a grey bar at the top but no chart set the MIME type of OCP on the publishedcharts folder e If you receive the error Unable to contact the remote server dll at this URL This indicates the paths to the virtual directory and URL were likely not entered correctly when installed or the permissions are not set This may require reinstalling the application per the installation guide e Chart administrator or end users get a blank IE screen with a red X in the upper left corner indicates a problem installing and registering the ActiveX control Installing ActiveX controls requires administrative rights on the PC Your IT group can request MSI scripts to assist in pushing out the plugins Please contact Support if you require a script 381 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Web Administration Understanding HTTP error messages and their associated status codes is important when you need to troub
545. ve selected File Print Options then Print Wizard Follow the Print Wizard to the Settings dialog which provides several options to choose from when printing your chart as a book Select the Use classic book style printing radio button if you want to print all pages using chart layout 4 Use the page optimizer 3 If you choose to use the optimizer for printing your chart as a book you can accept automatic optimizer settings or customize the settings Setting Description 4 6 Use easy settings Select this radio button to use the slider to print your chart on More pages or Fewer pages OrgPublisher automatically arranges the chart to best fit the boxes on the pages Preferred layout Choose the radio button to print your chart pages in one of the layout options Use custom Select this radio button to print your chart as a book using custom optimizer settings optimizing settings Custom settings Click this button to open the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog In some cases the default criteria used by the page optimizer may not produce the fewest pages possible for printing your Book Style chart You can adjust those settings using the Advanced Page Optimizer selecting the maximum number of reporting boxes and the layout to display per page When a page fits none of the criteria selected in the Advanced Settings dialog OrgPublisher prints the chart using layout 4 with two levels displayed Page Select this option
546. ve chosen to print at the top of each page of your book style chart In order to print a box at the top of a page you must first select the box for this purpose in the Chart View by right clicking on a box and selecting Top of Page 1 Select the Use easy settings radio button and use the slider to enable OrgPublisher to print on more or fewer pages If you choose More pages OrgPublisher prints fewer boxes on a page If you choose to Fewer pages OrgPublisher fits as many boxes on a page as possible Using the standard settings select a Preferred layout to print your chart pages If applicable select the Use custom optimizer settings radio button and click Custom settings to open the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog In some cases the default criteria used by the page optimizer may not produce the fewest pages possible for printing your Book Style chart You can adjust those settings using the Advanced Page Optimizer Settings dialog selecting the maximum number of reporting boxes and the layout to display per page When a page fits none of the criteria selected in the Custom Settings OrgPublisher prints the chart using layout 4 with two levels displayed 4 Set a maximum number of report boxes and select a layout and the number of levels to print on a page in order to print your chart on as few pages as possible Click OK 5 If you have already previewed your chart and selected boxes to print at the top of each page select Pa
547. ve to the Assigned To column Select the position types for this custom field and click Apply Dragging and Dropping Custom Fields You can insert a custom field into your chart by dragging the custom field from the Custom Field Properties dialog into the Chart View You can add a custom field to one position type or to all position types Inserting a Custom Field to a single Position type 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Verify that the Drag and Drop for All Position Types check box is not selected If it is click to clear it Select the custom field you want to drop into the chart Click and hold down the mouse button Drag the mouse cursor into a box in the chart that contains the position type you want 91 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Custom Fields Overview 5 Release the mouse button The custom field is inserted in every instance of that specific position type in the chart 6 Repeat steps 3 5 for each custom field you want to add Inserting a Custom Field to all Position types 1 Select Data from the Main menu then Custom Field Properties from the pull down menu You can also click the Custom fields button in the toolbar The Custom Field Properties dialog opens Verify that the Drag and Drop for All Position Types check box is sel
548. verlight This option is compatible with all browsers that support Silverlight The chart provides searching drilling and view options in a rich user experience with the use of interactive features such as animation Publishing in Express Mode 1 Open the Publishing Wizard Accept the default selection of Express Mode Click Next Select an express publishing mode Type the Name of Chart um BR U N Type or Browse to the chart publish to Location Click Finish OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Selecting an Express Mode Publishing Option When you choose the Express Mode publishing option in the Publishing Wizard you are prompted to select the type of express publishing you want Options include Publishing Option Description Chart Publishes a chart that can be viewed with Internet Explorer PluginX Chart with directory Publishes a chart that includes a directory view of the organization telephone list PDF Publishes a chart to a PDF document Publishing a Directory Version of the Chart With OrgPublisher you can publish a chart for Directory View This additional html file opens the Search View as a directory for the published PluginX or EChart rich client chart Note When you select a base group filter when searching for and creating groups you also limit the records displayed in the published directory view of the chart Express Mode 1 Click the Publish button in the toolbar o
549. ves Dialo A Work with Signed and Read Only Archive Charts Note Always open the OrgHistory Archives dialog to verify that your scheduled chart archived at the correct time If you are working with the OrgPublisher Web Administration server all archived charts will be created in the server ArchivedCharts folder In addition if end users must access archived charts they must be stored in the SourceCharts folder You can create a read only archived chart just once a day using the One time only scheduling option If you want to archive an updated version of your read only chart you can schedule it to run the next day A read only archived chart can be overwritten with an updated version of the same chart A message displays verifying that the end user wants to overwrite the read only archive Auto archiving Charts With OrgPublisher you can now archive a chart at the same time you publish it 1 Follow the Publishing Wizard for the PluginX EChart rich client or EChart thin client format 269 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Archive Charts Note The Position ID type provides a unique record number across all charts If the charts you are comparing charts that do not contain a Position ID type in field 17 or a custom field position ID OrgPublisher uses the person ID in field 5 from the Input File Layout If neither a position nor person ID exist an error message displays and the comparison does not oc
550. viously published chart or a chart for which you have defined and saved a publishing definition Select File from the Main menu then Publish from the pull down menu The Publish charts dialog opens In the Charts to Publish field select the publishing definition to remove from the list Click Delete The definition no longer exists Save the chart file Enabling and Disabling Functions in a Published Chart If you publish your chart in the PluginX or EChart format you can select to enable or disable certain end user functions in the published chart These selections are made in the Publishing Wizard and can be updated The EChart thin client mode does not contain all toolbar options For instance the toolbar copy and search features are not available If you are publishing a secured EChart you can select role base toolbar buttons based on groups In addition in the PluginX or EChart publishing format you can e Allow end users to access different styles and groups in the Chart View by enabling the Styles bar in the published chart The default is to enable access e Display the Status bar in the Chart View which explains what the users are viewing For instance the position type of the person in the selected box and head counts The default is to enable the bar e Enable specific functions from the Main toolbar such as searching drilling and print preview or disable the entire toolbar by clearing that check box 205 OrgPub
551. w location within the succession planning chart This method is helpful when placing someone in a box that is outside of the chart viewing area 334 OrgPublisher 4 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Work with Published Charts Place the mouse pointer on the person you want to become a successor Right click and select Copy Hide Photo for Manager Photo Wizard Copy Ctr Paste Ctrl Top of page Book style printing Figure 229 Locate the box containing the current position holder by one of the following methods e Searching for the person s name and clicking to navigate to the person e Drilling to the person e Scrolling Place the pointer on the position holder s name Right click and select Paste The copied record is now a successor Sales Y Marketing Vice President Susan Hester Ryan Dozier Figure 230 Creating Side by Side Profiles Side by Side Profile View allows you to look at multiple profiles at the same time See also Saving Side by Side Profiles as a Group l 2 Open the Profile View The profile for the top box appears Select the person in the chart you want to see in the side by side Profile View The profile opens in the Profile View Click the pin button a in the upper right corner to anchor the profile The profile is anchored and moved to the right and a placeholder is created on the left for the next profile Name s Russell O Hels Presi
552. want to allow the rich client chart to be personalized by the end user select the Remember each user s navigation and interface changes check box Select either the Open hotspots in the same browser window or the Open hotspots in a new browser window radio button based on how you want end users to access the chart s hotspots Choose what you want OrgPublisher to do in the case that a hotspot link is not found in the chart Navigate to the top box in the chart or Not display the chart You can choose to use your own PluginX help for your published chart by typing the file name and location in the PluginX Help URL field which users can access by clicking the question mark in the OrgPublisher toolbar Click Next In this dialog you can set the Maximum number of e mail recipients in Search View The default is 20 but you can change that depending on your system If you want to publish your chart for accessibility by JAWS assistive software select the Enable support for the visually impaired check box Click Next If you want to encrypt the planning chart select the Password protect this chart check box 199 OrgPublisher 24 25 26 21 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts If you chose to encrypt the chart select either the 40 bit encryption or 128 bit encryption option If applicable select Allow Remember my password option in the PluginX Click Next If you want to set up an archive schedule now sel
553. wizard and open the Custom Field Properties dialog to secure fields Click Next OrgPublisher 14 15 16 Z 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Publish Charts Select the Chart Style you want the published chart to display first by clicking on the down arrow and choosing a style from the options list If you have highlighted a box in the Chart View other than the hierarchical top box you can select Reset starting box to make that box the top of your published chart Click Next If applicable select Enable Publish Notification E mail and associated fields Click Next Note When you select this option publishing will stop when a data error is detected If you do not want to stop publishing in the event of an error a registry setting must be changed Contact the Support Team for assistance Select a color scheme for the published chart Click Next Select the toolbars and buttons you want to secure in your published chart Click Next Select one or both of the planning options Enable Organizational or Succession Planning if you want to enable web based planning in the published chart Click Next Select the context menu commands for chart action buttons in the published chart Click Next If you are publishing your chart using a different top of chart than the actual top box in the chart you can select the Exclude positions above check box if
554. x ID Box ID Person ID Position Sequence Level Number etc Duplicate usage of a field type is limited to custom fields You can also click Apply Standard Mapping if you choose not to map fields manually If you are creating a succession planning chart see Mapping Succession Planning Fields for additional information You will most often use this dialog to identify your custom fields When you finish mapping click Next 7 You can accept the default in the last dialog to Launch the style wizard to format your chart or you can clear the check box and click Finish to open your chart 61 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Automatic Charts Creating an Org Chart from a UNICODE File OrgPublisher can read and write UNICODE files to support internationalized data from ERP and HR systems Files are converted to and from UNICODE as they are serialized OrgPublisher correctly displays characters from any region but does not display characters from multiple regions simultaneously 1 Select Options from the Main menu then Text encoding options from the drop down list 2 The setting in the Text Input File Encoding Options dialog is stored in the value Encoding under the registry key HKCU Software Aquire OrgPublisher Settings This setting is global to OrgPublisher for the current user 3 You can change the default Automatically detect encoding by reading the Byte Order Mark recommended by selecting one of the alternate radio
555. xisting group double click on that group to open the Group Editor dialog Click Search Now to display the group list in the lower portion of the dialog To create a new group click the New Group Definition New button in the Search dialog The Group Editor dialog opens You can also open the Search View pane in the List View and click the Groups tab t7 Click the Edit Group Definition button to open the Group Editor dialog To add search criteria click Add wr Add to copy the last criteria line then modify it by using the And Or Search Field Compare Value and Match Case fields Click on the values in those fields and select the option you want to use from the drop down list See Conducting a Boolean Search for field definitions Note If you delete the custom position type the records will return to the original position type assigned In addition if you delete the custom position type the records will return to the original position type assigned 3 When you have added all the search criteria click Search Now to conduct the search If you are modifying an existing group the results are added to that list If you are creating a new group the results display If you want to add a group icon to each person s box within the group select the down arrow in the Displayed image for people in this group field and select the icon you want to use You can also click Other and navigate to an icon of your choice Select a radio button for
556. y If you want to format by a specific position type you must expand Direct Report then select the position type or All Position Types Select the position type and change the appropriate values 150 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Formatting Charts Type Select the reporting relationship for the line you want to format in the current style Line Style Choose a line type for the selected relationship in the current style If you plan to change the line width you must select a solid line style Microsoft Windows limits dashed lines to one point Width Type or select a width of the solid connecting line for the selected reporting relationship in the current style Microsoft Windows limits dashed lines to one point Color Choose a predefined or custom color of the connecting line for the selected reporting relationship in the current style Click OK or Apply Note When using conditional formatting the reporting line format is based on the conditional position type e If the first and last report to box line styles are identical that style will be used for shared areas If you do not select a particular line style for the middle boxes they will always take the default line style as selected for Direct Reports e If first and last report to box line styles are different the default line style as selected for Direct Reports will be used for shared areas e Direct reports default line style doesn t refer to Al
557. y range for a specific job Numeric summary field used to display a percent derived from a calculation of two or more numeric fields Displays a date field in a specific format Displays an active link to an e mail address message Required in order to compare two charts that have identical custom field definitions and generate a change report If you do not automatically import a position ID see Field 17 in the Input File Layout topic in order to achieve consistent results it is recommended that you assign a custom field type of Position ID to a unique record number across all charts In OrgPublisher Premier levels and span of control feature shows the direct report count for each manager director vice president and president by creating a custom field and assigning the Direct Count custom field type In OrgPublisher Premier levels and span of control feature show the level number where the box is located in each box by creating a custom field and assigning the Level Number custom field type In OrgPublisher Premier levels and span of control feature show the number of levels below a manager s box by creating a custom field and assigning the Levels Below custom field type Note OrgPublisher looks for the first custom field of Email type when sending email to a group If you decide to use more than one email address in your chart the primary email must be first in the custom field sequence order OrgPublisher does not change the
558. y View Summary fields can include e Head counts e Summaries of numeric data such as totals averages minimum maximum or percentages e Projections that you create in a separate planning session e Group counts The Summary Wizard prompts you for the custom field to summarize the type of summary the population for the summary the name or label you want to assign to the summary and which position types should display the summary Note The Summary View is not available in published real time charts Succession candidates are not included in head counts or summaries The Summary Wizard informs you if your chart does not contain numeric custom fields and Subsequently closes When importing numeric fields make sure that you do not use any leading symbols such as dollar signs Also verify that decimal places are set the way you want them prior to 126 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Wizards Overview importing those fields into OrgPublisher as they cannot be adjusted after they are imported Adding a Summary Field 1 Select Tools from the Main menu then Summary Wizard from the pull down menu The Summary Wizard opens to the first dialog Click Next Summary Wizard Canina Please select a Custom Numeric ek and the type at summary you wart to be calculated Change the data type to numeric in the Type column of the Custom Field Properties dialog Right click Numenc m s z 1 c Field to Summa
559. y used the Advanced box layout tab for this chart the layout options are enabled Select the Use advanced box layout for this position type check box if applicable The advanced box layout options appear Click List items The Box Layout Items dialog opens The three sections of the layout editor appear Box field section Job field section and Name field section Data and information fields added using the Add Item to Layout dialog display within each section Click Done to close the list box and return to the Advanced box layout tab Resetting the Box Layout You can choose to reset the box layout to the default settings Note This reset feature deletes ALL formatting done in the Advanced box layout tab not just in the current instance Do not use this button as an undo button Select Format from the Main menu then Advanced box layout from the options list The Format dialog opens to the Advanced box layout tab displaying the current advanced settings Click Reset A message displays verifying that you want to lose all the current settings and revert back to the default settings in the chart Click Yes if you do or No if you want to leave the settings as they are or adjust them individually OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Summaries and Formulas Summaries and Formulas You can use summary fields in your chart to summarize numerical data for reports or what if planning Note In conditional formatting
560. you do not want your end users to drill up in the chart Select the Create directory view for chart check box if you want to publish an additional HTML file of the chart that contains only the Search View columns See the Publishing a Directory Version of the Chart procedure in this document for detailed information If you want to allow the rich client chart to be personalized by the end user select the Remember each user s navigation and interface changes check box Select either the Open hotspots in the same browser window or the Open hotspots in a new browser window radio button based on how you want end users to access the chart s hotspots Choose what you want OrgPublisher to do in the case that a hotspot link is not found in the chart Navigate to the top box in the chart or Not display the chart You can choose to use your own PluginX help for your published chart by typing the file name and location in the PluginX Help URL field which users can access by clicking the question mark in the OrgPublisher toolbar Click Next In this dialog you can set the Maximum number of e mail recipients in Search View The default is 20 but you can change that depending on your system If you want to publish your chart for accessibility by JAWS assistive software select the Enable support for the visually impaired check box Click Next If you want to set up an archive schedule now select the Keep an archive of this chart check box Click Nex
561. you verify that you have the right source and that your records contain the appropriate data If your data file includes field names select the First row contains column names check box OrgPublisher then removes the Field number column headings Click Next 5 In the next dialog select the Use standard OrgPublisher field order radio button if your database was built for OrgPublisher Or select the Specify custom field order radio button if you want to sequence your custom fields in a specific order Click Next If you chose to Use standard OrgPublisher field order in the previous step proceed to Step 7 If you chose to Specify custom field order the Data preview dialog enables you to map your field names to the OrgPublisher input layout Note When bringing data into OrgPublisher using ODBC or Microsoft excel data sources the first row is assumed to be column headings You are advised to select the Specify custom field order option as noted above and manually map your data to the correct file layout 6 Click the pull down arrow above the field you want to map and select the appropriate OrgPublisher record name from the pull down list The default option is Do not import for those fields you don t have to map For instance if your database contains fields identified as ParentID or BoxID these fields will automatically map to the standard OrgPublisher record input field Other mapping options in the list include Custom Field Parent Bo
562. ype a prefix or name for the group in the Enter a prefix for field Click Next The Group Creation Assistant Step 2 dialog opens The left pane contains the values available for grouping the data in the field you selected These values are sorted first by hit count the highest number of records to match the criteria then alphabetically 6 Drag and drop the correct value to the right pane Note You can create more than one group by selecting multiple fields If you want to use multiple values from which to create the group drag another value Unique values in the Job Title field Wrter Benefits Speciabst Producer Product Specialist Accourt Executive Associate Producer Research Assistant Assistant Account Executive Broadcast Writers Hardware Technician Web Page Designer Broadcast Media Assistant Digtal Artist HR Specialist hwoicng Clerk Media Buyer Pastesin Artict Step 2of 3 left and drop them on the groupiist on the ngt Dropping a value onto a group will add that value to the group Dropping a value onto whitespace will resuit in a new group that filters for that value You may rename a group by cicking on its name and typing eee Figure 159 from the left pane and drop it on the first value Unique values in the Job Title field Writer Producer Product Specialist Broadcast Writers Hardware Technician Web Page Designer Broadcast Media Assist
563. ype in the status bar of the org chart Optionally you may assign a group to this position type Everybody who is in the group you assign will be viewed using this position type F there is more than one group based position type for which a person qualifies the first match wil be used To change the order of position types go to Edit Define under the main menu Group None X iV Use base box type Note Please do not select a group that references secure fields This can have le results in secure thin ECharts lt Back Nat Canos Figure 90 3 Type the Position Type name 103 OrgPublisher OrgPublisher 11 8 User Guide Position Types 4 If you are creating a position type in order to assign conditional formatting to a group click the down arrow and select a single attribute Group name If you choose a group in this step then next step allows you to retain the original box type 5 When associating a group for conditional formatting you can retain the original box type by accepting the default Use base box type selection Click Next Note It is recommended that you do not select a group that references secure fields if you plan to publish a secure thin client EChart because you will receive undesirable results The rich client EChart summary counts using conditional formatting show numbers calculated as if all fields are visible to the end user This is because EChart summaries are calculated

OrgPublisher 11.8 User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents